Gupta Chemical Engineering Mcqs

+ ; Padre ~~ Objective ype’ | | Questions and Answersin. , Chewnical*, ‘Engineering. O.P. Gupta, -* ay : 's eX s)PREFACE TO THE FIRST EDITION This book is meant for graduates in chemical engineering intending to appear in the written tests conducted by various public sector undertakings for the recruitment as trainees This book will be helping for all such examinations conducted by Steel Authority of India Limited (SAIL), Rashtriya Chemicals and Fertilisers Limited (RCF), Indian Farme:s Fertiliser Co-operative Limited (IFFCO), Engineers India Limited (BIL), Indian Oil Corporation (IOC), Hindustan Fertiliser Corporation (HFC), National Fertiliser Limited (NFL), Hindustan Copper Limited (HCL), Fertiliser and Chemicals Travancore Limited (FACT), Bongaigoan Refinery and Petrochemical Limited (BRPL), Indian Petrochemical Corporation Limited (IPCL), Oil and Natural Gas Commission (ONGC) etc Questions have been arranged subjectwise and the answers are given at the end of the respective chapters. LLT. Kanpur Om Prakash Gupta February, 1980 VNTENTS Chapter Subject 1. Fluid Mechanics 1.56 2, Stoichiometry (Chemical Process Principles 57-80 3. Mechanical Operations 81-115 4. Chemical Process Industries (Chemical Technology. 156 5. Petroleum Refinery Engineering 6 Fertiliser Technology 7, Heat Transfer 8. Mass Transfer 9. Process Control and Instrumentation 10. Chemical Engineering Thermodynamics 308-344 11, Chemical Reaction Engineering and Reactor Design 345-377 12. Fuels and Combustion 378-413 13. Materials of Construction 414-437 14. __ Process Equipment Design 438-468 15. Chemical Engineering Plant Economics 469-476 16. Nuclear Power Engineering 477-492 17. Furnace Technology 493-504 18. Refractory Technology 505-519 19. Environmental Engineering 520-540 20. Polymer Technology 541-556 21, Miscellaneous Questions 587-597 References/Bibliography/Further Reading 598-599A- 1 3 13 This book is useful for various Academic programme Recruitment tests and interview ublic seetor, aikector ment organisations and undertaking: List of Academic Programmes for which this book is useful : Dip ChE - Diploma in Chemical B.Tech/B.E. (Chem Engg.) -Degr Chemical AMIE (Chemical Engg.) -Associate Membership « tit neers in Chemical Engineering AMIICHE - Associate Membership examination of Indian Insti f al Eng draduate Aptitude Test in Engineering for admission to M.Tech/M E courses GRE - Graduate Record Examination for post grad AIC xamination of I B.Tech (Polymer Technology) - Degree B.Tech (Env. Engg.) - Degree in Environmental Engine B.Tech. (Petroleum Engg.) - Degree in Petroleum Engineering B.Tech (Petrochemical) - Degree in Petrochemical Engineering B Tech (Chemical Technology) - Degree in Food Technology, Sugar Te Technology, Textile Technology ete tute of Ch Polymer Technology or Plastic Technology List of Public sector/Private sector/Government Organisation conducting recruitment test and interview for the selection of Manage- ment Trainees (Technical)/Graduate Engineer Trainee/Junior scien- tific officers ete. for which this book is useful. BARC - Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Trombay DRDO - Defence Research and Development Organisation IFS - Indian Forest Service. SAIL - Steel Authority of India Limited RINL - Rashtriya Ispat Nigam Limited, Visakhapatnam. KIOL - Kudremukh Iron Ore Limited, Kudremukh TISCO - Tata Iron and Steel Company, Jamshedpur. 10C - Indian Oil Corporation ONGC - Oil and Natural Gas Corporation. GAIL - Gas Authority of India Limited HPCL - Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited BPCL - Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited BRPL - Bongaigaon Refinery and Petrochemicals Limited MRL - Madras Refinery Limited KRL - Kochin Refinery Limited NRL - Numligarh Refinery Limited29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34 35. 36 37 38. 39) 40. 41. 42. 43. 44 45. 46. 41. 48. 49. OIL- Oil India Limited IPCL - Indian Petrochemicals Corporation Limited. FCI - Fertiliser Corporation of India. NFL- National Fertilisers Limited RCF - Rashtriya Chemicals and Fertilisers Limited, Thal Vaishet IFFCO - Indian Farmers Fertiliser Co-operative Limited, Hazira, Gujrat KRIBHCO - Krishak Bharati Co-operative Limited, Hazira, Gujrat. HFC - Hindustan Fertiliser Corporation FACT - Fertilisers and Chemicals Travancore Limited PDIL - Projects and Development India Limited CIL- Coal India Limited. NLC - Neyveli Lignite Corporation, Neyveli HCL - Hindustan Copper Limited. HZL - Hindustan Zine Limited. UCIL - Uranium Corporation of India Limited, Jadugoda, Jharkhand NALCO - National Aluminium Company Limited, Angul, Orissa HOC - Hindustan Organic Chemicals, Rasyani EIL- Engineers India Limited. NTPC - National Thermal Power Corporation. RIL- Reliance Industries Limited NPC - Nuclear Power Corporation of India. 1 Fluid Mechanics 1.4 uid is one which a) cannot remain at rest under the ac of shear force b) continuously expands till it fills any container ic) is incompressible id) permanently resis! distortion In an incompressible 1a) is greatly affected by mo in pres (b) is greatly affected only b changes in temperature (c) remains unaffected with moderate change in temperature and pressure (d) is sensible to changes in both tempera. ture and pressure 3. Potential flow is the flow of (a) compressible fluids with shear (b) compressible fluids with no shear (c)_ incompressible fluids with shear (d) incompressible fluids with no shear 4. Potential flow is characterised by (a) irrotational and frictionless flow (0) irrotational and frictional flow (c) one in which dissipation of mechanical energy into heat occurs (d) the formation of eddies within the stream 5.Newton's law of viscosity relates (a) shear stress and velocity (b) velocity gradient and pressure inten sity (c)_ shear stress and rate of ungular deformation in a fluid | (d) pressure gradient and rate of angular deformation 9.With aliquid (a) increases b decre remai may increase or decrease; depends 10.For water, when the pressure increases, the ‘2) also increases b) decreases s constant decreases and then increases 11,The pressure intensity is the same in all rections at a point in a fluid only when the fluid is fricti only when the fluid is at rest having zero velocity (c) when there is no motion of one fluid layer relative to.an adjacent layer (a) regardless of the motion of one fluid layer relative to an adjacent layer less 12. Choose the set of pressure intensities that are equivalent(a) 4.33 psi, 10 ft. of water, 8.83 inches of | (6) He (b) 4.33 psi, 10 ft. of water, 20.7 inches of i) Hg (c) 10 psi, 19.7 ft. of water, 23.3 inches of | (d) Hg (d) 10 psi, 19.7 ft. of water, 5.3 inches of Hg. 13.For a fluid rotating at constant angular | velocity about vertical axis as a rigid body, (a) the pressure intensity varies as the (b) ia) square of the radial distance {e) 6) radial distance linearly (d) (©) inverse of the radial distance id) elevation along vertical direction (a) (c) a point on the line of action of the resultant force d) at the centroid of the submerged area 14, The centre of pressure is ; © (a) always below the centroid ofthe area | aeee reac eait resem i (a) 15.A rectangular surface 3’ x 4’, has the lower (6) 3 edge horizontal and 6’ below a free oil surface (sp. gr. 0.8). The surface inclination |) is 300 with the horizontal. The force on one side of the surface is (a) (a) 39.6y (b) 48y (ce) 49.2y (a) 58 where, y specific weight of water @ 16, A stream tubeis that which has. (ii) ceross-section entirely bounded by stream lines. Wi) a) acircular (6) any convenient iv) (c) asmall (@) alarge 11,Mass velocity isindependentoftemperature | (4) and pressure when the flow is | © (a) unsteady through unchanged cross-section steady through changing cross-section (c) steady and the cross-section is un OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 20. An ic (d) f-lblisec. momentum transfer is on molecular scale only shear stress is caused more effectively by cohesion than momentum transfer. shear stresses are generally larger than ina similar laminar flow | 19. Turbulent flow generally occurs for cases involving highly viscous fluid very narrow passages very slow motion none of these ideal fluid is frictionless and incompressible. fone which obeys Newton's law of vis cosity. highly viscous. none of these. 21. Steady flow occurs when conditions change steadily with time conditions are the same at the adjacent points at any instant. conditions do not change with time at any point, rate of the velocity change is constant. | 22; Which of the following must be followed by the flow of a fluid (real or ideal) ? Newton's law of viscosity Newton's second law of motion the continuity equation velocity of boundary layer must be zero relative to boundary fluid cannot penetrate a boundary. 1,0, UI (b) IL, 11,V Lv (@) 11,0,V 23. Discharge (ft*/sec) from a 24 inch pipe of water at 10 fsec will be. ft/sec. changed (a) 7.65 (b) 32.36 (d) unsteady and the cross-section is | “© 4822 M22 6 changed — | 24, The unit of velocity head is 18, In turbulent flow, | (@) Stbisee (a) the fluid particles move in an orderl; tae manner, i (c) ft-1bf/1b FLUID MECHANICS, 25, Bernoulli's equation describes, (a) cal energy balance in poteni (b) kinetic energy balance in laminar flow (c) mechanical energy balance in tur bulent flow (d) mechanical energy balance in boundary 26. The kinetic energy correction fovtor for velocity di bution of laminar flow is (a) 0.5 (b) 166 ae (d) 2 27. 1n frictional flow, the quantity PW ge p* deg’ (a) constant along 4 strean (b) not constant along a streamline (c) increased in the direction of flow (d) none of these 28) The momentum correction factor for the velocity distribution of laminar flow is (a) 13 (b) 1.66 () 25 (d) none of these ). The loss due to sudden expansion is ci ~ Vay? oy SS oy aaa 2a Pe ey ve (d) none of these Be 30.) The loss due to sudden contraction is propor tional to (a) velocity (2) velocity head (c) turbulence (d) none of these 31. The value of critical Reynolds number for pipe flow is (a) 1300 (®) 10,000 (©) 100,000 (d) none of these 32. Reynolds number for flow of water at room temperature through 2 cm dia pipe at an average velocity of 5 cm/svc is around (a) 2000 () 10 (©) 100 (d) 1000 33, Shear stress in a fluid flowing in a roun pipe (a) varies parabolically across the cross section b) remains constant over the cross-sec he centre and varies linearly erthibe notes is zero al at the wall an: the ce 34. Discharge in laminar flow thr. as the square ib) inversely as the pressure d c) inversely as the vi d) as the square of the diameter 35. Boundary layer separation is caused by (a) reduction of pressure below vapo pressure (6) reduction of pressure gradient to zer c) an adverse pressure gradient (d) reduction of boundary layer thickness to zero 36. The friction factor for turbulent flow in a hydraulically smooth pipe (a) depends only on Reynolds number. (b) does not depend on Reynolds number. (c) depends on the roughness. (d) none of these. 37. Fora given Reynolds number, ina hydravli cally smooth pipe, further smoothening. the friction factor. (a) brings about ao further reduction of (b) increases (c) decreases (d) none of these 38, Hydraulic radius is the ratio of (a) wetted perimeter to flow area. (0) flow area to wetted perimeter. (©) flow area to square of wetted perimeter. (d) square root of flow area to wetted perimeter. ‘39. Hydraulic radius of 6” x 12” cross-section, is......inches. @ 2 ) 05(©) 15 (d) none of these 40, Reynolds number is the ratio of (a) viscous forces to gravity forces. | (b) inertial forces to viscous forces (c) viscous forces to inertial forces. (d)_ inertial forces to gravity forces, | | 41) Mach. number is the ratio of the speed ot me (a) fluid to that of the light (b) light to that of the fluid (c) fluid to that of the sour 4 (d) sound to that of the fluid 42. Power loss in an orificemeter is ina venturimeter. (a) less than (b) same as (c) more than | (d) data insufficient, cannot be predicted that | 43) The velocity profile for turbulent flow | through a closed conduit is (a) logarithmic (6) parabolic | (c) hyperbolic (d) linear | 44, For laminar flow through a closed conduit (a) Vnar= 2Vev (b) Vmax (C)Viees =U: Vow 100) Vee 45, f= 16/Npe is valid for | (a) turbulent flow | (6) laminar flow through an open channel | (c) steady flow (d) none of these 46; lsotropie turbulence occurs (6) at higher temperatures (c) only in newtonion fluids | (d) none of these 47. Consider two pipes of same length and diameter through which water is passed at the same velocity. The friction factor for rough pipe is fi and that for smooth pipe is fo. Pick out the correct relationship. @) fi=h (0) ish ©) firh (d) data not sufficient to relate f: and fz (a) where there is no velocity gradient | OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING | 48, Bernoulli's equation for steady frictionless, continuous flow states that ~ sections is same. (a) total pressure (b) total energy (c) velocity head (d) none of these at all 49, Drag is defined as the force exerted by the (4) Auid on the solid in a direction opposite to flow, (0) the fluid on the solia in the direction of flow fc) the solid on the fluid (d)_ none of these. 50, Drag co-efficient for flow past immersed body is the ratio of........to the product of velocity head and density. (a) shear stress (6) shear force (c) average drag per unit projected area (d) none of these 51, Stoke’s law is valid when the particle Reynolds number is (@) <1 (b) >1 (©) <5 (d) none of these 52, Drag co-efficient Cp is given by (in Stoke's law range) 16 24 (oleae a) Co ies (b) Co Rap 18.4 >, - 0.079 © Co=peG @) Coma om 53. At low Reynolds number (a) viscous forces are unimportant (®) viscous forces control (©) viscous forces control and inertial for ces are unimportant (d) gravity forces control 54. At high Reynolds number (a) inertial forces control and viscous for: ces are unimportant, (b) viscous forees predominate (©) inertial forces are unimportant and vi cous forces control (d) none of these FLUID MECHANICS 55. For f supe through packed bed, the than the velocity throug! hanr ore than the average velocity through ndent on the pre 36) Pressure drop in a packed bed for flow is given by equation (a) Kozney-Karman () Blake-Plummer (c) Leva's (d) Fanning fri tion factor 57, Pre flow is given by (a) Kozney-Karmann (®) Blake-Plummer (c) Leva's (d) Hagen-Poiseulle’s jacked bed for turbulent sure drop in a particle settling in fluid 58, Force acting on (a) gravitational and buoyant forces. (6) centrifugal and drag forces (c) gravitational or centrifugal buoyant and drag forces. (d) external, drag and viscous forces. 59. Terminal velocity is a) a constant velocity with no accelera: tion (b) a fluctuating velocity ained after moving one-half of tota distance. (d) none of these (c) att 60) In hindered settling, particles are (a) placed farther from the wall. (b) not affected by other particles and the wall, (c) near each other. (d)_ none of these 61. Drag co-efficient in hindered settling | is, that in free settling. (a) lesser than (b) equal to ) not necessarily greater than d) always greater than 62. ettling of a spherical pa: the slope of Cu - log 63. 64, Pressure drop that in a similar packed less than b) more th d) none of these 65. Slugging in a fluidised bed can be avoided by using tall narrow vessel (b) deep bed of solids c)_ shallow beds of solids and of particle size id) very large particles 66, Minimum porosity for fluidisation is (a) that corresponding to static bed (®) that corresponding to comnletely fluidised bed ©) the porosity of the bed when true disation begins (d) less than that of the static bed 67. Ina fluidised bed reactor (a) temperature gradients are very high. () temperature is more or less uniform. (c) hot spots are formed, (d) segregation of the solids occurs. - of the tube 68. Lower BWG means ~ (a) lower thickness (6) lower cross-section (c) outer diameter (d) inner diameter69. Cavitation occurs in a centrifugal pump when the suction pressure is (a) less than the vapour pressure of the liquid at that temperature (b) greater than the vapour pressure of the liquid at that temperature (c) equal to the vapour pressure (d) equal to the developed head 70. Cavitation can be prevented by ‘a) suitably designing the pump. () maintaining the suction head suff ciently greater than the vapour pressure. (c) maintaining suction head = developed head. (d) maintaining suction head lower than the vapour pressure. 71. Priming is needed in a......pamp. (a) reciprocating (b) gear (c) centrifugal (d) diaphragm 72.The general relationship between speed N, head H, power P and discharge Q for a centrifugal pump is (a) QaN:HaN’:PaN® (b) QaN*:HaN®:PaN () QaN:HaN*:PaN (d) QaN*:HaN:PaN® 73.The maximum depth from which a centrifugal pump can draw water is (a) dependent on the speed of the pump (5) dependent on the power of the pump (c) 34 feet (d) 150 feet 74. Boiler feed water pump is usually a pump. (a) reciprocating (6) gear (c) multistage centrifugal (a) diaphragm 75. Plunger pumps are used for (a) higher pressure (6) slurries (c) viscous mass (d) none of these OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING | 76. Molten soap mass is transported by Boo PUMP. (a) diaphragm | () reciprocating | ©) gear (a) centrifugal 77.Pump used for transportation of molten sodium in fast breader reactor is afan...-..-PUMP. (a) reciprocating |. @) plunger (c) electromagnetic (d) gear | 78, Tohandle smaller quantity of fluid at higher discharge pressure, use @ ......PUmp (a) reciprocating | @) centrifugal (c) volute | (d) rotary vacuum 79, The head developed by 4 centrifugal pumpis | largely determined by the (a) power of the pump (b) nature of the liquid being pumped (c) angle of the vanes and the speed of the tip of the impeller (d) vapour pressure of the liquid 80. The maximum head that can be developed by a single impeller is.......ft. (a) 25 () 100 (c) 250-300 (d)_ 1000 81. The actual velocity at vena-contracta for flow through an orifice from a reservoir is given by (a) C (©) Ca AH (b) \2gH — (d) ca 82. The fluid jet discharging from a2" diameter orifice has a diameter of 1.75” at its vena. contracta. The co-efficient of contraction is (a) 13 (b) 0.766 (c) 0.87 (d) none of these 83, The discharge through a V-notch weir varies as (a) He? (by HY? (c) H*? (qd) H. FLUID MECHANICS 4. 86. 88. 89. 90. The discharge through a rectangular weir ay Ht? b) He? co) HES d) HY Propellers are axial flow mixers d for mixing liquids of high viscosity 4) radial flow mixers rbine impeller uces only rai duces only tangential current (c) is effective over wide range cosities id) does not produce tangential current f vis Baffles in mixing tanks are provided to 1a) reduce swirling and vortex format ) increase the structural strength of the tank ©) aid in rotational flow d) none of these Power required for mixing Newtonion fluids is a function of (a) speed of impeller, diameter of impeller and viscosity b) density and viscosity of fluid only c) density of fluid, viscosity of fluid and impeller dia only d)_ none of these Power number is the ratio of (a) drag stress to inertial stress. (b) inertial stress to drag stress. (b) inertial stress to gravitational stress. (d) gravitational stress to drag stress. Froude number is the ratio of (a) shear stress to gravitational stress, (b) drag stress to shear stress. (c) inertial stress to shear stress. (d) inertial stress to gravitational stress. Froude number is not a factor (a) for Reynolds number greater than 300. (b) when there is no vortex formation (c) for unbaffled tank of these 93. Scale up a) geometrical sim f agitator de arity geometrical and d) all geometrical, dynamic and kinematic similarity 94. Most com! pipe lines is ia) sleeve joint c) flange nly used joint in underground (6) couplings (d) expansion joint 95. The valve used for very remote and sc curate control of fluid is a ....valve (a) needle (8) globe (c) gate (d) butterfly 96. Check valves are used (a) at high pressure (@) in bends (c) for controlling water flow (d) for unidirectional flow 97. Which of the following facilitates close control of flow of fluids ? (a) gate valve (b) globe valve (c) butterfly valve (d) check valve 98. Glass pipes can be joined by (a) flanges (®) welding soldering | | (ce) | (d) bell-and-spigot joint | 99. The valve commonly used in pipes large than 2” dia isa (a) globe valve (c) gate valve (b) plug-cock (@) check valve100) A 2” gate valve fitted in a pipe is replaced | by a similar globe valve. Pressure drop in gate valve was Ap. For the same discharge, the pressure drop across globe valve is () 4p 101} Co-efficient of velocity is ...... the coefficient of discharge. (a) less than (c) equal to (®) more than (d) not related to {02} A piezometer provided in pipe measures (a) friction factor (b) static pressure (c) dynamic pressure (d) none of these 103) Function of air vessel provided in a reciprocating pump is to (a) reduce discharge fluctuation. (b) reduce the danger of cavitation. (c) avoid the necessity of priming. (d) increase the pump efficiency. 104. Head developed by a centrifugal pump depends on its (a) speed (®) impeller diameter (c) both (a) and (6) (d) neither (a) nor (6) 105 The head loss in turbulent flow in a pipe varies (a) as velocity (b) as (velocity)? (©) inversely as the square of diameter - (d) inversely as the velocity 106; With increase in pump speed, its NPSH requirement (a) decreases (b) increases (c) remains unaltered (d) can either increase or decrease ; depends on other factors 107. One dimensional flow implies (a) flow in a straight line (b) steady uniform flow OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICA! ENGINEERING (c)_ unsteady uniform flow (d) a flow which does not account for changes in transverse direction 108, In case of centrifugal fan or blower, the gas capacity varies as (a) speed (c) (speed)? (b) (speed)? (d) none of these ‘109. The continuity equation (a) relates mass flow rate along a stream tube. (b) relates work and energy. (©) stipulates that Newton's second law of motion must be satisfied at every point in the fluid. (d)_ none of these. 110) Fora specific centrifugal air blower operating at constant speed and capacity, the power requirement and pressure vary (a) directly as square of gas density. (®) directly as gas density. (©) directly as square root of gas density (d) inversely as gas density. 111, Foot valves are provided in the suction line of a centrifugal pump to (a) avoid priming every time we start the pump. () remove the contaminant present in the liquid. (©) minimise the fluctuation in discharge. (d) control the liquid discharge. 112. Differential manometer measures (a) atmospheric pressure (b). sub-atmospheric pressure (c) pressure difference between two points (d) none of these 113) Velocity distribution for flow between two fixed parallel plates (a) varies parabolically across the section. (b) is constant over the entire cross-section. (©) is zero at the plates and increa linearly to the midplane. (d) none of these. FLUID MECHANICS, 114. While starting a centrifugal pump, its delivery valve should be kept (a) opened | (8) closed (c) either opened or closed ; it does not | make any difference (d) either opened or closed; depending on the fluid viscosity 115. A centrifugal pump designed for handling | water (= 1 cp) will deliver... when pump- | ing a thicker oil (w= 30 ep) (a) less head and capacity (b) more head | (c). more capacity (d) less head and more capacity 116. Path followed by water jet issuing from the bottom of a water tank will be a (a) parabola (vertex being at the opening) | (2) hyperbola (c) horizontal straight line | (d) zig-zag path (whichis geometrically un- | defined) | 117, A centrifugal pump loses prime after starting. The reason of this trouble may be _| (a) incomplete priming | (8) too high a suetion lift | (c) lowavailable NPSH and airleaks in the | suction pipe (d) all (a), (6), and (c) 118,)/Flow rate of high velocity flue gas dis- charged through a stack to the atmosphere can be most conveniently measured by a | (a) pitottube (6) manometer (c) rotameter (d) none of these 119, Capacity of a rotary gear pump can be varied by (a) changing the speed of rotation. (b) bleeding air into suction. (c)_ bypassing liquid from the suction or discharge line. (d) all (a), (b) and (c). 120,Maximum theoretical suction lift for water at 15°C by a centrifugal pump is 34 ft. The same for water at 90°C will be. (a) 40 () 34 () 8 (d) 37 121.Friction factor for a hydraulically smooth Pipe at Nre = 2100is fi. Ifthe pipe is further ‘smoothened (i-e., roughness is reduced), the friction factor at the same value of Nee, will (a) increase (6) decrease (©) remain unchanged (d) increase or decrease depending on the pipe material 122. For liquid flow through a packed bed, the superficial velocity as compared to average velocity through the channel in the bed is (a) more (6) less (©) equal (d) independent of porosity 123. Vena-contracta formed during flow of a liquid through an orificemeter has (a) minimum liquid cross-section (©) more diameter compared to orifice diameter. () minimum velocity of fluid stream. (d) none of these. 124,Reciprocating pumps compared to centrifugal pumps (a) deliver liquid at uniform pressure. (®) can handle slurries more efficiently. (©) are not subject to air binding. (d) can be operated with delivery valve closed. 125.A tube is specified by its (@) thickness only (6) outer diameter only (c) thickness and outer diameter both (d) inner diameter 126. For pipes that must be broken at intervals for maintenance, the connector used should be aan (a) union (&) tee (c) reducer (d) elbow0 127. If more than two branches of pipes are to be connected at the same point, then use a/an ta) elbow (6) union (c) tee (a) none of these. 128, The most economical valve for use with large diameter pipes is (a) butterfly valve (b) globe valve (c) needle valve (d) none of these 1129, Which of the following factors does not con- \—* tribute to the presstre drop in a pipeline 2 (a) velocity of fluid (b) ‘size of pipe (c) length of pipe and number of bends (d) none of these 130, Which of the following can be used tocreate 1 flow of gas where no significant compression is required ? (a) reciprocating compressor (6) blower (e) axial flow compressor (d) centrifugal compressor 131, Erosion and pits formation on the impeller ‘of a centrifugal pump may be due to (a) cavitation (&) low speed of impeller (c)_ its operation with delivery valve closed for considerable time after starting the pump {d) offcentering of pump with motor 132)Which of the following valves will incur maximum pressure drop for the same discharge of water? (a) globevalve (6) gate valve (e) needle valve (d) butterfly valve 133,While starting an axial flow pump, its delivery valve should be kept (a) open (b) closed {c) either open or closed (d) none of these 134.Identification of pipelines carrying different liquids and gases is done by -~ of the pipe. (a) diameter (6) colour (c) altitude (d) none of these OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 135,A centrifugal pump has the following specifications : Power- 4H.P.; Speed - 800 rpm Head ~ 8 metres ; Flow - 1000 litres/minutes. If its speed is halved, then the new head will be......metres. (@) 2 () 4 © 8 @ 55 136, In question No. 135, the power consumed (HLP.) now will be (a) 05 (b) 2 (©) 4 (d) 1 187; In question No. 135, the new discharge (litres/minute) will be (a) 500 () 200 (c) 1000 (d) 750 138, Interstage coolers are provided in a multistage compressor to (a) save power in compressing @ given volume to a given pressure. (©) cool the delivered air (©) achieve the exact delivery (@) none of these j 139, Surge tanks are provided in high pressure water pipelines to (q) store adefinite quantity of water all the time (b) reduce water hammer (c) facilitate easy dismantling of pipeline for cleaning and maintenance (a) none of these 140.)Pipes having diameter 14 inches or more are designated by their (a) outside diameter (d) inside diameter (c) ‘schedule number (d) none of these 4441. Dise compensators are provided in large diameter gas carrying pipelines to (a) keep the pipe in proper orientation. (b) make the pipe joint leak-proof, (©) account for contraction/expansion of pipe due to temperature changes of the surroundings. FLUID MECHANICS (d) account for pressure variation inside the pipeline. 142, Nominal Pipe Size (NPS) of a pipe less than " 147. In question No. 146 the correct relationships among velocities at point X,Y and Z would be (a) Vi< V2Vyand Ve>Vs (a) inner diameter () outer diameter (c) thickness (d) neither inner nor outer diameter 143,The most important factor which deter- | ‘mines the maximum height to which water can be lifted by a pump at standard temperature (15°F) is the (a) barometric pressure (0) speed of the impeller {c) diameter of the impeller (d) both (b) and (e) 144)Gear pump (a) isa positive displacement pump. (®) isa centrifugal pump. (c) is anon-positive displacement pump. (d) can be started with delivery valve | closed. | 145)When the water is warm, the height to which it can be lifted by a pump | (a) decreases due to reduced viscosity. (b) decreases due to reduced vapour pressure. (c) increases due to increased vapour pressure. (d) decreases due to increased frictional | resistance. 146, For flow through a venturi at a particular discharge, the correct relationships among heads at points X, Y, and Z are (a) Ai>hachs (8) hi>ha>rhs fc) Vi>V2>Vo |) none of these 148, Multistage centrifugal pumps are generally used for (a) high head (b) low head but high discharge c) highly viscous liquid (d) slurries of high solid concentration 149, Centrifugal pump can't be used to pump (a) molten sodium (used as a coolant in Fast Breeder Reactor). (©) Moderately viscous vegetable oil used in soap industry, (©) thick molten soap at 80°C (d) none of the above 150) Volute type of casing is provided in a centrifugal pump to (a) convert velocity head to pressure head. (6) convert pressure head to velocity head. (c) reduce the discharge fluctuation. (@) increase the discharge. 151; A pump operating under specific conditions delivers insufficient quantity of liquid. This may be set right by (a) decreasing the size of the inlet pipe. (&) increasing the size of the inlet pipe. (©) lowering the pump position. (@) both (6) and (e). 152. Delivery of insufficient quantity of liquid by a pump may be caused by (q) air leak in the inlet () low rpm (c) tuo high a lift (@) all (a), (6) and (e) (153) Actual lift ofa pump is always less than the theoretical lift and is limited by (a) specific gravity and temperature of the Tiquid. (®) leakage and pressure decreasing at fc) Aa dling centrifugal pump is (a) generally a needle valve. (0) used to release any gases that might be vapour locking the pump. (©) helpful in easy removal of samples. (d) all (a), (6) and (c). 167, Cavitation in a centrifugal pump results from (a) high discharge pressure (b) low barome-ric pressure (c) high discharge velocity (d) high discharge rate 168, Which of the following is used for pumping crude oil from oil well ? (a) single stage centrifugal pump () gear pump FLUID MECHANICS (©) screw pump (d) duplex/triplex reciprocating pump 169, Which of the following is most prone to pulsating discharge flow ? (a) centrifugal pump (6) reciprocating pump (©) gear pump (d) axial flow pump 170. A centrifugal pump designed to pump water is employed to pump a more viscous oil. In the later case, the pump (a) develops a lower head (b) capacity is reduced (c) requires more power (d) all (a) , (6) and (c) 171. With a constant diameter impeller of a centrifugal pamp (a) its capacity varies directly as square of speed. (b) head varies is the square of speed. (©) horsepower input varies as the square of speed. (d) head varies as the speed. 172, Ataconstant speed ofthe centrifugal pump .» the impeller diameter. (a) capacity varies directly with (&) head varies as the square of diameter (c) horsepower varies as the cube of (d) all (a), (b) and (c) 173, Viscosity of a liquid varies... with tempera ture (a) exponentially (b) linearly (c) logarithmically (d) none of these 174,Pick out the Hagen-Poiseulle’s equation av Dts Lv (b) dp =324 Me geet 8p. 59 =) BVE ) P= 1039. ta yp G-9 eve @) Pare G59 25. 2. (a) Baa. 175. Equivalent length of a pipe fitting is (a) dependent on Reynolds number. (b) independent of Reynolds number. (©) dependent on the length of the pipe. (d) none of these. | 176) Creeping flow around a sphere is defined | when particle Reynolds number is (a) <2100 () <01 (©) >25 (d@) <500 | 277.)Pressure drop (Ap) for a fluid flowing in turbulent flow through a pipe is a function of velocity (V) as (a) vié (&) v*? ©v @ v? 178s guid # = 0.01 cm*/sec|is moving at critical flow condition (Ne = 2100) through a pipe of dia 3 cms. Velocity of flow (cm/sec) is (@) 7 (6) 700 (©) 7000 (@) 630 | 179. Multistage compressors are used in industry, because they (a) reduce the cost of compressor. (b) reduce the size requirement | @) resemble closely to isothermal compression, (d) are easy to control. pump. (a) reciprocating (b) diaphragm (©) centrifugal (@). pneumatic | | 180)For pumping slurry, one can use a———-———- | 181) The pressure head ofa flow meter remains constant for (a) venturimeter (6) orificemeter (c) rotameter _(d)_pitot tube 182. A mercury (specific gravity = 13.6) manometer connected across an orificemeter fited in a pipe shows a manometer reading of 2 ems. If the manometer liquid is changed to carbon tetrachloride (specific gravity = 1.6) then for the same flow rate of water the new manometer reading will be.“ (a) 17 (&) 42 (c) 84 @) 18 183) For very low pressure and high discharge rate, the compressor used is (a) sxial (8) reciprocating (c) rotary (d) none of these ‘184. Ina dry packed bed, the pressure drop will —" be changed by increasing the flow rate as. (a) vit ) vo" ov @) v7 185, Reynolds number for water flow through a tube of LD. 5 em is 1500. If a liquid of 5 centipoise viscosity and 0.8 specific gravity flows in the same pipe at the same velocity, then the pressure drop will (a) increase (d) decrease (©) remain same (d) data insufficient to predict pressure drop (186. A fluid is pumped at the rate of 10 b/sec to a height of 55 ft. The horse power required is (@) 1 () 10/55 ©) 55 @ V55 187. A liquid is pumped at the rate of 600 litres using 1000 rpm. If the rpm is changed to 1100, the liquid pumped......... litres, (a) 600 (6) 660 (©) 11 (a) 60 188, For the same flow rate of a fluid, the pressure drop is the least for (a) venturimeter (b) orificemeter (©) flow-nozzle (d) Apis same for all 189, Two fluids are flowing through two similar pipes of same diameter. The Reynold’s number is same. For the same flow rate if the viscosity of a fluid is reduced to half the vals of the Gist sh the presare drop (a) increase (®) decrease (©) remain unchanged OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (a) data insufficient to predict relative pressure drop 190. Net positive suction head (NPSH) of a centrifugal pump must be (a) greater than the vapour pressure of the liquid. () less than the vapour pressure of the liquid. {c) equal tothe vapour pressure of the liguid. (@) less than barometric pressure. 191, A centrifugal pump used to pump water is used to pump an oil with specific gravity of 08 at the same rate. The power consumption will now (a) increase (&) decrease (c) remain same (d) data insufficient to predict 192. Assuming flow to be laminar, if the diameter of the pipe is halved then the pressure drop will (a) increase _(b) decrease (©) remain same (d) be quadrupled 198. For the transfer of solution of thick slurry, the pump used is (a) reciprocating (b) gear , © diaphragm — (d) none of these [ao Pick out the Kozney-Karmann equation (valid for low Nae) for fluid flow through beds of solids. @ SPog VY" @) Pad 5a ) f= 82G=2 41.75 Nee =p ge -Dty.t L.¥).4a-oF =A Be Det © 30% ag ate ©. 150 195: Pick out the Blake Plummer equation (ral fi tees Nat ia lem trough beds of soli the alternatives gi in the question No. 194, oa FLUID MECHANICS 8 196, When the pipe Reynold's number is 6000, | 205/A rotameter works on the principle the flow is generally (a) viscous (b) laminar (c) turbulent (d) transition 197. Diaphragm pumps are used to transport | (a) solids (b) liquids (ec) fluids (d) liquids containing solids 198) Cocks are used to control (a) water (6) any liquid (c) solids (d) none of these 199. Check valve is used for......flow. (a) very precise control of (6) unidirectional (c) multidirectional (d)_none of these 200, Nominal size of a pipe is an indication of its......diameter. (a) inner (c) approximate (b) outer (d) none of these 201. ‘duY In power ine snal +Bifn=1and B+ 0, then the fluid'is (@) Newtonian (b) dilatant {c) thixotropic (d) rheopectic 202. Bernoulli's equation accounts for (a) various momentums (b) various masses: (c) different forms of mechanical energy (d) none of these 203. Bernoulli's equation is dependent on (a) Ist law of thermodynamics. (b) 3rd law of thermodynamics. (c)_ law of conservation of momentum. (d)_ none of these. 204. Cavitation in a pump creates so many undesirable effects. Out of the following, which is not an undesirable effect created by cavitation ? (a) decrease in effect (®) increase in thrust (c) develops noise (d) develops high pressure oy gS RS SR ee | Of. nnneressure drop. (a) constant (b) variable (@) both (a) and (&) (d) neither (a) nor (b) | 206) Enamels and paints are generally fluid. (a) reheopectic (c) thixotropie () pseudo-plastic (d@) dilatant | 207.For ideally incompressible fluid, the mach number will be (a) 15 ©) 0 @) 1 @ 5 208, Select the correct statement. (a) The discharge through a venturimeter depends upon 4p only and is independent of orientation of the meter. (®) A venturimeter with a given gage difference discharges at a greater rate when the flow is vertically downward through it than when the flow is vertically upward. (©) Foragiven pressure difference, the discharge of gas is greater through a venturimeter when compressibility is taken into account than when it is neglected. (d) The overall pressure loss is the same in a given pipe line whether a venturimeter or a nozzle with the same throat dia is used. 209, Select the correct practical example of steady non-uniform flow. (a) motion of water around a ship ina lake. (&) motion of river arou.d bridge piers. (c) steadily decreasing flow through a reducing section. (d) steadily increasing flow through @ pipe. 210, A streamline is (a) the Tine connecting che mid-points of flow cross-sections. (b) defined for uniform flow only. (c) drawn normal to the velocity vector at every point. (a) always the path of a perticle.6 211) Inwhich of the following casesit is possible for flow to occur from low pressure to high pressure? (a) flow of liquid upward in a vertical pipe (®) flow through a converging section (c) flow of air downward in a pipe (d) impossible in a constant cross-section conduit | 212) The head loss in turbulent flow in a pipe | varies | (a) directly as the velocity. | (d) inversely as the square of the velocity. {c) approximately as the square of the velocity. (d) inversely as the square of the diameter. 213, The continuity equation in ideal fluid flow ~~ states that the (a) net rate of inflow into any small volume must be zero. () energy is not constant along a streamline. (c) energy is constant along a streamline. (d) there exists a velocity potential. 214. Which of the following is a dimensionless parameter? (a) angular velocity (b) specific weight (c) kinematic viscosity (@) none of these 215. Which of the following is not a dimensionless parameter? (a) pressure-co-efficient (b) Froude number (c) kinematic viscosity (d) Weber number 216) The pressure co-efficient is the ratio of pressure forces to.......forces, (a) viscous (b) inertial (c) gravity (d) surface tension 217. In laminar flow through a round tube, the discharge varies (a) linearly as the viscosity (b) inversely as the pressure drop (c) inversely as the viscosity (d) as the square of the radius OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 218, The Prandtl mixing length is (a) zero at the pipe wall and is a universal constant, (&) independent ofradial distance from the pipe axis. (€) independent of the shear stress. (d) useful for computing laminar flow problems. 219) Boundary layer separation is caused by (a) reduction of pressure to vapour pressure. (®) the boundary layer thickness reducing to zero, (c) an adverse pressure gradient. (d) reduction of pressure gradient to zero. 220. Boundary layer separation occurs when (a) the pressure reaches a minimum. (®) the cross-section of the channel is reduced. (©) avalve is closed. (d) the velocity of sound is reached. 221. The terminal velocity of a small sphere settling in a viscous fluid varies as the (a) first power of its diameter. (8) inverse of the fluid viscosity. (c) inverse square of the diameter. (d) square of the difference in specific weights of solid and fluid. 222, ‘The losses in open channel flow generally vary as the (@) inverse of the roughness () first power of the roughness (c)_ square of the velocity (d) inverse square of hydraulic radius 223, In turbulent flow, a rough pipe has the” same friction factor as a smooth pipe (a) in the zone of complete turbulence. (6) when the roughness projections are much smaller than the thickness of the laminar film. (©) everywhere in the transition zone, (@) when the friction factor is independent ofthe Reynoli’snumbar. FLUID MECHANICS 7 224) In the complete turbulence-zone (in rough | 231. Which of the following produces maximum pipes) pressure difference for transportation of | (a) rough and smooth pipes have the same | gases? friction factor. | (@) vaccum pumps (b) the laminar film covers the roughness | (6) blowers projections. (c) fans (c) the friction factor depends upon Ng- | (4) compressors only | 232, With increase in molecular weight of the gas, the head developed by a centrifugal compressor will (a) decrease (®) increase (©) remain same (d) unpredictable (d)_ the friction factor is independent of the ; relative roughness. 225. The length of the tube necessary for the boundary layer to reach the centre of the tube and for fully developed flow to be SUGMINSG called the-<-tongth, 233. Horsepower increase of a centrifugal gas compressor without altering the ee eaten volumetric flow rate will . the gas (b) transition - discharge pressure. (c) Prandtl mixing | pesaairl (a) increase (d) none of these de | (6) decrease (c) not change 226. Transition length for a turbulent fluid (a). copeacieeahin ew dain entering into a pipe is around-——- times Pep ene 234, The fluid property which matters for fall- (a) 5 (&) 50 drops to acquire spherical shape is (c) 500 (d) 1000 | fe oes tn come eee Zi (&) height of descend (d) surface tension (aq) pressure 227. If the discharge of a centrifugal pump is ey vine throttled, then its suction lift (a) increases (b) decreases | | 235, Inastabilised soap bubble, pressure inside | it pared to external pressure is (c) remains unchanged | Legian, (a) more (d) data insufficient to predict (6) less. () same 228. Rer valv lv mote control valve is a.......valve. 3 See (a) gate @) butterfly | ere ee 236. For an incompressible fluid, the bulk 229. Purpose of relief valve in a reciprocating modulus of elasticity is 4 reciprocating compressors (©) > 125 (d) <10 (a) require less space. () have quieter operation. (c)_have lower operating costs. (d) all (a), (6) and (c). 238. The bulk modulus of elasticity of a liquid (a) is zero for incompressible liquid. (&) decreases with pressure.8 {) is independent of temperature and pressure. (d) increases with pressure. 239. Choose the correct set of dimensions of viscosity that are equivalent. (a) FL°T,ML"T* (6) FL°T,ML"T" () ML"TS, FLT (d) POT, MLT? where, F,M, L, Tare dimensions for force, mass, length and time respectively. 240. If two capillary tubes of dia 0.5 mm and 1 mm are dipped in a pot containing mercury, then the rise of mercury is (a) same in both tubes (b) greater in 1 mm dia tube (c) greater in 0.5 mm dia tube (d) zero in both tubes 241. Which of the following is a Newtonian fluid? (a) rubber latex (8) sewage sludge (c) quicksand (d) non-colloidal solution 242, Which law/principle of solid mechanics is similar/equivalent to Newton's law of viscosity in fluid mechanics ? (a) Archimedes principle (6) Newton's second law of motion (c) Hooke’s law (d) Newton's third law of motion 243. Which is correct for a centrifugal pump ? (c) D= 1840 H/N (6) D= 1840 N/H®* (c) H= 1840 D°4/N (a) D=1840H/N where D = Impeller diameter, inches H = Head developed, ft of liquid pumped N = Speed of pump, rpm. 244. The schedule number of a pipe is an indication of its (a) size (8) roughness (c) material density (d) wall thickness OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 245. The co-efficient of discharge of an orificemeter is a function of (a) Reynolds number at the orifice. (&) ratio of orifice dia to pipe dia. (c) both (a) and (b). {d)_ none of the above parameters and has aconstant value of 0.61 246. Volume of liquid displaced by @ floating body is equivalent to its (a) own weight (b) submerged weigh (©) own volume (d) submerged vol. 247. Which ofthe foll: «ng denote: he effect of compressibility in fluid flow ? (a) Weber number (6) Mach «umber (©) Euler number (d) Rey» her 248, Momentum correction factor use. » uid flow problems accounts for (a) change in direction of flow (8) change in total energy () change in pressure (@) non uniform direction of velocities at inlet and outlet sections 249. Pascal law is not applicable for afan......fluid. (a) accelerating frictionless (b) static (©) uniformly moving (d) none of these 250. What is the value of fanning friction factor ‘f'for smooth pipe at Nre =10° approximately ? (a) 0.003 (b) 0.01 (c) 0.1 (d) 03 251. The distribution of shear stress in a stream of fluid in a circular tube is (a) linear with radius for turbulent flow only. (b) linear with radius for laminar flow only. (©) linear with radius for both laminar and turbulent flow. (@)_ parabolic with radius for both laminar and turbulent flow. FLUID MECHANICS 252. What is the unit of kinematic viscosity in SI unit? (a) m/sec (b) N/m? . sec (c) kg.sec/m (d) none of these 253, One dimensional fluid flow means | (a) flow in straight lines only (®) uniform flow (c) steady uniform flow | (d) flow in which transverse components are zero | 254. The discharge through a semi-circular weir | varies as | (a) H (b) H? (©) HY? (@) H'? where, H = Head of liquid. 255.A pressure of 10 m head of water is equivalent to ..... KN/m? (a) 98 (®) 147 | (c) 196 (d) 49 | 256. Differential manometer measures | (a) absolute pressure | (®) gauge pressure (c) pressure difference (d) pressure gradient 257. The unit of dynamic viscosity in SI unit is (a) kg/m sec (0) N/m? (©) m/sec (d) m/N see 258. Pressure co-efficient is the ratio of pressure forces to.:.......forces. (a) gravity (®) inertial (c) viscous (d@) none of these 259. Gradually varied flow in open channel is aan. ....-flow. (a) steady uniform () steady non-uniform (c) unsteady uniform (d) unsteady non-uniform 260. Liquid delivery by centrifugal pump starts only when the head developed by it is equal to the .... head. (a) manometric (c) total (b) static (d) friction 1° 261. Power required by a centrifugal pump is proportional to (a) N?p> (&) ND? () N’D (@)_N°D® where, D = diameter, N =r.p.m. 262. Specific speed of a centrifugal pumprelates it with another pump having the (a) dynamic similarity () same efficiency (c) same speed (d) geometrical similarity 263. Which of the following quantities are computed by using the hydraulic radius for non-circular ducts ? (a) velocity and relative roughness (b) head loss and velocity (c) Reynold number, relative roughness and head loss (d) Reynolds number and friction factor 264. What is the maximum theoretical suction lift (metres) of a reciprocating pump? (e) 5 @) 10 (©) 50 (d) 100 265. In case of a centrifugal pump, the ratio of total delivered pressure to pressure developed with the impeller is called.... ef ficiency. (a) manometric (@) mechanical (c) volumetric (2) overall 266. A piezometer opening measures the .... fluid pressure. (a) static (©) total 267. An ideal fluid is (a) non-viscous (®) incompressible (c) both (a) and (b) (d) neither (a) nor (6) 268, What is the speed of sound (m/sec) in ordi (®) undisturbed (@) dynamic nary water ? (@) 150 () 330 (e) 1000 (d) 300020 269. A floating/submerged body is always stable if'ts centre of gravity (a) lies above its centre of buoyancy. | (b) and centre of buoyancy coincide. (c) lies below its centre of buoyancy. (d) lies above its meta centre. 270. The pressure at a point in a fluid is not the same in all directions when the fluid is viscous and | (a) moving (®) static {c) cold (d) hot 271. Which of the following is not dimension- | less? | (a) Froude number (6) kinematic viscosity (c) pressure co-efficient (d) none of these 272. The speed of sound in an ideal gas varies asthe (a) temperature (6) pressure (c) density (d) none of these 273. The Navier-stokes equations deals with the law of conservation of (a) mass (®) energy (c) both (a) & (b) (d) momentum 274. A double acting reciprocating pump compared to a single acting pump (of almost | same size working under same pressure levels) would give almost double (a) head (®) discharge (c) efficiency (d) none of these 275. Which of the following pipe bends will ineur | the largest head loss ? (a) U-bend (©) 45° bend (d) 90° bend 276, Air vessel provided in a reciprocating pump is for (a) increasing the acceleration head. (6) making the friction in pipe uniform, (c) decreasing the acceleration head, (d) none of these. 277.Two dimensional stream function (a) relates velocity and pressure. (6) is constant along a stream line. () 30° bend | OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (©) is constant along an equipotential surface (d) none of these. 278. Specific speed of a centrifugal pump depends on... head. (a) suction (b) delivery (c) manometric (d) none of these 279, The specific speed of a pump is defined as the speed of a unit of such a size that it (a) delivers unit discharge at unit head. (0) requires unit power for unit head. (©) delivers unit discharge at unit power. (d) none of these. 280. Acceleration head in a reciprocating pump (a) increases the work done during delivery stroke. (6) decreases the work done during suction stroke. (©) does not change the work requirement of the pump. (d) increases the work done during suction stroke. 281. The normal stress is the same in all diree- tions at a point in a fluid when the fluid is (a) non-viscous (®) incompressible (c)_ both (a) and (b) (d)_havingno motion of one fluid layer relative to the other 282. Cavitation in a centrifugal pump can be avoided by keeping the (a) inlet pressure high (&) outlet pressure low (©) inlet pressure low (d) outlet pressure high 283. A relief valve (a) provides back pressure for a cylinder (6) unloads a pump (c) is a directional control valve (d) none of these 284. Design of the casing of centrifugal pump should be such as to minimise the (a) back flow through impeller @) loaf lneticheed FLUID MECHANICS (©) loss of static head (d) none of these 285. Which of the following assumptions enables the Euler's equation of motion to be integrated ? (a) the fluid is incompressible (b)_ the fluid is non-viscous (c) the continuity equation is satisfied (d) the flow is rotational and incompressible 286. Centrifugal pumps are normally classified on the basis of (a) itsrpm (0) type of casing (c) impeller blade angle (d) number of blades in impeller 287. The rate of change of moment of momentum represents the..... by the fluid. (a) torque applied (b) force exerted (c) work done (d) power developed 288. In parallel pipe problems, the (a) head loss is the same through each pipe (b) discharge is the same through all the pipes. (c) total head loss is equal to the sum of the head losses through each pipe. (d) none of these. 289. The speed of a sound wave in a gas is analogous to the speed of (a) an elementary wave in an open channel. (®) flow in an open channel. 2 292. Various efficiencies of a centrifugal pump are related as (a) Time X Tn Me = Ne (©) m= Me - Tine (c) Tyme = Nn Tw (2) te =" * Time where, tim = mechanical efficiency, Ne = volumetric efficiency. Tine = manometric efficiency, No = overall efficiency 293. A centrifugal pump is called a turbine pump, if it is having (a) turbine type impeller (6) vaned diffusion casing (c) rotating vaned volute (d) none of these 294, Euler’s equation of motion states that at every point, the (a) fluid momentum is constant (b) force per unit mass equals acceleration (c) rate of mass outflow is equal to the rate of mass inflow (d) none of these 295. A mixed flow centrifugal pump (a) employs such an impeller through which the flow is a combination of radial and axial flow | @) anixes the two fluids before pumping them (©) pumps the two fluids separately and then mixes them (@) employs impellers in bott: radial and axial directions (©) -a disturbance travelling upstream in | 296. The blades of a centrifugal impeller are moving fluid. (d)_ none of these. 290. Foot valves provided in pumps are. valves. (a) relief (0) three/four way (c) pressure reducing (d) directional control 291. A hydraulic ram acts as a/an ........ PUMP. (a) centrifugal (b) reciprocating (c) impulse (d) parallel cylinder said to be curved forward if .... of the motion of impeller blades. (a) inlet tip of a blade curves in a direction opposite to that (b) outlet tipofa blade curves ina direction opposite to that (©) inlet tip of a blade is towards the direction (d) outlet tipofabladeis towards the diree- tion 297, The temperature in isentropic flow(a) does not depend on Mach number. (8) depends on Mach number only. (c) cannot drop and then increase again downstream. (d) none of these. 298. Which of the following two quantities when ‘same, makes one pipe system equivalent to another pipe system ? (a) head and discharge (8) length and discharge (©) length and diameter (d) friction factor and diameter. 299. During ageing of fluid carrying pipes, the (a) pipe becomes smoother with use. (6) friction factor increases linearly with time. (c) absolute roughness decreases with time, (@) absolute roughness increases linearly with time. ‘300. What is the co-efficient of contraction, if a fluid jet discharging from a 50mm diameter orifice has a 40 mm diameter at its vena- contracta? (b) 1.65 (d) 0.94 301. Pick outthe correct statement pertaining to flow through a converging diverging tube. (a) The value of Mach number is always unity at the throat. (b) No shock wave develops in the tube when the Mach number at exit is greater than unity, (©) Throughout the converging portion of the tube, the density increases in the frac = (d) none of these, 802. Purpose of hydraulic accumulator is to (a) ensureintermittant supply ofhydraulic pressure, (b) increase the pressure and store/accumulate it, (c) accumulate pressure to increase force. (d) generate high pressure to operate hydraulic machines lke cranes, life, presses etc, OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 303. The simple pitot tube does not measure (a) static pressure (®) dynamic pressure (c) velocity at the stagnation point (d) all (a), (6) and (c) 304.For steady ideal fluid flow. the Bernoulli's equation states that the (a) velocity is constant along a stream line. (©) energy is constant throughout the fluid (c)_ energy is constant along a stream line but may vary across stream lines (d) none of these 805. The dimension of kinematic viscosity is (@) ML?T" ) LT (©) ML°T? (d) none of these ‘306. An equipotential line is...... vector at every point. (a) normal to the velocity (6) normal to the vorticity (c) tangential to the velocity (@) none of these 307. The dimension of dynamic viscosity is @ ML*T! () LT © LT? (@) ML"T? 308. A stream line is (a) fixed in space in steady flow. (®) always the path of particle. (©) drawn normal to the velocity vector at every point. (d) alline connecting the mid points of flow cross-section, 309. Volute of a centrifugal pump should be designed in such a fashion that (a) kinetic head gets converted into static head () moving stream gradually reduces velocity, (c) the mean velocity remains constant (d) ‘none of these 810. The continuity equation (a) is independent of the compressibility of the fluid, punaaias ©) is dependent upon the viscosity of the fluid, FLUID MECHANICS (c) represents conservation of mass. (d) none of these. 311. Priming of a centrifugal pump is done to (a) increase the mass flow rate of fluid (&) develop effective pressure rise by the pump. (©) avoid chances of separation inside the impeller. (d) none of these. 312, The curve of metacentre for a floating body - the curve of buoyancy. (a) is always below (b) is the evolute of (c) intersects at right angle (d) is tangential to 313. The Stoke's stream function applies to (a) irrotational flow only () ideaV/non-viscous fluids only (c) cases of axial symmetry (d) none of these 314. Capacity of a hydraulic accumulator is defined in terms of maximum (a) amount of energy stored (6) flow rate through accumulator () rate of falling of ram (@) volume available in the cylinder 915. Choking in case of pipe flow means that (a) the specified mass flow rate can not be achieved. () a valve is closed in the line. (c) a restriction in flow cross-section area occurs. (d) none of these. 316. If’ the depth of flow in an open channel of large width, then the hydraulic radius is equal to (a) x (e) x/3 () x/2 d) 2/3 917, A hydraulic accumulator comprises of, (a) a storage device and a control valve (®) acylinder and a plunger (c). two pistons and two cylinders 2 818. Hydraulic diameter for non-circular ducts is equal to... times the area of flow divided by the perimeter. (a) two (b) three (©) four (d) eight 319. The distance between metacentre and.......is called metacentric height. (a) water surface (©) centre of gravity (c) centre of buoyancy (d) none of these 320, The line of action of the buoyant force acts * through the (a) centroid of the displaced volume of fluid (®) centre of gravity of a submerged body (©) centroid of the volume of any floating body (d) none of these 821. The dimension of surface tension is (@) ML* @) MT* () MLT* @) ML*T 322. Steady fluid flow occurs when the deriva- tive of flow variables satisfy the condition a ime (a) 5-0 ® 5= 2 2 (©) =constant (d) 5, = constant 323. Uniform fluid flow occurs when the deriva- tive of the flow variables satisfy the condition a a @ 5-0 () 5 = constant a © 2-0 (@) == constant 924, The pitot static tube does not measure the. pressure. (@) all (a), (&) and (e) 825, In deriving Bernoulli's equation, fluid is incompressible, frictionless, steady, Tongs eeamline. (d) a storage tank and a ram pump *(6) uniform, steady, incompressible, along astreamline. (c)_ steady, density being pressure dependent, frictionless. (d) none of these. 326, The ratio of actual discharge to theoretical discharge through an orifice is equal to (a) Ce. () Ce. Ce (0) Cy.Ca d) Ce/Cy 327. For flow through an orifice from a reservoir, the actual velocity at the vena contracta is given by (a) V9gh (e) CaN2gh (b) CY, (a) Cc \2gh 328. The discharge through a venturimeter depends upon (a) pressure drop only (6) itsorientation (c) co-efficient of contraction only (d) none of these 829. Pick out the correct statement pertaining to venturimeter, (a) A venturimeter with a fixed pressure drop discharges more when the flow is vertically downward than when the flow is vertically upward. (©) The co-efficient of contraction of a venturimeter is always unity, (©) Fora fixed pressure drop, the discharge of a gas through a venturimeter is greater when compressibility is taken into account than when itis neglected. | 4, (d)_ none of these 330. The fluid in which the shearing stress jin it is proportional to the velocity gradient across the sheared section is called a.........fluid. (a) Bingham (b) perfect (c) Newtonian (d) none of these 331. Potential function is applicable only for...... flow. (a) irrotational (b) turbulent (c) steady OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 332, The velocity distribution in direction nor mal to the direction of flow in plane Poiseuille flow is (a) hyperbolic —() parabolic (c) linear (d) none of these 333. Which law is followed by the velocity distribution in the turbulent boundary layer? (a) parabolic law (6) linear law (c) logarithmic law (d) none of these 834. Pressure drag does not depend upon the (a) roughness of surface of the body. (b) pressure of main flow only. (c) length of the body in flow direction, (d) all (a), (b) and (c) 335. The ratio of width to depth for the most economical rectangular section in open channel flow is (a) 05 ©) 15 () 1 @) 2 336. Weber number is the ratio of inertial force to... force. (a) surface tension(b) gravity (©) viscous (d) elastic 337. The energy equation E af + g Mla constant (E = internal energy/mass) is applicable to (a) per.._: gases only isothermal flow of gases (c) adiabatic unsteady flow of gases (d) ali compressible fluids 838. Cp/Cy is termed (a) adiabatic constant (6) Mach number | (c) Weber number (d) Prandtl number 339. Specific speed for a centrifugal pump is (d) none of these (a) aac) ® ae ‘pt NG ©) (ad) xe FLUID MECHANICS 340. Purpose of air lift pump is to (a) compress air (0) lift compressed air (c) lift water from a well by using compressed air (d) lift air under negative pressure S41. A pressure head of 320 metres of water in meters of CCla (sp.gr = 1.6) will be (a) 100 (6) 200 (c) 320 (d) 160 342, In which of the following body shapes, the pressure drag is large compared to the friction drag? (a) stream line body (b) two dimensional body (c) bluff body (d) none of thes¢ 343, The ratio of depth of flow to the hydraulic radius for the most economical trapezoidal section in open channel flow is (a) 0.5 ) 1 (c) 1.5 (d) 2 344, Mach number is important in a fluid flow problem when the inertia and ...... forces predominate. (a) elastic (b) viscous (©) gravity (d) none of these 345. The Mach number for hypersonic flow of compressible fluid is (a) 1 @) >1 () >4 (d) <2 346, Air vessel of a reciprocating pump is ini- tially filled with (a) atmospheric air (b) compressed air (c) water (d) none of these 347, Hydraulic..... works on the principle of Pascal's law of transmission of fluid pressure. (a) press (b) turbine (c) pump (2) coupling 348. Ratio of pressure and inertia force give: number. 25 (6) Mach (d) Froude (a) Weber (©) Euler 949. The ratio of depth of flow to the diameter ofthe channel for maximum discharge ina circular channel in open channel flow is (@) 0.1 () 0.55 (©) 0.95 (d) 1.85 350. The co-efficient of drag and lift for an incompressible fluid depend upon the (a) Reynolds number (b) Froude number (c) Mach number (d) all (a), (0) and (e) 351. Whatis the ratio of displacement thickness to nominal thickness for a linear distribution of velocity in the boundary layer on a flat plate? (@) 05 ) 1 () 15 @2 352. Whatis the ratio of the velocity at the axis of the pipe to the mean velocity of flow in case of pipe flow under viscous condition ? (a) 05 (&) 0.67 @1 dd) 2 353, The frictional resistance in laminar flow does not depend on the (a) area of surface in contact (®) flow velocity (©) fluid temperature (d) pressure of flow ‘954, Capillary tube method of viscosity measurement is based on (a) Hagen Poiseulle’s equation (®) Stoke's law (c) Navier-stokes equation (d) none of these 355. The contraction co-efficient for Borda's mouthpicce (for frictionless fluid) is (@) 0.1 ) 05, ©) 0.94 @i 356, What is the pipe called which lifts water from a reservoir to a greater height than the initial level in the supply reservoir? (a) penstock (6) siphon(c) tunnel (@) pressure pipeline 357, In case of... the energy of flow is considerably decreased downstream of the machine. (a) blower (b) turbine (c) centrifugal pump (@) centrifugal fan 358. Bernoulli's equation is not applicable, when the flow is (a) irrotational (b) incompressible (c) viscous (d) all (a), (b)and (e) 359. What causes convective acceleration in fluid flow ? (a) steep slope in flow () unsteady nature of flow (c) non-uniformity of flow (d) turbulence in flow 360. In which type of fluid flow, the velocity of flow of fluid changes from point to point in the fluid at any instant ? (a) rotational (®) unsteady (c) turbulent} (d)_non-uniform 361. Paper pulp is an example of...... fluid. (a) dilatant ®) bingham plastic {c) newtonian —_(d)_pseudoplastie 362. A gas (a) signifies absence of density () can resist shearing action {c) isincompressible (d) isa supereritical vapor 363. The time of oscillation of a floating body is (a) longer if metacentric height is increased. (b) independent of the metacentric height. (c) dependent on the buoyant forces only. (d) none of these. 364. The flow of a liquid through tapering pipe at a constant rate is an example of .. flow, (a) steady uniform (6) steady non-uniform OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (c) unsteady uniform (d) unsteady non-uniform 365. What type of motion the fluid element un- dergoes, when it changes from one position to another position such that the angle between the two sides change ? (a) rotation @) translation (€) linear deformation (@) angular deformation ‘366. Which of the following fluid forces are not considered in the Navier-stoke’s equation? (a) gravity forces (b) viscous forces (©) pressure forces (d) turbulent forces 367, Each term in Bernaulli’s equation represents the.... of fluid. (a) energy per unit mass (®) energy per unit weight (©) force per unit mass (a) none of these 368. The Prandtl pitot tube measures the (a) velocity at a point in the flow. (6) pressure at a point. (e) average flow velocity. (d) pressure difference in pipe flow. 369. The pump impeller and the turbine runner in a hydraulic torque converter (a) have the same diameter. (&) have different diameters, (c) are directly coupled, (d) none of these. ‘870. At what value of crank angle (roughly), no flow of water from or into the air vessel takes place in case of a double acting reciprocating pump ? (a) 40° and 140” (6) 45° and 60° (©) 90° and 80° (d) 20° and 120° ‘371, The percentage slip in a reciprocating Pump set is given by the % of (a) Hiss (6) Q2/Qy ( -Q Q-a (c) “Gen (d) ee. where, Q; = actual di a= theoretical discharge FLUID MECHANICS 372. Reciprocating pumps are not able to com- | pete with the centrifugal pump for industrial use mainly because these pumps have (a) very low speeds (b) smaller discharge (c) higher capital and maintenance cost (d) high vibrations | 873. What is the ratio of total kinetic energy of fluid passing per second to the value-obtained on the basis of average velocity (for | laminar flow through a circular pipe)? (a) 0.5 ) 1 (©) 15 @2 374. Prandt] number is a measure of (a) heat condyetion to viscosity of a fluid. (6) Cp/Cy of a fluid. (©) elastic force to pressure force in the fluid flow. (d) inertial force to elastic force in the fluid flow. 375. The ratio of the hydraulic radius to the diameter of the channel for maximum mean velocity of flow in a cireular channel in open channel flow is (a) 0.3 () 09 (©) 0.03 (@) 0.66 ‘876. The boundary layer thickness at a given section along a flat plate ..... with increasing Reynold’s number. (@) increases (®) decreases (©) remains same (d) may increase or decrease 377. The energy loss in flow through venturimeter is less than that through flow nozzle, because in case of a flow nozzle, the (a) length is shorter (b) throat diameter is more (©) sudden expansion of flow in the downstream occurs (d) distance between the throat and the * inlet is more 878. In case of end to end connection of two or more pipes in series, the ....... each pipe. (a) same rate of flow passes through (b) head loss is same through (©) rate of flow in each pipe is proportional to the length of (d) total flow rate is the sum of flow rate in 379. A venturimeter can not be used for direct measurement of (a) datum difference in the stretch of pipe flow. (b) pressure difference in the flow through pipeline. (c) friction loss in pipe flow. {d) all (a), (6) and ici 380. Drag is the force component exerted on an immersed object (a) passing the centroid of the body at 60° to the direction of motion. (&) the component being parallel to the flow direction. (©) the component being normal to the flow direction. (d) none of these. '381.Normal depth in open channel flow is the depth of flow in the channel (a) corresponding to uniform flow. (6) measured normal to the channel bed. (©) corresponding to steady flow. (d) none of these. 382. The velocity for subsonic flow in a papeiiue (a) increases in the downstream directior (®) is constant, (c) decreases in the downstream direction. (@) is independent of the area of flow. ‘383. In a free vortex, the (a) velocity changes linearly with radial distance. (6) flow is necessarily rotational. (©) radial component of velocity is same everywhere. (d) stream lines are not circular. 384, Which of the fluid forces are not considered in the Reynold’s equation of flow ? {a) viscous forces () turbulent forces (©) pressure forces (d) compressibility forces385. The component of acceleration resulting | due to unsteady nature of flow is called....acceleration. (a) normal (®) local (c) convective (d) tangential 386. In isotropic turbulence, the ...... are equal to each other. (a) temporal velocity components () mean square of velocity fluctuations in the three co-ordinate directions (c) root mean square of velocity fluctua- | tions in the three co-ordinate directions (d)_none of these 387. For a reciprocating pump, the indicator diagram is the graph between the (a) discharge and overall efficiency. (©) volume swept by piston for one complete revolution and the pressure in the cylinder. (©) angle swept by the crank pin at any instant and the discharge. (d)_none of these. 388. Air vessel fitted to a reciprocating pump (a) increases the work done. (®) decreases the work done. (©) causes cavitation. (d) results in non-uniform discharge. 389. The capacity of an accumulator is the maximum (a) energy which it can store. (b) discharge which it ean deliver. {c) liquid which it can store. (d) none of these. 390. Hydraulic intensifier is used for increasing the (a) rate of velocity of liquid supply. (b) rate of flow through delivery pipeline of pump. (c)_ intensity of pressure of the liquid. (d) momentum rate through de'ivery pipe. 391. The peripheral velocity (m/see) at inlet of a centrifugal pump having inlet diameter of 25 cms and rotating at 950 rpm is () 18 b) 124 OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (ce) 186.2 (d) 736.4 892, In open channel flow in a rectangular channel, the ratio between the critical depth and the initial depth when a hydraulic jump occurs is, (a) 05 (c) 1.84 () 0.84 (@) 1.25 393. Which of the following conditions must be satisfied for lift force to be developed ? (a) The body should be bluff body. (6) The body should be stream lined. (©) Cireulation around the body is essentially required. (@) The main stream velocity must approach the velocity of sound in that fluid medium. 394. Water hammer in a pipeline results from (a) bursting of pipelines due to closure by a valve. (6) arapid pressure change due to a rapid change in the rate of flow. (c)_@ pressure increase due to closure of a valve resulting in decrease in rate of flow. (d) none of these. 395. The energy loss over a length of pipeline according to Darcy-Weisbach equation for pipe flow is....the mean velocity of flow. (a) directly proportional to (®) directly proportional to square of (c) inversely proportional to (@) inversely proportional to square of 996. The line traced by a single fluid particle as it moves over a period of time is called line. (a) stream (0) path (©) equipotential (d) none of these 397. The line of action of the buoyant force passes through the centre of gravity of the (a) submerged body (6) displaced volume of the fluid (©) volume of fluid vertically above the body (d) horizontal projection of the body FLUID MECHANICS. 398. A hydraulic press has a ram of 10 ems in | diameter and a plunger of 1 em in| diameter. The force required on the plunger to raise a weight of 10 tons on the ram is. kg. (a) 10 (&) 100 (©) 1000 (a) 10000 | 399, Buoyant force (a) for non-symmetrical bodies is not verti- | cal (b) depends on the depth of the submergence of the floating body. (c) depends on the weight of the floating | body. | (d) none of these. 400. The lift of a bottom is (a) increased asit rises toa higher altitude. | (b) due tothe weight of the atmospheric air that it displaces. (©) not dependent on the temperature of the atmosphere | (d)_none of these. | 401. Centre of pressure in an immersed body is..... the centre of gravity. (a) above (®) below (o) at 4 (d) either above or below; depends on the | liquid density 402, Water flow rate in a pipe of 3.5 metres diameter can be most economically and conveniently measured by a (a) pitottube _()_venturimeter (ec) orificemeter (d) rotameter 403. Steady uniform flow is represented by flow through a/an (a) long pipe at constant rate. (b) long pipe at decreasing rate. (c) expanding tube at constant rate. (d)_none of these. 404. Unsteady uniform flow is represented by flow through a/an (a) long pipe at constant rate. (®) long pipe at decreasing rate. (c) expanding tube at increasing rate. (d) expanding tube at constant rate. 405. Unsteady non-uniform flow is represented by flow through a/an (a) long pipe at constant rate. (©) long pipe at decreasing rate. (c) expanding tube at increasing rate. (d) expanding tube at constant rate. 406. The low specific speed of a pump implies that it is a/an. pump. (a) axial flow () centrifugal (c) mixed flow (d) none of these 407. Steady non-uniform flow is exemplified by flow through a/an (a) long pipe at constant rate. (b)_ long pipe at decreasing rate. (c) expanding tube at increasing rate. (d) expanding tube at constant rate. 408. High specific speed of a pump implies that it is e/an.......pump. (@) centrifugal (@) mixed flow (©) axialflow (d) none of these 409. For pipe flows, head is proportional to it constant capacity. () uD () 17D? () 1408 @ D? where, D = pipe diameter 410. Higher specific speed (200-500) of a centrifugal pump indicates that the pump is of......tPe. (@) axialflow (6) radial (c) mixed flow (d)_none of these 411, Power requirement of fans having constant ‘wheel diameter varies....... fan speed. (a) assquare of (6) directly as (©) ascubeof (d)_nene of these 412, The pressure and power requirement of a gas fan at constant speed and capacity varies........ the gas density. (a) directly as (®) inversely as square root of (©) inversely as (d) as square of413. Air vessel provided in reciprocating pump (a) smoothens the flow by avoiding pulsa- tions () increases volumetric efficiency of the pump (©) saves the pump from the danger of cavitation (d)_none of these. 414. Drag co-efficient for motion of spherical articles in a stationary fluid in the stoke's lnehageia 24 16 (ay 16 Ning ©) Taz le) Nes (d) none of these 415. The unit of bulk modulus of elasticit liquid in S.unitis nr (@) N @) Nim (©) N/m? (@) N/m? 416. The simple pitot tube measures the Pressure. . (a) static (6) dynamic (©) total (d) none of these 417. In Newton's law range, the dr: cient for motion of spherical parte ee stationary fluid is (a) 0.44 (©) 0.044 () 44 (d) 44 418. Which is not a variable head meter? (a) venturimeter (b) pitot tube (©) rotameter — (d) none of these 419. Stoke's law is valid, when Ney is less than @ 2 () 100 (©) 2100 (d) 700 420. The ratio of wall drag to stoke's law rangeig © 1 $788 in the (@) 05 ) 1 () ua @ ws 421, In Newton's law range, the termi ae of a solid spherical particle falling ugh a stationary fluid thet diese, (a) inverse (b) square root 428. Transition len, OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 422, The ratio of wall drag to form drag in the Stoke's law range (for motion of spherical Particles in a stationary fluid) is (a) 0.5 @) 1 @2 (@) 0.33 423. One poise (unit of absolute/dynamic vis cosity) is equivalent to (a) 1 gm/cm?. second (®) 1 gmiem. second (c) Lem?/second (d) 1 m*/second 424. For motion of spherical particles in a stationary fluid, the drag co-efficient in hindered settling compared to that in free settling is (a) more @) less (© equal (d) ‘more or less depending on the type o \ding e type of 425. In the Newton's law range, the terminal eee ee iphieseal Particle falling fluid viscosity. ance % (a) directly proportional to (0) inversely proportional to ©) inversely inversely proportional to the square (d) independent of 426. The head loss in turbulent flow in Pipe is Proportional to () ve ®) wv ow @) Vv where, V= velocity offuid through the pipe 427. nee ea on sudden enlargement in a iagzontel | pipe is converted (a) elevation 0) (©) both a) & ) (a) Penman’ (d) neither (a) nor (b) th for turbulent f smooth Paine Mtasnseeey is equal to ..... times Pipe (@) 05 0) 5 (©) second power (d) first power (©) 50 (@) 100 FLUID MECHANICS ” 429, Laminar flow is characterised by non-ex- | _ (d)_ remains constant vee fluctuation: 437. The continuity equation of fluid mechanics iby ioscan | utilises the principle of conservation of (h) mass (d) both (6) & (c) (a) momentum (c) deviating velocities (c) energy (d) all (a), (6) & (e) 438. The ratio of pressure forces to inertial for ces is called number. (a) Froude (b) Euler (c) Reynold (d) Mach 430, Boundary layer exists in flow (a) of real fluids. b) over flat surfaces only (©) in pipes only. (d) of ideal fluids only | 439, The ratio of inertial forces to viscous forces 431. Upto what value of ‘Mach number’ afluid | is called.......number. may be considered as incompressible ? (a) Weber (b) Mach (a) 0.03 (©) 03 (c) Froude (d) Reynold () 3 (d) 10 4 440. Which of the following is dimensionless ? 432, The is measured by a piezometric (a) “angular velocity opening. (6) fanning friction factor (a) dynamic pressure (c) specific volume (b) static pressure (d) none of these (©) total pressure (d) point velocity | 441. Unit of mass velocity is | @) ker (©) kg/m? br 433, With the increase indepth, the hydrostatic | () jem? (a) kg/ea! pressure in an unaccelerated incom’ res sible fluid (in aconstant gravitauonal fen Twa paseiov'aa bali cue (a) decreases. in a horizontal pipe is converted (b) increases linearly. into. head. (c) increases exponentially. Pipernatine (d)_ remains constant. 3) velocity () both (a) and (&) (d) neither (a) nor (b) equivalent to (a) 1em*/second (0) 1m*/second (c) 1 gm/em. second (d) 1kg. m/second 484, One stoke (unit of kinematic viscosity) is | | 443, For turbulent flow of Newtonion fluid in a circular cross-section pipe, the ratio of maximum to average fluid velocity is, (a) 05 @ 1 (©) 0.66 (d) <05 435. In an incompressible flow of fluid, the fluid (a) temperature remains constant. 444, Friction produced by the formation of (B) compressibility is greater than zero. wakes is called ...... friction. (c) density does not change with pressure | (a) disk @) skin & temperature. (e) form (2) none of these (d) is frictionless. | 445. Which of the flowing flow measuring 436, With increase in temperature, the vapor devices is an area meter ? p. ors of liquids (a) venturimeter (a) incr ses ® cena i ~ linear! mom (B) iner” “linearly ‘o aeteneet (©) decrea446. Schedule number of a pipe which is a measure of its wall thickness is given by (a) 1000P7S —(b) 100 P'/S (c) 1000S/P — (d) 10000 P'S 447. What causes cavitation in centrifugal pump? (a) high suetion pressure (b) low barometric pressure (¢) low suction pressure (d) high suction velocity 448. Which of the following has the maximum compression ratio? (a) blowers (6) compressors () vacuum pumps (d) fans 449. Foot valve provided in the pumps a valve. (a) direction control () back pressure (c) relief (d) pressure reduction 450. Absolute viscosity of a fluid is a function of the..... of the fluid. (a) motion (b) pressure & temperature (c) shearing stress (d) both (b) & (e) 451. Non-colloidal solution is an example of... fluid. (a) non-Newtonion (b) Newtonion (c) dilatent (d) pseudoplastic 452. Sewage sludge is an example of (a) bingham plastic (6) newtonion fluid (©) pseudoplastic fluid (d) dilatent fluid 453. A perfect gas (a) does not satisfy PV = nRT, () is incompressible and has zero viscosity. (c) has constant specific heat, (d) can't develop shear stresses. ‘OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 454, In an area meter (e.g., rotameter), with increase in the fluid flow rate, the (a) pressure drop increases linearly. (6) pressure drop is almost constant. (c) area through which fluid flows does not vary. (d) none of these. 455. In case of supersonic flow of a fluid through Pipeline, the ‘Mach number’ is (@) 0 1 © <1 (@) >1 456. . forces act on a particle moving through a stationary fluid. (a) Gravity (6) Drag (c) Buoyant (d) all (a), (6), and (c) 457. Existence of boundary layer in fluid flow is because of (a) surface tension (b) fluid density (c) fluid viscosity (d) gravity forces 458. Manometers measure........ pressure. (a) vacuum and atmospheric (®) difference in « (©) absolute (d) gage 459. The capillary rise of mercury is maximum in glass tube of dia mm. (a) 05 () 1 () 2 @ 5 460. A venturimeter measures (a) velocity head (b) pressure (©) point velocity (d) none of these 461. Experimental study of laminar fluid flow through a circular tube was conducted by (a) Reynold (6) Hagen and Poiseuille (©) Pascal (@) Blake-Plummer 462. ‘If Blausius or Darcey friction factor is fy’, then the Fanning friction factor is tals @) fa (0) af © fi (d) fis2 FLUID MECHANICS 3 463. Permanent loss in a venturimeter is about | _(c) pseudoplastic (d) Bingham plastic di in the ia aa oe bend vines ne | 472. Very small pressure difference ( < 5 mm (a) 1 () 10 | water column) can be most conveniently (©) 40 @) 70 | measured by #/an......... manometer. |) Utube water | @) U-tube mercury. | @) inclined tube mercury. |) inclined tube water. | 464. is an example of axial flow impellers. (a) Paddle () Turbine (c) Propeller (d) all (a), (6) and (c) 473, Kinetic energy of fluid per unit weight represented by the velocity head is given by (a) 2v°/ge (0) u*/2ge tc) pu*/g. (d) p.u?/2g 465, One horsepower is equal to (a) 550 Ibe ft/second (b) 550 kgr-m/second (c) both (a) and () (d) 550 bc ft./hr 474, The equivalent diameter for pressure drop calculation for a duct of square cross-sec- | tion is given by = joc: bt (b) Yax_ | © @) a2 466. Slurries can be most conveniently pumped | By aecnenPUMp. (a) screw ) reciprocating — GRRE where, x= each side of the square duct 467. A fluid which has a linear relationship between the magnitude of applied shear- | 475. Vane anemometer stress and the resulting rate of deforma- | (q) is an area meter. tion is called a an....luid Ga variable head Ge (a) Newtonion _(b) Non-Newtonion (c) rotates an element at a speed deter- (c) ideal (d) incompressible Tiined by the velocity of the fluid in Shia abs which the meter is immersed. 468. As Newton's law of viscosity, the shear ‘these. strees Ora given rate of angular deforme- | (2) Toneet tion of fuid is proportional to @ wv ® p © wv (@) 14 where, w= fluid viscosity 476. Pitot tube measures the ..... of a fluid. (a) pressure () average velocity Ce) average flow ate (d) point velocity 469. N. second/m? is (a) the SL unit of dynamic viscosity. 471, Venturimeter and orificemeter measures (®) the SI. unit of kinematic viscosity. the .... of the fluid. (c) equivalent to one poise. (a) pressure (d) equivalent to one stoke. (®) maximum velocity (c) average velocity 410, Which of the following properties ofa fluid | __(d)_point velocity offering resistance to ear arent : 478, Pick out the correct statement. (a) surface tension. (a) A forced vortex occurs when flu (6) viscosity. rotates as a solid about an axis. (c) specific gravity. (6) In laminar flow, Newton's law of vis- (a) all (a), (6), and (c). cosity does uiot apply. (©) A free vortex occurs, when fluid rotates 471, Rubber latex is an example of... asa solid. (a) dilatent (©) Newtonion(d) In turbulent flow there are neither cross-currents nor eddies. uid. 479. Quicksand is an example of a. (a) bingham plastic (®) dilatent (c) Newtonion (d) pseudoplastic 480. Bernoulli's equation for fluid flow is derived following certain assumptions. Out of the assumptions listed below, which set of assumptions is used in derivation of Bernoulli's equation ? A. Fluid flows frictionless and irrotational. B. Fluid flow is steady. C. Fluid flow is uniform and turbulent. D. Fluid is compressible. E. Fluid is incompressible. (@) A,C,D @) BLD.E (©) ABE @) ADE 481. Ratio of inertial forces to surface tension forces is called (a) Euler number (6) Froude number (c) Mach number (d) Weber number 482. Which of the following is not a dimensionless parameter? (a) Euler number (b) specific gravity (©) fanning friction factor (d) none of these 483. The boundary layeris that partofa moving fluid in which the fluid velocity is (a) affected by the fluid flow pressure, (6) constant. (c) affected by the presence of a solid boundary. (d) all (a), (6) and (c). 484, Which of the following relationships valid for the equilibrium position of the float in a rotameter ? (a) Dy+By= Wy (6) Dy= By+ Wy (©) Dy+By+Wy=0 (a) none of these where, Dy= Drag force on the float By= Buoyant force on the float Wr= Weight of the float OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 485. The capacity of a centrifugal pump can be increased by increasing the (a) impeller diameter or speed. (®) number of pumps and joining them in series. (c) number of pumps and joining them in parallel (d)_ all (a), (b) and (c) 486. Centrifugal pumps as compared to reciprocating pumps (a) runat a lower speed for the same discharge. (®) do not need priming (©) deliver fluid with pulsating/Auctuating discharge. (d) can be run with discharge line valve closed for a short interval. 487. Propeller type centrifugal pumps are most suitable for : (a) high capacity at high heads. (&) high capacity at low heads. (6) low capacity at high heads. (@) low capacity at low heads. 488. In case of isentropic flow, the speed of ‘sound in an ideal gas is proportional to (@) WWM (o) YM () 1/M (d) M where M = molecular weight of the gas 489. In case of isentropic flow, the speed of sound in an ideal gas is proportional to @) 147 ) vr © (@) T where, T'= absolute temperature 490. In fluid flow, boundary layer separation ean not occur (a) incase of boundaries experiencing form drag. (®) at points of abrupt changes in the flow directions, (c) in laminar flow. (d) none of these, 491. The fluid velocity varies as the square of the cylindrical pipe diameter in case of steady state laminar flow at constant pressure dr 0p £08. FLUID MECHANICS: (a) Newtonion (6) dilatant (c) pseudoplastic (d) non-Newtonion 492. Pick out the wrong statement pertaining to fluid flow. (a) The ratio of average velocity to the max. imum velocity for turbulent flow of Newtonion fluid in circular pipes is 0.5. (b) The Newtonion fluid velocity in a cir cular pipe flow is maximum in the centre of the pipe. (c) Navier-stokes equation is applicable to the analysis of viscous flows. (d) Hagen-Poiseuille equation is applicable to the laminar flow of Newtonion fluids 493. For laminar flow of Newtonion fluid in a circular pipe, the velocity distribution is a function of the distance ‘d’ measured from the centre line of the pipe and it follows a relationship. (a) logarithmic (©) hyperbolic (6) parabolic (d@) linear 494, Mass velocity in case of steady flow and through constant cross-section is independent of (a) temperature (®) pressure (e) both (a) and (6) ° (d) neither (a) nor (b) 495, The terminal velocity of a solid spherical particle falling through a stationary fluid mass in the Stoke's law range is proportional to the (a) inverse of fluid viscosity. (b) square of particle size. (c) difference in the densities of the particle and fluid, (d) all (a), (6) and (c), 496. The fluid velocity varies as the square root of the cylindrical pipe diameter in case of steady state laminar flow at constant pressure drop for (a) dilatant fluid (6) pseudoplastic fuid (ce) Bingham plastics (d) Newtonion fluid 38 497. For laminar flow of Newtonion fluids through a circular pipe, for a given pres. | sure drop and length & diameter of pipe, the velocity of fluid is proportional to (@) 4 ) Vn () Ww @ Wwe where, p= fluid viscosity 498. The ratio of inertial forces to gravity forces is called......number (a) Mach (6) Froude (c) Euler (d) Weber 499, Flow measurement in an open channel is done by (a) venturimeter (6) orificemeter (c) weir (d) rotameter 500. Speed of sound in an ideal gas depends on its (a) temperature (@) pressure (c) specific volume (d) none of these 501. Which of the following equations is valid | for laminar flow of a fluid through packed bed? | (q) Fanning equation (6) Kozney ~ Karman equation (c) Hagen-Poiseuille equation (@) Blake-plummer equation 502, Fanning equation is given by 2 2 ap EY tris appli AP «af. E. Teis applicable to (a) transition regivn (®) laminar flow |) turbulent flow | (@) both () and) 503. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Ina static mass of liquid, the pressure ata point is the same for all liquids. (b) Pressure decreases exponentially with elevation in an isothermal atmosphere. (©) Atmospheric pressure = absolute pres sure-gage pressure. (d) As per Pascal's law, the pressure at a point in a static or uniformly moving fluid is equal in all directions.504. The fluid velocity varies as the cube of the pyaar pipe diameter in case of steady state laminar flow at constant pressure drop for.......fluid. (a) Newtonion _()_pseudoplastie (c) dilatent (d) Bingham plastic 505. Pick out the correct statement pertaining to transition/entrance length in fluid flow. (a) The length of entrance region of pipe, in which full development of fluid flow takes place such that velocity profile does not change downstream is called the transition length. (b) Transition length for laminar flow of Newtonion fluids in a pipe of diameter ‘d’ is equal to 0.05. D.NRe. (c) Transition length for turbulent flow of Newtonion fluids in a smooth pipe of diameter ‘a’ is equal to 50 D. (d) all (a), (6) and (c). 506. The effect of solid boundary on the fluid flow is confined to the boundary layer ex- “cept for fluids (a) having high viscosities (6) moving at low velocities. (c) both (a) & (6). (d) neither (a) nor (b), 507. The ratio of inertial forces to elastic forces is called......... number. (a) Reynolds (b) Mach () Euler (d) Weber 508. The net positive suction head (NPSH) of a centrifugal pump is defined as the sum of the velocity head and the pressure head at the ‘ (a) discharge. (6) suction. (c) suction minus vapor pressure of the liquid at suction temperature, (d) discharge minus vapor pressure of the liquid at the discharge temperature. 509. For turbulent flow in smooth circular pipe, the velocity distribution is a function of the distance ‘d’ measured from the wall of the pipe and the friction velocity 'v'it follows a . relationship. OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (b) linear (d) parabolic (a) logarithmic (c) hyperbolic 510. Prandt! mixing length is (a) applicable to laminar flow problems (b) a universal constant. (c) zero at the pipe wall. (d) none of these. 511. All pipes of a particular nominal size have the same (a) inside diameter (b) outside diameter (©) thickness (d) none of these 512, Buckingham-n theorem states that in any physical problem including ‘n’ quantities having ‘m’ diamensions, the quantities be arranged into.......independent dimensionless parameters. (a) m () n ( n-m (d) n/m 513. Consider a centrifugal pump having a specific impeller diameter, fixed impeller speed pumping a liquid of constant density at a particular discharge capacity. With decrease in the capacity of the pump, the......... decreases. (a) NPSH required () BHP required by the pump (c) head of the liquid pumped (d) all (a), (b) and (ec) 514. Out of the following flow measuring devices, which one incurs the maximum. installation cost as well as pressure loss ? (a) flow nozzle (b) venturimeter (c) rotameter (d) orificemeter 515. Which is the most efficient and best for measuring very small flow rate of gases ? (a) venturimeter (b) orificemeter (c) rotameter (d) flow nozzle 516. Boundary layerthickness in turbulent flow over a flat plate increases as (@) Wa () a? ©) a (a) a where, d = distance from the leading edge. 517, For turbulent flow of fluids in rough pi ugh pipe, fanning friction factor does not depend upon FLUID MECHANICS (a) Vandy () € (c) Dand p dL where, V,p and pare fluid’s velocity, density & viscosity respectively. | € = roughness projection size; Land D are | length & diameter of the pipe respectively. | 518. Which of the following equations applies | to the fluid flow through a packed bed for | very large Reynolds number ? (a) Fanning equation (b) Blake-Plummer equation (c) Hagen-Poiseulle equation | (d) Kozney-Karman equation | 519. In magnetic flow rieters, voltage generation is (a) due to motion of conducting fluid | through an externally generated uniform field (&) proportional to the fluid velocity. (©) both (a) and (6). (d) neither (a) nor (6). 520. The ratio of average fluid velocity to the maximum velocity in case of laminar flow of a Newtonion fluid in a circular pipe is (a) 05 1 (ec) 2 (a) 0.66 | 521. Rise of liquid in a capillary tube is due to | (a) cohesion () adhesion (©) both (a) & (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 522, Fluid resistance to'shear depends upon its (a) rate of transfer of molecular momentum) (b) cohesion (c)_ both (a) and (b), (d) neither (a) nor (b). 523. Select the wrong statement pertaining to the flow of an incompressible fluid through a venturimeter. (a) For frictionless flow, the fluid pressure entering the venturimeter will be exactly equal to that leaving the venturimeter. 7 (®) Discharge of fluid through a venturimeter depends upon the gage difference irrespective of the orientation of venturimeter. (©) Venturimeter occupies less space than an orificemeter. (d) Venturimeter incurs less power loss compared to an equivalent orificemeter. 524. Hot wire anemometer is used to measure the (a) velocity of liquids (b) temperature of liquids (c) velocity of gases (d) pressure of liquids 525. With increase in the ratio of orifice diameter to pipe diameter in case of an orificemeter, the overall pressure loss (a) decreases (b) increases (©) remains constant (@) increases linearly 526. In fluid flow, cavitation is caused, if the (a) fluid velocity decreases to zero. (0) total energy decreases. (©) both (a) and @). (d) flow pressure approaches its vapor pressure at the prevailing temperature. £27. In centrifugal pump operation, the cavitation can be eliminated by maintaining suction pressure .... the vapor "~~ssure of the liquid at the suction temper ature. (a) lowerthan (6) higher than (@) equal to (d) none of these 528. Mercury is an ideal barometric fluid mainly due to its (a) high density (@) low compressibility (c) low capillary action (a) very low vapor pressure 529. Fluid flow through a packed bed is represented by.........equation. () Fanning @) Ergun’s (©) Hagen-Poiseuille's (d) none of these_ 530. A pipe is defined as ‘hydraulically smooth’, if the friction factor ~ (a) isnot a function of Reynolds number. (®) for a given Reynolds number remains constant even on further smoothening oftthe pipe, rw: (c) is zero irrespective of the Reynolds number. (d) none of these. ‘581. Fanning friction factor for laminar flow of fluid in a circular pipe is (a) not a function of the roughness of pipe wall, : (6) oe Proportional to Reynolds (c) both (a) and (6). (d) neither (a) nor (b), 532. Drag force on the float of a rotameter is (a) aQ - &) av@ f) aQ* (2) constant where, Q= flow rate of the fluid 583. Boundary layer thickness in lami overa at pats ineens ge room (a) a? . ©) & @) ae where, d = distance from the leading edge, 534. Dimension of surface tension is By © FAL (© FL? @ Fey where, F = force, L = length Oa where, d = diameter of the tube, ¢ = tension of mercury be, 6 = surface @) Vo 536. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) The eddy viscosity is a function type of turbulence involved," (6) The eddy viscosity is a uid property. (o) The viscosity of gas increases with increase in temperature, (OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (d) The viscosity of a liquid increases with decrease in temperature, 587. Pressure drop for laminar fluid flow through a circular pipe is given by 588, Pressure drop for turbulent fuid flow through a circular pipe is given by (a) 64/Re phi ee Rey, DF © 15 @ ££ Mas Pog 539. Check valve provided in the discharge line of acentrifugal re Sac - Pump serves the purpose of (@) back flow of fluid in the event of stop- Page of pump. (®) discharge pressure, (©) flow of liquid during operation of the Pump. (@) all (a), () and (c). 540. For a given fluid flow rate, which of the following incurs maximum head loss ? (a) orificemeter (©) venturimeter (©) flow nozzle (@) all of tem incur the same head loss mS Pick out the wrong statement. ) fe tension of a liquid is because of ference in magnitude of adhe: and cohesive forces. oe A hydrometer used for the determination of specific gravities of liquids works ‘on the principle of buoyant forces, a feng ee unsteady fluid flow, the ty at any given poir sane anny ¥en point does not rbulent fluid flow is characterised the rapid fluctuation of instantarcere () © Pressure and velocity at a point. FLUID MECHANICS 542. In case of a centrifugal pump, the theoretical head developed is dependent on the... the impeller. (a) speed of (0) diameter of (c). fluid velocity leaving (d) all (a), (b) and (c) 543. Each term of the Bernoulli's equation writ- 2 ten in the form? +£.2+£-= constant, fe represents the total energy per unit (a) mass (6) volume (c) specific weight (d) none of these 544. The pipe wall thickness is minimum for a pipe of given nominal size having schedule number (a) 160 (b) 120 () 80 Ad) 40 545. Pick out the correct statement. (a) Fanning friction factor is inversely proportional to Reynolds number always. The property of a randomly packed bed (with raschig rings) is given by the ratio of the total volume to the volume of voids in the bed. (c) Mach number in an incompressible fluid is always unity. Mach number is given by the ratio of the speed of the fluid to that of sound in the fluid undef conditions of flow. () @ 546, Pick out the wrong statement. (a) The form drag is dependent upon the occurrence of a wake. ‘The shear stress at any given cross-section of a pipe for steady flow (either laminar or turbulent) varies linearly as the radial distance. (c) An ideal fluid is one which has negligible surface tension and obeys Newton's law of viscosity. Existence of the boundary layer in fluid flow is because of viscosity of the fluid. @) (d) 547. In fluid flow, the stagnation point is defined as a point where the... is zero. (a) flow velocity (b) pressure (c) total energy (d) all (a), (b) and (c) 548. The .... pressure is measured by a static tube. (a) dynamic (b) static (©) total (d) none of these 549. Which of the following has the minimum compressibility ? (a) water at room temperature (6) air at room temperature (c) oxygen at room temperature (d) nitrogen at room temperature 550. The friction (a) always i Reynolds number. (®) not dimensionless. (c) not dependent on the roughness of the pipe. none of these. (d) 551. Velocity at a certain’ point in case of streamline flow is (@) constant () independent of time (c) both (a) & (6) (@) neither (a) nor (b) 552. Fanning friction factor is equal to (a) fol4 (®) fa2 ©) 4fs @) % where, f = Blausium friction factor. flow means the flow of in~zmpres- sible fluid with no shear. (a) Potential (6) Streamline (©) Creep (@) Boundary layer * particle size range of microns, in case of settling of a particle in a fluid. (a) 2t03 (6) 0.01 to 0.10 (€) 200 to 300 (@) 100 to 1000 555. In case of flow of a Newtonion fluid in a pipe, the maximum velocity is to (2) Vong ) 1.2 Voce (©) 1.5 Vane 1.8 Vase where, Vow = average fluid velocity,556. Where does the maximum stress occur in case of laminar flow of incompressible fluid in a closed conduit of diameter ‘d? (a) at the centre (6) at di4 from the wall (c) atthe wall (@) at d/8 from the wall 557. In case of coutte flow, the fluid flow is between two large flat parallel plates with (a) top plate moving and the bottom plate fixed. (b) bottom plate moving and the top plate fixed. (c) both the plates fixed. (d) both the plates moving. 558. Sewage sludge is.........type of non-New- tonion fluid. (a) dilatant (6) Bingham plastic (c) Pseudo plastic (d) ois 559. A fluid whose apparent viscosity increases with shear rate is termed a8 w....luid (a) Newtonion (6) viscous (c) dilatant (@). non-viscous 560. In case of venturimeters, friction losses are ran --~- Percent of maximum velocity (a) 2 @) 8 (©) 12 (d@) 20 561. Open channel liquid flow is most conveniently measured by a (a) hot wire anemometer (6) noteh (c) rotameter (d) segmental orifice «the entrance cone angle. (a) smallerthan (b) greater than (©) equal to (d) either (a) or (b) 568. In case of a rotameter, the density of the waaEn ‘that of the liquid it (a) morethan —_(b) less than (e) equal to (d) either (a) or (b) OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 564. It is possible to integrate an automatic flow controller to a (a) flow nozzle (6) _venturimeter (©) rotameter _(d) none of these 565. The resistance wire used, in a hot wire anemometer, for conducting electrical current is made of (a) copper (®) tungsten (¢) chromium — (d) aluminium ----Pump is the most suitable device for discharging a liquid against a pressure of 2 1500 kgffem? (a) Centrifugal (6) Piston () Plunger = (@) Vane ‘567. A special type of liquid transporting device is the diffuser pump in which ... minimised. (a) bearing losses (b) disk friction (©) shock losses (d) cavitation 568. Which of the following options will facilitate the achievement of a very high head (say 30 metres) in case of a centrifugal Pump? (@) increasing the impeller speed and the volute area. () increasing the number i jpereasing the number of vanes in the (©) mounting of two or more impellers in Series on a single shaft. (@) either of (a), (6) or(c). (©) is almost incompressible, (c) has zero shear stress (d) flows when even Plied to it, small shear is ap- 570. A Newtonion fluid is that (a) which follows Newton's law of motion, (®) which needs a minimum sh start den mnnimum shear before it (c) for which shear and deformation are related as += 2 (d) none of these. FLUID MECHANICS 571. An isentropic process is the one in which (a) pv = constant (®) po = constant (c) pu’ = constant, and process is reversible (d) none of these 572. A streamline is a line in flow field (a). that is traced by all the fluid particles passing through a given point. (b) along which a fluid particle travels (©) such that at every point on it, the velocity is tangential to it. (d) none of these. 573. Euler's equation of motion is a statement | expressing (a) conservation of mass. (b) conservation of energy. (©) Newton's first law of motion. (d) Newton's second law of motion. 514. , - flow field, 2+. con- If in a flow feld, 2+ £2 stant, between any two points, then the flow must be (a) steady, incompressible, irrotational. (®) steady, compressible, irrotational. (c) steady, compressible and along a streamline. (d) unsteady, incompressible, irrotational. 575. Piezometric head is the sum heads. (a) elevation and kinetic energy () elevation and pressure (c) kinetic energy and pressure (d) none of these 576. Pascal's law is valid only when the fluid is (a) frictionless and at rest () at rest (c) at rest and when the frictionless fluid is eae (d)_none of these 577, For a stable equilibrium of a submerged body (a) Gis above B (®) B is above (c) Band G must coincide (d) none of these a where, G and B are centres of gravity and buoyancy respectively. 878. For an unstable equilibrium of a floating body (a) MisaboveG (b) Mis below G (c) M &G coincided) none of these where, M = metacentre 579. Ca, Ce and Cy are related (for flow through an orifice) as (a) Ce=CdC, (0) Cg= C.-C, (©) Ca=C/C. — (d)_none of these where, Cz = discharge co-efficient C; = co-efficient of contracting area of jet at vena-contracta area of opening = co-efficient of velocity actual velocity at vena contracta theoretical velocity c. 580. Cg is always (a) greater than (6) less than (©) equal to (@) either more or less than 581. For agiven Reynold number, as d/D for an orifice increases, Cg will (a) increase (©) decrease (c) remain constant (d) either (a) or (6); depends on other factors where, d & D are orifice & pipe diameters respectively. 582. Ca for the orifice plate varies from (a) 058008 (©) 0.93 to 0.98 (©) 0.2003 (d) 0.02t00.03 583. If the head over the triangular notch is doubled, the discharge will increase by -times. (a) 2 () 2.828 (©) 5.657 @4 “884. Major loss in sudden contraction in pipe flow is due to se (a) boundary friction (6) flow contraction(c)_ expansion of flow after sudden contraction (d) none of these ‘585. If three pipes of different diameters, lengths and friction factors are connected in parallel, then where, Q = flow rate, V = fluid velocity, f= friction factor. 586. The maximum delivery pressure of compressors can be upto ..........atmospheres. (a) 10 (&) 100 (©) 250 (d) 1000 587. Medium viscosity lubricating oil can be most ideally pumped by a pump. (a) vane (®) piston. (©) centrifugal (d) plunger - $88. Rotary vacuum pumps can reduce the absolute pressure to as low as.......mm Hg. (a) 1 (6) 0.1 (c) 0.01 (@) 0.001 589. Pick out the wrong statement : (a) Greater is the kinematic viscosity ofthe liquid, greater is the thickness of the je : Blowers develop a maximum pressure of 2 atmospheres. iad (©) Friction losses in pipe fittings are generally expressed in termsof velocity @ Panning ction factor in case of turbulent flow of liquids in pipe depends upon relative roughness and Reynolds number. pumps are axial flow pumps, () Turbine) OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 592, Draining of shallow pits or sump is done by a sump pump which is a.......pump. (a) single stage vertical (6) centrifugal (c) plunger (@) diffuser 593. When the head pumped against isless than the head of the fluid used for pumping, the usual device is a/an (a) ejector () blow case (c) injector (d) sirlit 594. When the momentum of one fluid is used for moving another fluid, such a device is called a/an (a) jet pump (©) acid egg (6) blower (d) none of these 595. The rate of shear versus the shear stress curves are time dependent for..........fluid (a) thixotropic _(b) rheopectic (c) both (a) & (6) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 596. Forthe same terminal conditions and valve size, the pressure drop in a fully opened globe valve as compared to that in a gate valve is (a) more () less (©) equal (d) either (a) or (b); depends on the viscosity of the flow 597. A compressor that takes suction at a pressure below atmospheric and discharges against atmospheric pressure is called a () volute (d) submerged 598. Diaphragm valves are used for handling fluids. (a) corrosive (b) viscous (©) non-Newtonion (d) solid suspended 599. For the same terminal conditions and fitting size, the least friction loss is incurred ina/an (a) Tjoint (c) 45° elbow () union (d) 90° bend FLUID MECHANICS 600. Twoliquids manometer is used for measuring small pressure differences in (a) liquids (b) gases (c) mixture of hydrocarbons (d) none of these 601. Small pressure differences in liquids is | measured using (a) U-tube manometer (®) inclined tube manometer (c) pitot tube (d) none of these 602. A differential pressure cell is used for (a) measuring small pressure difference in gases (B) measuring small pressure difference in liquids (©) remote recording of pressure difference (d) measuring the difference of impact and the static pressure 603. Which of the following can be used for direct measurement of volumetric flow rate of slurry ? (a) venturimeter (b) orificemeter (c) rotameter (d) pitot tube 604, In a/an ......: the flow rate of fluids is obtained by measuring the difference between the impact and the static pressure. (a) rotameter - (b) pitot tube (©) venturimeter (d) flow nozzle 605. The ratio of hydrodynamic boundary layer to thermal boundary layer thickness in case of liquid metals (a) <1 1 © >1 (d) 2 606. The equivalent diameter for fluid flow through square cross section channel of side ‘x’, for pressure drop calculation purpose is given by (a) 4r ) 2 © x @) & f Ween ee ee grains are subjected to fluidisation, the corresponding bed produced is termed as .. . (a) spouted (®) sluggish a 608, With decrease in particle size to be fluidised by a particular fluid, the operating range of fluidisation velocity (a) widens (6) squeezes (©) does not change (d) unpredictable from the data 609. Minimum fluidisation velocity for a specific system depends upon the (a) particle size () fluid viscosity (c) density ofboth the particle and the fluid (d) all (a), (b) and ©) | 610. The ratio of maximum to average velocity in case of streamline flow between parallel plates is @) 1 @) 15 © 2 (a) 25 611. Theoretical head developed by @ centrifugal pump does not depend upon the ..the impeller. (a) radius of ty (&) speed of (©) fluid velocity leaving (d) none of these 612. The most serious disadvantage of an orificemeter is that (a) it is not very accurate. (&) it is very costly. (c) most of the pressure drop is not recoverable... (@) itisnot suitable for measuring gasflow. 613. The range of a particular rotameter can be increased by (a) use of floats of different densities. () no means. (c) increasing the diameter of the float. (@) decreasing the diameter of the float. 614. For turbulent fluid flow in pipe, the expression for Prandtl one seventh power law is (@) Vmax = (217)47(b)ViVnan = (42) | © Vmar= (27d) none of these where, r = pipe radius, x= distance. 615. Slugging occurs in a fluidised bed, ifthe bed is (c) boiling (d) teeter (@) narrow (®) deepe “ (c) both (a) & (6) (d) neither (a) nor(b) 616. With diminishing cross-sectional area in case of subsonic flow in a converging nozzle, the (a) velocity increases (b) pressure decreases (c) both (a) & (6) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 617. With increase in the shear rate, the apparent viscosity of pseudoplastic fluids (a). increases (6) decreases (c) remains same (d) may increase or decrease; depends on the magnitude of the shear rate 618. The most suitable flow measuring device for the fluid flow measurement in a very large diameter pipeline is a (a) weir (&) pitot tube (c) Kennison nozzle (@) V-notch 619. What is the normal range of exit cone angle ofa venturi meter? (a) 2t05 (6) Tto 15 (c) 15025 @) >25 ‘620. Which of the following is used for very accurate measurement of flow of gas at low velocity? (a) pitot tube (®) rotameter (c) segmental orificemeter (d) hot wire anemometer 621. For the production of very high vacuum, i ump is normally used. (a) diffusion (6) centrifugal {c) jet ejector (d) piston 622. The equivalent diameter for pressure drop calculation for a fluid flowing through a rectangular cross-section channels having sides'Y & 'y'is given by OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ( =x th. 2 “Sey xy 623, What is the ratio of fluid carrying capacity of two pipes having diameters di and d2 respectively? (@) ar 3) (ay © (2! @ (2) 624. Laminar flow of a Newtonion fluid ceases to exist when the Reynolds number ex. ceeds (a) 4000 () 2100 (©) 1500 (d) 3000 625. What is the shear rate at the pipe wall, in case of Laminar flow of Newtonion fluids ina pipe of diameter ‘D’ & length ‘L’ incur- ring a pressure drop ‘Ap’ with average velocity ‘Vag’? (@) DapeL =~) DapiaL (©) 8Ven/D ——(d) 4 VagD 626. In case ofa pipe of constant cross-sectional are, the maximum fluid velocity obtainable is (a) the velocity of sound, (®) dependent on its cross-sectional area. (c) dependent on fluid viscosity. (@) dependent on fluid density. 627. Deformation drag which is caused by widespread deformation of fluid around the immersed body (a) occurs when Nie is very small. (©) is primarily a friction drag (c) is independent of body length. (@) depends mainly on cross-sectional shape. 628. Characteristic curves for a centrifugal pump plotted against its capacity is shown ‘on page 45 in the diagram x, y and z denote respectively (a) efficiency, head and BHP. (b) head, efficiency and BHP. (c) BHP, efficiency and head (d) efficiency, BHP, and head FLUID MECHANICS Capacity —> 629. A mono pump is a (a) centrifugal, (6) piston (c) positive acting rotary (d) a group of vacuum pump. 630. The maximum delivery pressure of a reciprocating compressor may be about | _kgiem?. (a) 1000 (6) 2000 (©) 3000 (d) 4000 631. The flow of gas along a pipe in the direction of decreasing pressure causes decrease in its (a) viscosity . (b) specificvolume (©) velocity (d) none of these 632, Critical velocity in a pipe flow (a) increases as fluid viscosity increases. (b) increases as pipe diameter increases. (c) independent of fluid density. (a) none of these. 633. The fluid property due to which, mercury does not wet the glass is (a) surface tension (®) viscosity (c) cohesion (d) adhesion 634. Pick out the wrong statement : (a) The vacuum pressure is always the negative gauge pressure. () The pressure of the liquid measured by (©) Manometric liquid should have high surface tension. (d) The point at which the resultant pressure on an immersed surface acts is known as centre of gravity. 635, Bernoulli's equation does not apply to the functioning of (a) venturimeter (b) orificemeter (©) pitottube (d)_ none of these 636. Maintenance cost of ticular duty is the least (a) centrifugal (6) reciprocating pump for a par- (c) volute (d) gear 637. ....... pumps area group of vacuum pumps. (a) Hyter (6) Sump (©) Mono (d) Submerged 638. The excess of the sum of pressure & velocity heads over the vapor pressure of the liquid at the suction is called the (a) static submergence (b) net positive suction head (NPSH) (c) cavitation sensitivity (d) priming 639. The main factor on which the behaviour of a mass of fluidised solid depends mainly is the (a) fluid characteristics (®) particle size (c) both (a) and (6) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 640. Pumping of a corrosive liquid is generally preferred to be done by a........ pump, as it can be made of a variety of materials includ- poser (a) piston (6) gear (c) positive displacement (@) sump 641. The uniformity of a gas fluidised bed depends upon the of the solid particles. (a) sive - (8) surface propertiss {e) both (a) and (6) a piezometer tube is the gauge pres- (d) neither (a) nor (6)« 642, Which of the following is not an advantage ‘offluidisation from transfer operation point of view? (a) intimate contact of the fluid with oes s with all (®) lower fluid pumps F lowes fluid pumping. power. require. (c)_ minimisation of temperature variation (d) prevention of particle seggregation 643. Velocity of liquid hydrocarbon fuels in a pipeline can not be measured by magnetic flowmeters because their... i : ir is very (a) thermal conductivity (6) electrical conductivity (©) specifi gravity (@) electrical resistivity 644. The phenomenon occuring during pumpi of a liquid solution containing dissolves gases which may come out of the solution Siving rise to gas pockets is termed as (a) evaporation (6) cavitation (c) sublimation (@)_strippis 645.Which of the followit = stress at the boundary of far laisse @) mB bs 3) 0M he © > peo (@) none of these 646.With increase in the rati : reer io‘ of ‘ont cea to pipe diameter, the raster orifice pressure dit i fee Pressure differential that is per (a) increases (6) decreases ari (a) steam Meas © electric motor (a) palates 648. Moment deuce ‘Muide resultados to” 2" Minar flow of (a) viscosity (©) density OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (d) none of these 649. An ideal nozzle design aims at i minimising wall friction ‘suppressing boundary |. i 1 papbressing boundary layer separation (d) neither (a) nor (b) ‘ 650. For one dimensional flow of an incompres. sible fluid in unsteady state in x-direction, the continuity equation is given by au (a) SE=0 ) 2101) 9 au © 2.2 @ Bo 651. Whatis the value of co-efficient of disch = ips for sqvare edged circular orifice (for (@) 061-068) 05-07: © 075-090 (d) 036-085 of Newtonion fluids is such that the velo ty aitributionw.r radius oftheir en With th centre line of the pipe. amet (a) hyperbola (6) parabola ©) semi-circle (d) semi-ellipse ot plabaiy of Bernoulli's equation is to wan... fluid that does not = shaft work with the surround- () i (©) non-viscous (©) both (a) and (6) (d) neither (a) nor (b) O64 Pick out the wrong statement. sce transfer in laminar flow ) Anais om veclocity gradient, luid in equilibrium is not free from © Th 7 ‘«) The viscosity of a non-Newtonion fluid isa function of temperature only. (d) both (6) and (c) ae 655.’ is ‘The terminal of a particle moving through in Stoke's (©) velocity gradient Afi ‘aries as dp, The value of n is equal @ 1” eran ) 0s FLUID MECHANICS (ce) 2 (d) 1.5 656. In equation No. 655, what is the value of 'n" for Newton's law regime? (a) 05 (b) 1 () 15 @) 3 657. The Reynolds number for an ideal fluid flow is (a) 4 (b) 2100-4000 fc) 4000 dd) 658. Isothermal turbulent flow of a fluid results in decrease of its pressure which depends on the (a) wall roughness (b) Reynolds number (c) both (a) and (b) (d)_ neither (a)’nor (b) 659. The pressure drop per unit length of pipe | incurred by a fluid ‘X’ flowing through pipe is 4 p. If another fluid ‘Y" having both the specific gravity and density just double of that of fluid X’ flows through the same pipe at the same flow rate/average velocity, then the pressure drop in this case will be (a) Ap (®) 2ap () ap? (d) Spa 660. The time taken for gravity flow of a fixed volume of liquid (asin Redwood viscometer) is directly proportional to its (a) absolute viscosity (8) ratio of absolute viscosity to density (c) density (d) Reynolds number 661. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) The shear stress at the pipe (dia = D, length = L) wall in case of laminar flow Ee of Newtonion fluids is 47 4 p. (b) In the equation, t.ge=k {e be value of ‘n’ for pseudoplastic and Gilatent fluids are < 1 and >1 respectively. ‘ (©) Shear stress for Newtonion fluid is proportional to the rate of shear in the direction perpendicular to motion. a (d) With increase in: the Mach number > 06, the drag co-efficient decreases in case of compressible fluids. 662.The equation relating friction factor to Reynolds number, f°*=4 loge (re fy °4, is called ....... equation. (a) Nickuradse (6) Von-Karman (©) Blausius _(d) Colebrook 663. NRe/Nr; is called number. (a) Brinkman _(b) Galileo (©) Archimedes (d) Euler 664.Which of the following is the ‘Blausius equation’, relating friction factor to the Reynolds number ? (a) f= 0.079 .Ne* (©) f *5=4.07 log. (Nrevf)** © fte= aloe | ee | (d) none of these — 665.In question No. 664, the equation given in the option “by is called (a) Colebrook formula (b) Von-Karman equation (c) Fanning equation (d) none of these 666. Rubber latex is an example of a... fluid (a) pseudoplastic () bingham plastic (c) dilatent (@) Newtonion 667. Colebrook equation for friction factorin tur- balent flow i given by. 3 ©, 146 FS = 4 Loe 5 + Nea i It reduces to Nikuradse equation for a valv2 of 5 equal to (@) 0 ) 1 Om ) 05 668, When a fluid flows over a solid surface, the (a) velocity is uniform ai any cross-section. (6) velocity gradient is zero at the solid ‘surface.(c)_ resistance between the surface and the fluid is lesser as to that between the fluid layers themselves {d) velocity is not zero at the solid surface. 669.An ideal plastic substance indicates no deformation when stressed upto yield stress but behaves like a Newtonion fluid beyond yield stress. Which of the following is an ideal plastic? (a) sewage sludge (®) rubber latex (ec) blood (d) sugar solution ‘used for measuring the stati Sure exerted on the wall by a uid flosing Parallel to the wall in a pipeline. (a) Venturimeter (6) Pressure gauge (c) Pitottube — (d) Orificemeter 671. Viscosity of water is about. times of air (at NTP), ee @ 15 ©) 55 A te) 155 (@) 1050 670. 672. Centre of pressure of a plane surface of arbitrary shape immersed vertically i static mass of fluid e (a) tes above the centroid ofthe plane surface (6) is independent of the specific wei persny ‘specific weight of (©) is different for different fluids (d) is at the centroid of the plane surface 673.The tocation of centre of pressure whi defines the point of application ofthe tack pressure force on the surface can be caleu- lated by applying the principle of moments ‘according to which “sum of the moment of the resultant force about an axis is equal to the sum of the components about the same axis". ‘The centre of pressure of a rectan. gular surface (of width ‘w’) immersed verti. cally ina static mass of fluid is at a depth ‘OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING where, y = depth of the liquid in case of laminar flow of fluid through a circular pipe, the (a) shear stress over the cross-section is . Proportional to the distance from the surface of the pipe. (®) surface of velocity distribution is a paraboloid of revolution whose volume equals half the volume of circumscrib- ing cylinder. (©) velocity profile varies hyperbolically and the shear stress remains constant over the cross section. (d) average flow occurs ata radial distance of 0.5 r from the centre of the pipe (r = pipe radius). 674 675. In case of turbulent flow of fui circular pipe, the ce (a) ‘mean flow velocity is about 0.5 times the maximum velocity. (6) velocity profile becomes flatter and flatter with increasing Reynolds number. (©) point of maximum instability exists at 8 distance of 2 from the pipe wall (= pipe radius). (@) skin friction drag, shear stresses, random orientation of fluid particles and slope of velocity profile at the wall are 676. Which of the following equations fered by Calebrok and White gives increase in roughness of . nToughness of anew surface) @) e=e+at (b) exe sas? Oe=eral @) tanratt 1 @ 37 () 3y -@ i 3 @ 4 @ ty Aid ow ig Pate When the depth of the Helis e @) 0.25 & 08 © 0.66 id) Dos FLUID MECHANICS 678.Fluid flow at increasing rate through a | diverging pipe is an example of... low (a) steady uniform () non-steady uniform (c) steady non-uniform (d) non-steady non-uniform 679. In case of unsteady fluid flow, conditions ‘and flow pattern change with the passage of time at a position in a flow situation. Which of the following is an example of unsteady flow ? (a) discharge of water by a centrifugal | pump being run at a constant rpm. (b) water flow in the suction and discharge pipe ofa reciprocating pump (c) water discharge from a vertical vessel in which constant level is maintained. (d) low velocity flow of a highly viscous liquid through a hydraulically smooth pipe. | 680. During fluid flow, variation of shear stress () with velocity gradient a at constant | pressure and temperature is shown below inthe figure. ‘dvidy — Fig. 11 In the above figure, bingham plastic is represented by curve @) V @) (©) It @) 1 681. Curve III in the above diagram represents aan (a) dilatent fluid (b) pseudo plastic fluid (c) ideal plastic (d) none of these 682. Match the foilowing dimensionless uumber encountered in problems of fluid mechanics. List I (a) Euler number (b) Weber number (c) Cauchy number id) Ohnesorge number List I I. Bubble formation and break up of liquid jets I. Compressible flow of fliuds II], Atomisation of liquid IV. Fluid friction in conduit 683. Match the following fluid flow equations List (a) f=16/Nre () f= 0.079 Nae (©) Dy=kTi6nrep (a) 4f= 0.005 + tg List It | I. Blasius equation | IL. Stoke’s-Einstein equation Ill. Darey equation IV. Nikuradse equation 684, Match the units of following parameters used in fluid flow. List (a) Friction factor | @) Dynamic viscosity (c) Kinematic viscosity (d) Specific viscosity List 1. gnvem. second II. em’/second M11, dimensionless IV. dimensionless 685, Match the typical examples of various types of fluids. List (a) Bingham plastic (®) Dilatent fluid1 n M1, IV. 686. Match the expression for the following Pseudo plastic fluid Thixotropic fluid List IT j Quicksand and starch suspensions in water, | Polymeric solutions/melts and suspen- | sion of paper pulp | Drilling muds, paints and inks | Sewage sludge and water suspensions | of rock Vv. OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING List 11 Increasing/decreasing fluid flow rate through a constant cross-section pipe. Constant fluid flow rate through a con: verging/diverging pipe. Increasing/decreasing fluid flow rate through a converging/diverging pipe Constant fluid flow rate in a constant cross-section pipeline. | $88. Match the following fluid flow situations, Parameters encountered in fluid flow. (a) 1) te) @ L Im, List 1 | Momentum correction factor Kinetic energy correction factor | Velocity head | Kinematic viscosity | Ving. Ss; 687, Match the various flow conditions with | their examples | List 1 ‘a) Non steady uniform flow | (b) Steady nx -uniform flow ‘©) Non-steady non-uniform fow (2) Steady uniform how (@) Centrifugal pump (®) Reciproctaing pump (©) Gear pump (@) Diaphragm pump (a) (b) (c) @ Lise 1 Stable floating bodies Hyper sonic flow Free vortex motion Pressureless fluid flow List 11 Mach number > 5 Fluid flow in the volute casing outside the rotating impeller of 3 centrifugal Pump. | Fluid motion is bounded on three sides and fourth side is exposed to atmos. phere, Centre of gravity below metacentre ings, FLUID MECHANICS: ai mping systems employed in chemical plants. y stems employ 690. Match the symbols of various pumping Column A (a) Positive displacement (mono) pump (b) Ejector/air lift pump (c) Submerged suction pump (d) Proportioning (metering) pump sors used in chemical plants. 691. Match the symbols of various compressors ust re Column A (a) Axial flow/centrifugal compressor 1 {fhe (6) Vane compressor (c) Reciprocating compressor (d) Multi-stage turbo compressor 1 plants lowers used in chemical 692, Match the symbols of various fans/blo ome Column A (a) Rootes type blower (o) Rotary fan/blower (c) Induced draft fan (@) Axial fanOBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING b) Heated/eooled pipe ©) Steam jacketed pipe id) Flexible pipehose 04. Match the symbols of various fanction,),, Column a sntional valves used in fuid flow piping systems Column B 6) Check (non return) valve 6) Relief valve Mixing valve (hand operated) Reducing valve (a) Forced draft fan (6) Vane pump/screw pump (©) Hydraulic pump ‘4) Horizontal mounted pump FLUID MECHANICS 33 696. Match the symbols of various configuration of nipelisi used for fluid flow in chemical process plants. Column A Column B (a) Perforated pipe (8) Pipe below floor/ground level (c) Existing pipeline to be removed (d) Sleeved pipe 697. Match the symbols of various auxil iaries attached to pipework used in fluid flow operation in chemical plants Column A Column B (a) Guide for pipelines (®) Flanged and bolted pipe joint (flanges-welded on) (¢) Horseshoe type expansion joint (d) End cap (flanged and bolted) 698. Match the symbols of various pipe fittings used in fliud flow operation. Column A Column B (a) Pipe drain (®) Pipe vent (open) (c) Pipe reducer (concentric) (d) Fusible plugOBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 532 533 534535536 537538 @ @ © ) ) ©) 542 B43 544545546547 (d) @ id ) 552 553 554 555 556 557 (a) (a) ) (ec) (a) 562 563 564565566567 1) (a) te) (b) te) te) 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 te) (a) ta) (b) () (b) 581 582 583 584 585586587 (a) te) (o) (a) (d) (a) 591 592 593 594 595596597 (a) ia) (d) (a) te) (a) tc) 601 602 603 604-605. 606607 (by te) te) () (a) te) (a) 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 (a) te) (a) @ =) 621 622 623 624 «625626627 a) (a) ) ) @)—@)@) 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 (b) (b) (a) (d) (d) (a) (a) 641 642 643 644645646647 a) ) ® ® @ 6) © 651 652 653654655656 «657 (a) (b) (ec) (d) te) (a) @ 661 662 663 664665668667 (d) (a) ® @ 6) @ 6) 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 (b) (6) (b) (b) (d) (a) (d@) 681 682 683, () (@)-IV O/T d-I—(@).AI Oem div oe 685 (a)-TH (6)-1 (11 (d)-IV (a)-TV (6-1 (el )] ‘ar toy I (d)I tev (HIM (eT (d)-11 (a)-1(b)-1 (eI (d)-IV (a)-IV (b)-1 (e)-II (d)-I1T 690 691 (a)-H (b)-IIL (e)-IV (d)-1 (a)-IT (b)-I1I (e)-IV y tals to VIV (dy (aI (41 h1V (ad (ord toy TIE) 1V (ard (Q) IM rIV M1 (dt tenn (YI (II (d)-1V. (aT (b)-1 (e)-TV (d)-111 (oP OM eV eat erat (O}1(c)-I1 (d)-1V tail, 1 (c-IV (d)-111 539 (a) 549 (a) 559 (c) 569 d) 579 () 589 te) 599 ) 609 (d@) 619 () 629 () 639 649 540 (@) 550 (d) 560 (@) 570 te) 580 (a) 590 () 600 () 610 () 620 (d) 630 @ 640 @) 650 (a) 660 () 670 () 680 3) 2 Stoichiometry (Chemical Process Principles) 1)The total number of atoms in 8.5 gms of NHs 23 Icon 10 (a) 9.03 (e) 1.204 (b) 3.01 (d) 6.02 11.2 litres of ozone (Os) at N-T.P. are (a) 3.01 x 10” (b) 6.02 x 10" (c) 9.03 x 10% (d) 1.20 x 10" 2. The number of atoms of oxygen present in | | 3. Measurement of the amount of dry gas col lected over water from volume of moist gas is based on (a) Charle’s law. (8) “Dalton’s law of partial pressures (c) Avogadro's hypothesis. (d) Boyle's law. 4. Validity of the relationship, inputs = outputs, holds for system at steady state (a) with chemical reaction. (6) without chemical reaction, (c) without chemical reaction & losses. | | | (d) none of these. | 5. N-T.P. corresponds to (a) 1 atm. absolute pressure & 0°C. () 760 mm Hg gauge pressure & 0°C. (ce) 760 torr & 15°C, (d) 101.325 KPa gauge pressure & 0°C. 6, 1 bar is almost equal to.........atmosphere. | (a) 1 (6) 10 (ec) 100 {d) 1000 7. Number of gm moles of solute dissolved in one litre of a solution is called its (a) equivalent weight (6) molarity (c) molality (d) normality 8. 2litres ofnitrogen at N.T-P.weighs.......gms (a) 14 (b) 25 (c) 28 (d@) 1.25 9. 1 gm mole of methane (CH) contains (a) 6.02 x 10 atoms of hydrogen. (6) 4 gm atoms of hydrogen. (c) 3.01 x 10 molecules of methane. (d) 3.gms of carbon. . The number of water molecules present in a drop of water weighing 0.018 gm is 6.023 x (@) 10% (c) 10” (6) 10° (@) 10° |. Kopp’s rule is concerned with the calculation of (a) thermal conductivity (@) heat capacity (c) viscosity (d) surface tension | 12. Number of gm moles of solute dissolved it~ 1 kg of solvent is called its (a) normality (6) molarity (©) molality (@) formality 18, The temperature of a gas in a closed container is 27°C. If the temperature of the gas is increased to 300°C, then the pressure exerted is (a) doubled (b) reduced to half (c) trebled (d) unpredictable from the data 14) “The total volume occupied by a gascous mixture is equal to the sum of the pure component volumes”, This is..law. (a) Dalton’s (b), Amgat «) Gay Lassacs @) Readethe specific gravity scales in “Brix” (Be ot se eae ton) defined as (a) Brix= (400/G) - 400 (b) Brix =200(G-1) we) Brix = 145 - (145/G) * (d) none of these 16. Equal masses of CH, and Hz are mixed in an empty container. The partial pressure of hydrogen in this container expressed as OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (b) 3P @) PR te (d) 9P () 9P* 24, Kinetic theory of gas stipulates that, the (a) energy is lost during molecular col- lisions. (b) molecules possess appreciable volume. (c) absolute temperature is a measure of the kinetic energy of molecules. (a) none of these constant ‘R’ value of yas fraction of total pressure is 25.The va s WW (b) 89 seseevkeaVkg.mole. C. (oy We id) 59 (b) 1.987 17.)The pressure of ‘V' litres of a dry gas is 2 increased from 1 to 2 kgf/em? at a constant temperature. The new volume will become (a) V2 (®) 2V () WA @v 18) .........equation gives the effect of tempera- tere on hee! of reaction. Kirchof's () Maxwell's Antonie (d) Kistyakowsky p ‘ 19..Number of gram equivalent of solute dis- Solved in one litre of solution is called its (a) normality (b)_ molarity (c) molality (d) formality 20)S.T-P. corresponds to (a) 1atm. absolute pressure & 15.5°C. (b) 760 mm Hg gauge pressure & 15.5°C. (©) 760 torr & 0°C. (d) 101.325 kPa gauge pressure & 15.5°C. 21.How many phases are present at eutectic point? (a) 1 O23 © 3 (d) unpredictable 23. For a given mass of a gas at constant temperature, ifthe volume V'becomes three 28. Total energy at 4 () 399 (d) none of these 26. Cy for monoatomie gases is equal to @ R @) 15R ( 2R (@) 3R where, R = gas constant 27. With rise in temperature, the heat capacity of a substance (a) increases (b) ee a (©) remains ut (d) either (a) or (b) ; depends on the substance point comprises Of ne. €NerBy- (a) potential & kinetic (®) pressure (c) internal (d) all (a), (6) & (c). 29, For an ideal gas, the compressibility factor (a) decreases with pressure rise (b) is unity at all temperature (©) is unity at Boyle's temperature (d) zero 30. Real gases approach ideal behaviour at (a) high pressure & high temperature (b) low pressure & high temperature (c) high pressure & low temperature (d) low pressure & low temperature 31, Gases diffuse faster compared to liquids be- | ‘cause of the reason that the liquid molecules (a) are held together by stronger intermolecular forces. times, then the pressure ‘P will become ‘STOICHIOMETRY (CHEMICAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES) (6) move faster. (c) have no definite shape. (d) are heavier 32, Isotopes are atoms having same (a) mass number (b) number of neutrons (©) atomic mass (d) none of these 33. fuels require maximum percentage of “excess air’ for complete combustion. (a) Solid (6) Liquid (c) Gaseous (d) Nuclear 34. Which of the following is followed by an ideal | 42. The solution ? (a) Boyle'slaw (6) Amgat’s law (©) Raoult’slaw (d) Trouton’s rule 35. A sugar solution containing.......percent | sugar is equivalent to 1” Brix. (a) 0.01 ) 01 f) 1 (d) 10 36. chart is a graph related to Antonie equation (a) Ostwald (6) Cox (©) Mollier’s (d) Enthalpy-concentration 87. 1 kg/cm? is equal to. (a) 760 torr (6) 1KPa (c) 10 metres of water column (d) 1 metre of water column 38. 1 ky/m? is equal to......mm water column. (@) 1 ) 10 (c) 100 (d) 1000 39. Heat of........0f a fuel is called its calorific value, (a) formation —_(b) combustion (c) reaction (@) vaporisation 40. The heat of solution depends upon the (a) nature of solvent (8) concentration of solution (c) nature of solute (d) all (a), (&) & (ec) 41. Internal energy is independent of........for an ideal gas. e (a) pressure (6) volume (c) both (a) & (6) (d) neither (a) nor (6) heats. of vaporisation of CS2, CaHs OH & H20 are 26.8, 38.6 & 40.6 KJ/kg mole respectively. The order of decreasing intermolecular forces in these liquids is (a) HzO > CzHsOH > CS, (b) CS: >CHsOH > H0. (c) H:0 > CS > C2H0H (d) CS:>H0 > CzHs0H 43. Cp - Cv, for an ideal gas is equal to @ R ) RR () 2R @) 3R 44. Volume percent for gases is equal to (a) weight percent () mole percent (c) weight percent only for ideal gases (d) mole percent only for ideal gases 45. Internal energy of a substance comprises Of an €METBY. (a) vibrational (6) rotational (c) translational (d) all (a), (6) & (e) 46. equation relates latent heat and boiling point. (a) Antonie (0) Kistyakowsky (©) Kopp's (d) Trouton's 47. A bypass stream in a chemical process is useful, because it (a) facilitates better control of the process. (6) improves the conversion. (c) increases the yield of products. (d) none of these. 48. Heat of reaction is a function of (a) pressure (b) temperature (c) both (a) & (6) (d) neither (a) nor (6) 49. Recycling in a chemical process facilitates (a) increased yield (©) enrichment of product (©) heat conservation (d) all (a), (6) & (ec)50. The heat evoived in the combustion of benzene is given by the equation: Cols +7.5 O2 = 6CO2 + 3H20, OH = 3264.6kd/k . mole. ‘The heat energy change, when 39 gm of Cee is burnt in an open container, will be........kd/kg mole. (a) +816.15 (b) + 1632.3 () - 1632.3 (@) - 2448.45 51. The heat change for the reacation, Cis) + 2S(s) + CSa(l) is 104.2 kJ. It represents the heat of (a) formation _(b) solution (c) combustion (d) fusion 52. Average molecular weight of air is about (a) 21 ) 29 (©) 23 @) 79 53. The vapour pressure of a solution (made by dissolving a solute in a solvent) is........that of the pure solvent. (a) less than (6) more than (e) equal to (d) either more or less; depends on the nature of solvent 54. Pick out the correct statement. (a) Heat of solution is always positive. (b) At equilibrium, 4G is zero. (©) Forthereaction, PCls = PCls +Clzis less than AE (d). The heating of water in a beaker is an isolated system. 55, The combustion equations of carbon and carbon monoxide are as follows : +02 =COz, AH = ~ 394 kd/kg . mole CO + 1/2 02 = COp, AH = ~ 284.5 ki/kg. mole The heat of formation of CO is.......kI/kg, mole. (a) -1095 (b) +1095 (c) +180 (d) +100 56, Which of the following ratios defines the recycle ratio in a chemica! process? (a) gross feed stream/recycle feed stream (0) recycle stream/fresh feed stream (c) recycle stream/gross feed stream (d) none of these OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 57. In a chemical process, the recycle stream is more purged for (a) increasing the product yield (8) enriching the product (c) limiting the inerts (d) heat conservation 58, The heat capacity of a solid compound is calculated from the atomic heat capacities of its constituent elements with the help of (a) Trouton’s rule (6) Kopp'srule (c) Antonie equation (d) Kistyakowsky equation 59. One Newton is equal to........dynes: (a) 10° () 108 (©) 10° (d) 10° 60. An equation for calculating vapour pressure is given by, logio P= A - Blt +c). This is called (a) Kistyakowsky equation (®) Antonie equation (c) Kopp’s rule (@) Trouton's rule 61. Boiling point of a solution as compared to that of the corresponding solvent is (a) less (b) more (c) same (d) either more or less; depends upon the nature of solvent 62. Enthalpy of formation of NH is ~ 46 ki/kg mole. The enthalpy change for the gaseous reaction, 2NH3 — Ne + 3 Ha, is equal toned Mkg, mole. (a) 46 (b) 92 (©) -23 (d) -92 63. Specific gravity on API scale is given by the relation. (a) °APL = 200(6 - 1) (b) API = (141.5/G) - 131.5 (©) °API = (140/G) - 130 (a) °API = 145 - (145/6) where, G = specific gravity at 16.5 STOICHIOMETRY (CHEMICAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES) 64. A ‘limiting reactant is the one which decides the........,in the chemical reaction, (a) equilibrium constant (b) conversion (c) rate constant (d) none of these 65. Which of the following is the Claussius- Clayperon equation ? (a) PV=RT + BV + y/V' +... () (P+ al) (V-b) Afi 66. Which equation in question No. 65 is not an equation of state ? 67. Which of the following expressions defines | the Baume gravity scale for liquids lighter | than water ? (a) "Be = (140/G) - 130 (6) "Be = 200(G - 1) (c) *Be = 145 - (145/G) (d) *Be = (400/G) - 400 68.For the gaseous phase reaction, No +02 = 2NO, AH = +80 ki/kg. mole; the decomposition of NO is favoured by - (a) increasing the concentration of No. (®) decrease in temperature. {c) increase in pressure. (d) decrease in pressure. 69. For a reaction, XY, if the concentration of X'is tripled; the rate becomes nine times. ‘The order of reaction is @o () 1 () 2 @) 3 70. The pH value of a solution is 5.9. If the hydrogen ion concentration is decreased hundred times, the solution will be (a) basic (®) more acidic (c) neutral (d) ofthe same acidity 71. Which of the following expressions defines the Baume gravity scale for liquids heavier than water ? (a) (141.5/G) - 181.5 (©) 200(G - 1) (d) (400/G) - 400 72. Unit of mass velocity is (a) kg/m. hr (6) ke/m?. hr (co) kg/hr (d) kg/m? 73. The value of the gas-law constant ’R’ is 1.987 (a) keal/kg-mole.°C (6) Btu/b-mole. °R (c) keal/kg-mole. °K (d) both (6) & (e) 74. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) One kg-mole of an ideal gas occupies 22.4 mat NTP. (6) One Ib-mole of an ideal gas occupies 359 £3 at N.T.P. (©) One gm-mole of an ideal gas occupies 22.4 litres (i.e, 22400 ce) at N.TP. (d) Density of dry air at N-TP. is 1 gnvlitre. | 75. In a binary liquid systems, the composition expressed as........is independent of | temperature and pressure. (a) kg of solute/kg of solvent (®) kg-mole of solute per kg-mole of solvent (c) kg-mole of solute/1000 kg of solvent (d) all (a), (6) & () 76. The average translational kinetic energy with which a gas molecule is endowed is dependent on its (a) nature (®) size (c) absolute temperature (a) all (a), () & (e) 77. The vapor pressure of liquids (having similar chemical nature) is any specified temperature.........with increasing molecular weight. (a) increases (0) decreases (c) remains unchanged (d) increases linearly 78. A vapor that exists above its critical ‘temperature is termed as a (a) saturated vapor (6) unsaturated vapor (). 145 - (148/0) () gas i aSTOICHIOMETRY (CHEMICAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES) (2) sub-cooled vapor 79. Pick out the wrong statement : (a) Avaporis termed as a saturated vapor, if its partial pressure equals its equilibrium vapor pressure. ‘A vapor whose partial pressure is less than its equilibrium vapor pressure, is (d) none of these. (c) temperature of the liquid (d) total pressure | 84. Under conditions of equal reduced press. ond naom . 95. The crystallisation of a solute from a solu- and equal reduced temperature, substances ; are said to be in the ‘corresponding states’ 89. The gravimetric(i.e., by weight) composition tion may be done by of a vapor saturated gas is independent of | (a) removal of pure solvent by evaporation. At equal reduced conditions 1 ¢. at the cor | responding state, the of different the (®) change of temperature thereby causing gases | supersaturation. s are nearly the same (a) nature of both the gas and the liquid termed as ‘superheated vapor. | (q) compressibility (b) temperature (c) changing the nature of the system by The temperature at which a vapor is | (c) humidity c (c) total pressure the addition of a more soluble material Saturated is termed aa the boiling polat. (d) none of these | @) all(a), (6) &(). The difference between the existing | 85. Boiling point of a no | temperature of a vapor and its satura- | — of immiscible lig. tion temperature (ie. dew point) is | its separate comp nents called its ‘degree of superheat’. | “(@) lower than (6) higher than sa. Diseopearance of snow in subveroweather | (¢) quale (a) evaporation (6) sublimation ee i) relative stars ; : — (6) relative saturation (©) vaporisation (d) melting 86. Raoult’s law states that the equilibrium {e) percentage saturation 81. The forces causing the vaporisation ofliquid | ‘2P°F —- ae eat he are dared age Teporisationefliquid | ponent in a solution is proportional tthe Secircceke aren | me fein oat epee Th Son that the (a) sizes of the component molecules are approximately equal () attractive forces between like and unlike molecules are approximately 82. Variation of vapor pressure with tempera- _ The ratio of existing moles of vapor per mole | 96. “The equilibrium value of the mole fraction of vapor free gas to the moles of vapor that | _of the gas dissolved in a liquid in directly would be present per mole of vapor free gas, proportional to the partial pressure of that ifthe mixture were saturated at theexisting | gas above the liquid surface”. This state- temperature and pressure, is termed as ment pertaining to solubility of gases in liquid is.......law (a) Raoult's (c) Amgat’s () Henry's (d) none of these 97. Kefluxing of part of the distillate in a frac- tionating column is a ‘recycling operation’, aimed primarily at (a) heat conservation (6) yield enhancement (©) product enrichment (d) none of these 91, Percentage saturation of a vapor bearing | gasis always......the relative saturation. | (a) higher than | (6) smaller than | (c) equal to | (d) either (a) or (6); depends on the system | (@) increases with pressure rise. (©) decreases with increasing pressure. [c) becomes zero atthe erica point. (2) both 6) & (c). | 98. The effect of pressure on the heat capacity 92, For wate rating into usaturated air ‘or water evaporating oa of the gases........is uegligible. under adiabatic conditions and at constant’ ture can be calculated using Clausius. | (¢) Component molecules arenon-polarand Clapeyron equation which assumes that the (a) vapor follows the ideal gas law. (6) molal latent heat of vaporisation is constant within the limited temperature no chemical combination or molecular Association between unlike molecules takes place in the formation of the solution. pressure, the. throughout the period of vaporisation. (a) dry bulb temperature (®) wet bulb temperature (c) humidity <-remains constant | (a) at pressure below cne atmosphere (b) below the critical temperature (c) both (a) & (6) (d) neither (a) nor (6) range. (d) all (a), () & (2 fe) Tarume in the liguid state is negligible ST Ada pared with that in the vapor state, | 87- Addition of a non-volatile solute toa salvent @) all), (6) & (c). Produces a........in its solvent (a) freezing point elevation 99, Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Atomic heat capacities of the crystalline solid elements are nearly constant and equal to 6.2 keaV/kg-atom according to the law of Petit and Dulong. Atomic heat capacities of all solid ele- (d) relative saturation 93. Which of the following has the least (almost negligible) effect on the solubility ofa solute ‘83. Pick out the wrong statement, ina solvent ? (a) “Reduced temperature’ of a substance i ; is Re ratio ofits existing temperature to ‘temperature, both expressed on celsius scale. a ‘Reduced pressure’ is the ratio of saat the existing pressure of a substance to its critical pressure, ‘Reduced volume’ is the ratio of the existing malal volume of it critical malalechans et betance tite (b) boiling point depression (c) vapor pressure lowering (@) none of these ‘88. Assuming applicability of ideal gas law, the Pure component volume of the vapor in a turated gas can be calculated from eoretical relationship. The volumetric composition of a sturated gas is in- dependentofthe (a) nature of the liquid () nature of the gas (a) temperature () nature of solute (©) pressure (d) nature of solvent 94. If @ solution of eutectic composition is cooled,.......:+---Feaching the eutectic temperature. (a) the solvent begins to freeze out even before. (®) it will undergo no change until. (c) it will not solidify even on. ments decrease greatly with decrease in temperature, approaching a value of zero at absolute zero temperature, when in the crystalline state. (©) Generally, the heat capacities of compounds are lower in the liquid than in the solid state F (d) The heat capacity of a heterogeneous mixture is 30 additive property but when solutions are formed, this additive property may no longer exist.100. The heat capacity of most substances is Greater fOr the. ron State, ta) solid (8) liquid (c) gaseous (d) none of these 101.1 BTUMD. °F is equivalent to. keal’kg.°C. (@) 1 ) 2.42 (c) 1.987 (@) 497 102. At higher temperatures, molal heat capacities of most of the gases (at constant pressure).......with increase in temperature. (a) increases (b) decreases (c) remains unchanged (d) increases linearly 103. Kopp’s rule is useful for the determination of (a) molal heat capacities of gases (b) heat capacities of solids (c) activation energy (d) heat capacities of gases 104. Cp/Cv for monoatomic gases is | fa) 1.44 () 1.66 (©) 199 @) 1 105. The vapor pressure of liquids of similar chemical nature at any particular temperature............with inerease in molecular weight. j (a) increases | (b) decreases (c) remains unchanged {d) either (a) or (b); depends on the liquid 106. A vapor whose partial pressure is ess than | its equilibrium vapor pressure is called a ‘Vapor. | (a) saturated (6) supersaturated (©) superheated (d) none of these 107. A saturated vapor on being compressed would (a) condense (6) form wet steam (e) both (a) and (b) (@) neither (a) nor (b) OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 108, The vapor pressure of a substance, at its melting point, is in the solid state as compared to that in the liquid state. (a) less (6) more (c) same {d) either (a) or (by; depends on the nature of the substance 109. In case of a solution (not of a solid in a iquid), whose total volume is less than the sum of the volumes of its components in their pure states, solubility is (a) independen: of temperature (6) increase with rise in pressure (c) increased with decrease in pressure (d) unchanged with pressure changes 110. The heat of vaporisation crease in pressure. (a) increases (®) decreases (c) becomes zero at critical pressure (d) both () and (c) with in- 111. Pick out the wrong statement, (a) The effect of pressure on heat capacity of gases at pressure above one atmosphere and above the critical temperature is negligible. (&) The value of Cp of gases increases with increase in pressure, above atmospheric pressure. (c) The value of Cp at critical temperature and pressure reaches infinity. (d) all(a), (6), and (c). 112, In general, the specific heats of aqueous solutions........ with increase in the concentration of the solute, (a) increase (2) decrease (c) remain unchanged (@) none of these 113. The case of a solution (not of a solid in a liquid), whose total volume is more than the sum of the volumes of its components in their pure states, solubility is (@) independent of temperature creased with increase in pressure lecreased with increase in Pressure STOICHIOMETRY (CHEMICAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES) (d) unchanged by pressure change 114. The heat capacity of a substance is (a) greater for liquid state than for solid state. (b) lower for liquid state than for gaseous state. (c) higher for solid state than for liquid state. (d) equal for solid and liquid states below melting point. 115. “The heat capacity of a solid compound is approximately equal to the sum of the heat capacities of the constituent elements.” This is the statement of (a) Law of Petit and Dulong (6) Kopp’s rule (c) Nearnst heat theorem (d) Trouton’s rule 116. The atomic heat capacities of all solid statements with decrease in temperature. (a) increase (8) decrease (c) remain unchanged (d) approach zero at 0°C 117. Colligative properties of a dilute solution are those which depend entirely upon the (a) constitution,of the solute (). chemical composition of the solute (c) number of solute molecules contained in a given volume of the solvent (d) none of these 118. ‘Cox’ chart which is useful in the design of distillation column (particularly suitable for petroleum hydrocarbons) is a plot of (a) temperature vs. log (vapor pressure) (b) vapor pressure vs. log (temperature) (c) log (temperature) vs. log (vapor pres sure) (d) vapor pressure vs. temperature 118. Which of the following is not a colligative Property ? (a) osmotic pressure (8) depression of freezing point (©) lowering of vapor pressure (d) none of these 120. 1 BTU/M? is approximately equal to kcam*, (a) 1 6) 9 4 (d) 252 121. Solutions having the same osmotic pressure are called solutions. (a) dilute (®) ideal (c) isotonic (d) saturated 122, Osmotic pressure exerted by a solution prepared by dissolving one gram mole of a solute in 22.4 litres of a solvent at O'C will be ..... atmosphere. (@) 05 ) 1 © 15 (@) 2 123. Pick out the wrong conversion formula for conversion of weight units : (a) 1 tonne = 1000 kg = 22.046 Ibs (®) 1 US. ton = 907 kg = 0.907 tonne = 0.893 ton (©) 1,ton = 2240 Ibs = 1016 kg = 1.016 1.12 US. tons @ ae 124. Isotonic solutions must have the same (a) viscosity (b) molar concentration (©) normality (d) critical temperature 125. 1 m® is approximately equal to. (@) 28litres @) 358° (c) 4.5 litres @) 45% 126. Solution made by dissolving equimolar ‘amounts of different solutes in the same amount of a given solvent will have the (a) same elevation in boiling point (&) different elevation in boiling point _ (c) elevation in boiling point in the ratio of their molecular weights (d)_ none of these 127. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Raoult’s law holds good for the solubility of polar gases in non-polar liquids.(®) Molecules with symmetrical arrange- ments (eg., CHa and CC) are nonpolar. (c). Most ofthe hydrocarbons are nonpolar. (@) Generally, nonpolar compounds are chemically inactive, conduct electricity poorly and do not ionise. 128. A gas mixture contains 14 kg of Na, 16 kg. of Oz and 17 kg of NH. The mole fraction of oxygen is (@) 0.16 (c) 0.66 (b) 0.33 (d) 0.47 129. 1 centipoise is equivalent to {a} 1 gm/cm.second (b) 1 centistoke (©) 2.42 Ibi hr (@) 2.42 Ib second 130, Weight of 56 litres of ammonia at N.T-P. is (@) 25 ©) 56 181. Atmospheric pressure corresponds to a hydrostatic head of (a) 13.6 cms of Hg ©) 34 Rofwater (c) 1 metre of water (d) 13.6 metres of Hg @) 425 (@) 2800 132. The vapor pressure of water st 100°C is (c) 100 Nim* @) T6cms of Hg (©) 136cmsof Hg (2) 760 mm of water column 133. Viscosity of atmospheric sir may be about @) 0015 ©) 15 @ 15 @ 0 134. One “Therm is equivalent to () BTU @) Wk ) west @ Wie 135. The density uf 2 liquid ‘is 1500 legten® ts value in gmvlitre wil be equal to to) 15 @ 5 ©) 150 @) 350 OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 136. Cp is expressed in S.I. unit as (a) Jikg.“PoK —() J/m* (ce) Wim? oC (a) Wim. °K 137. Cp equals Cy at (a) O**oC (©) OOF () OM*0K (d) O“?oR 138. °API gravity of water at N.T.P. is about @ 0 1 © 10 (d) 100 139, Avogadro's number is ‘ual to (a) 6,023 x10" molecu: ‘g-mole. (®) 6.023 x 10” moleculesgm.mole. {c) 6.023 x 10'* molecules/kg.mole. (d) 6.023 x 10 molecules/gm.mole. 140. Addition of a non-volatile solute to a pure solvent (a) increases its freezing point. (@) increases its boiling point, {c) decreases its freezing point. (2) both (6) and (c) 141. Volume accupied by one gm mole of a gas atS.TP. is (@) 224litres —(b) 22400 litres (©) 24c0 (d) 359 litres 142. The net heat evolved or absorbed in a chemical process, i.e. total change in the enthalpy of the system is independent of the (a) temperature and pressure. (©) number of intermediate chemical reactions involved. (©) state of aggregation and the state of combination at the beginning and atthe | end of the reaction. | @) none of these. } | 143. The average value of heat of neutralisation of dilute solution of strong acids and strong bases is about ....... keal/kg:mole of water | formed. | t@) 6680 i te) 2481 (®) 13360 (d) 97302 | 144. Hest of solution in a system in which both solute and solvent are liquids is termed 38 fc) beat of solvation. ‘STOICHIOMETRY (CHEMICAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES) (b) heat of hydration. (c) standard integral heat of solution. (d) heat of mixing. 145. Pick out the wrong statement (a) The integral heat of solution of either components can not be calculated from heat of mixing data (b) The average value of heat of neutralisation of dilute solutions of weak acids | and basesis much less compared to that for strong acids and bases. ‘The standard heat of solution of the | hydrate of a substance is the difference between the heat of solution of the an: hydrous substance and its heat of hydration. The accornpanying enthalpy change, | when a solute is dissolved in solvent, depends upon the nature & amount of the solute and the solvent, on the temperature and on the initial & final concentrations of the solution. 146. The chemical nature of an element is independent of (a) its atomic number. (®) the number of protons or electrons present in it. (c) the number of neutrons present in it. (d) noneofthese. 147. In physical adsorption, as compared to chemisorption, the (a) quantity adsorbed per unit mass is higher. (b) rate of adsorption is controlled by resistance to surface reaction. (c) activation energy is very high. (d) heat of adsorption is very large. 148. Othmer chart is useful in estimating the heat of (a) mixing (c)_ adsorption ()) wetting (d) none of these 149, Enthalpy change resulting when unit mass of solid is wetted with sufficient liquid so that further addition of liquid produces no additional thermal effect is called the heat of (a) mixing (c) wetting (8) adsorption (d) complete wetting 150. The heat of adsorption of a gas caused by ‘Van der Walls forces of attraction and capillarity is equal to the heat of (a) normal condensation (®) wetting (c) sum of (a) and (b) (d) difference of (a) and (b) 151. In osmosis through a semi-permeable membrane, diffusion of (a) solvent is from low concentration to high concentration region (®) solvent is from high concentration to low concentration region. (©) solute takes place. (d) none of these. 152. 1 keal/kg."“?oC is equivalent to BTUMb“?oF. fa) 1 (c) 4.97 () 2.42 (@) none of these 153. At higher temperatures, model heat capacities for most of the gases (at constant pressure) ........ with increase in temperature (a) varies linearly (6) increases (c) decreases (@) does not vary 154, Kopp's rule is helpful in finding the (a) heat capacities of solids. (&) heat capacities of gases. (©) molal heat capacities of gases. (d) activation energy. 155, The maximum adiabatic flame tempera ture of fuels in air . the maximum flame temperature in pure oxygen. (a) lowerthan —_(b) higher than (c) sameas (dot related to 156. ‘Giga’ stands for (a) 10° @) 10-7 () 10" (d) 30% 157. 1 ata is equivalent to (a) 1atm. (&) 10 torr (e) 0.98 Pascal (d) 1 kgem*158. pH value of H2SOg (5% concentration) is (a) 5 () 7 (©) >7 (d) <7 159. 1 torr is equivalent to (@) 1mm Hg (6) 1 Pascal () Lata (d) 1mm water column 160. pH value of an alkaline solution is @ 7 (b) >7 ©) <7 (d) constant over a wide range 161.Elements in a in order of their (a) atomic number (6) mass number (c) atomic weight (d) metallic characteristics 162. pH value of a solution contai concentration of h; ions will be (a) 0 7 ning equal wdroxyl and hydrogen (6) 10 (@) 14 163. Size range of colloidal particles is (a) 5-200 milli-microns () 50-200 microns (c) 500-1000 microns (d) 10-50 Angstrom 164. The quantity of heat Lkg of a saturated (a) specific heat (c) sensible heat t required to evaporat liquid isealled (6) 1Keal (d) latent heat 165.A solution having acidic than the o1 by a factor of (a) 3 (©) 1000 8 pH value of 5 is less ne having a pH value of 2 (6) 100 (d) none of these 166. pH value of a solution contain hydrc en ion per litre will be @ 0 ) 1 ©) 7 @) 10 ling 1 gm of Periodic table are arranged | 172. Atomic. OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 167. The viscosity of water at room temperature may be around one (a) centipoise —(b) poise (c) stoke (d) both (b) & (c) 168. In a neutral solution (@) “H? ions are absent. () OH ions are absent. (©) both H" and OH” ions are present in very small but equal concentration, (d) none of these. 169. An oxidation process is accompanied by decrease in (a) number of electrons (8) oxidation number {c) number of ions (d) all (a), (0) & (c) 170. In......process, ions of salts react with water to produce acidity or alkalinity. (a) hydration —_(b) hydrolysis (c) electrolysis (d) dialysis 171. With increase in temperature, the surface tension of water (a) increases (®) decreases {c) remains constant (d) increases linearly .of an element is a whole number. ro (a) weight (b) (c) volume oe (@) radius 173.4 Teduction process is accompanied with increase in (a) number of electrons (b) oxidation number (c) both (a) & (b) (@) neither (a) nor (b) 174. ae Solutions Ay and Az have pH value of and 6 respectively, It implies that the (2) solution A1 is more alkaline than solution Az. () solution Ay is highly acidic. (©) solution Ap is ver is slightly acidic @) both) &ie, sme STOICHIOMETRY (CHEMICAL PROCESS PRINCIPLES) (a) ideal (c) buffer 175. For a neutral solution (pH = 7), the value of [H*] [OH] is equal to (a) 0 1 (e) <1 (d) >1 (d) colloidal 185. The unit of Cp in SL. units is (a) Wim? .°K (b) Ihkg. °K mm Hg column (©) Whn."*oK — (d) S/m®. *K @) 0.1 (d) 100 176, 1 torr is equal to. (a) 1 © 10 186. With rise in pressure, the solubility of gases in solvent, at a fixed temperature 177.1 Pascal (unit of pressure) is equal | (a) increases to N/m? | (b) decreases (a) 10 () 1 (c) remains unchanged (c) 0.1 (d) 100 (d) decreases linearly | 187. With rise in temperature, the solubility of ammonia in water at a fixed pressure (a) increases (b) decreases (c) remains unchanged (d) increases exponentially 178. Dry air is a mixture of (a) vapors (b) gases (c) both (a) & () (d) neither (a) nor (b) 179. Ifthe pH value of a solution changes by one | unit, it implies that hydrogen ion con- | centration in the solution will change. times. | (a) 10 (6) 20 | (c) 70 (d) 100 188, For an ideal solution, the total vapor pressure varies. with the composition (expressed as mole fraction). (a) inversely (b) exponentially (c) linearly (d) negligibly 180. At room temperature, the product | IH" (OH in a solution is 107 | moles/litre. If, (OH"] = 107° molesfitre, | then the pH of the solution will be (a) 6 @) 8 | 189, A solution is made by dissolving 1 kilo mole of solute in 2000 kg of solvent. The molality of the solution is (a) 2 ©) 05 190. Molality is defined as the number of gm moles of solute per........of ~-.vent. (a) litre ®) kg (©) gmmole (@) gm 191. A very dilute solution is prepared by dissolving ‘x1’ mole of solute in 'x'2 mole of solvent. The mole fraction of solute is approximately equal to (a) xvm (®) xa: (©) 1-(@vm) —(d) Ue © 10 @) 12 ) 1 @ 15 181. Atoms of the same element but of different masses are called” (a) isobars (6) isotones (c) isotopes (d) none of these 182. Mass number of an atom is the sum of the | numbers of (a) neutrons and protons () protons and electrons | {c) neutrons and electrons (d) both (a) & (6) 183. Pick out the correct conversion. (a) 1 BTU = 453.6 calories (0) 1 BTU = 252 calories (c) 1 calorie = 252 BTU (d) 1 calorie = 453.6 BTU 192. The latent heat of vaporisation (@) decreases with increased temperature (B) decreases as pressure increases. (©) becomes zero at the critical point. 184, A solution with reasonably permanent pH. (d) all (a), (6) & (0). is called a/an...........solution.199. Pick out the wrong statement (a) Clausius-Clapeyron equation relates the latent heat of vaporisation to the slope ofthe vapor pressure curve (6) At the boiling point of liquid at the prevailing total pressure, saturated ab. solute humidity is infinite, Percentage saturation and relative saturation are numerically equal for an unsaturated vapor gas mixture Clapeyron equation. is G77 MT Vo~ Vij; where, P = vapor Pressure, T = absolute temperatu i= late heat of vaporisation, Vo and 7. = volumes of gas and liquid tively. og oe aa 194. Enthalpy of a va i vapor gas mixtu inereased by increasing the "™™? °° (a) temperature at. constant hi (8) humidity at constant teat c)_ temperature and the hurm ) @O&e. 195. During a phase change process like sublimation, vaporisation, melting ete. th specifc.....does not change. 2 (a) enthalpy (b) Gibbs free energy (c) internal energy (d) entropy 196. The value of Trouton’s rati sr numberof substance i 2 ee (@) polar ) (c) both (a) & &) (a) 197.Claussi it Claussias Clapeyron equation applies (a) sublimation © sepamation (b) melting (d) all (a), () & (c) 198. Except for monoatomi i ic gases, heat ‘capacity a constant olan gia gases is.......keaVkg mole °K. (a) 3 (b) >3 OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (©) <3 (d) <1 199. The value of (Cp ~ Cv) for a ra real : ing Vander Wall’ equation is Sn @) R (6) >R © i 3)The opening of 200 mesh screen (Taylor 21 es ©) 205 206 297 - 2) ae x Gy gy 8 A ) @ 215 216g @ © an 223 Gi gy i tee 2 3 on oe (a) @) © 2 (©) | & @ me a7 Is next smaller sereen is Mee ON fay fe mE ® ea c (@) none of these (c) impact () compression 1) Shape factor for a cylinder whose length equals its diameter is , @) 15 1 2) The ratio of the actual mesh dimension of Taylor series to that of the next smaller | () 05 | (d) none of these {8) Soft and non-abrasive materials can be made into fines by (a) attrition (c) cutting (6) compression (d) none of these 9. Crushing efficiency is the ratio of the (a) surface energy created by the crushing to the energy absorbed by the solid. (6) energy absorbed by the solid to that fed to the machine. () energy fed to the machine tothe surface energy created by the crushing. (d) energy absorbed by the solid to the surface energy created by the crushing. ) 2 (d) none of these | series) is (a) 0.0074 cm (c) 0.0047 cm (b) 0.0074 mm (d) none of these | 4) The ratio of the area of openings in one screen | (Taylor series) to that of the openings in the | 10) Rittinger’s crushing law states that (q) work required to form a particle of any wrtional to the square of the size is propor surface to volume ratio of the product. ae 242 an © 251 @) 261 ©) 271 () 281 @) 291 7) 301 i) 309 (a) PI 1 et d.av © 252 ®) 262 © 272 ©) 282 i) 292 (@) 302 (d@) @) 253 (a) ©) 273 @) 283 @) 293 ©) 303 7) 310 (a)-II (b)-1 (IV )-1 (e)-11 (e111 onve) aa HY (b)II e)-111 dt @ 284 @) 294 @) 304 @) 245 @) 255 3) 265 (©) 275 (a) 285 ©) 295 (c) 305 (a) 246 () 256 (a) 266 (a) 276 (a) 286 (c) 296 6) 306 (d) 311 (IV 6) (ey 11 (a)-10 GPIV (6).11 (6.1 (d)-111 247 @) 257 (a) 267 ) 277 ) 287 ©) 297 (@) 307 6) 248 (a) 258 (c) 268 (@) 278 (d) 288 ) 298 @) 308 (@) ) Cumulative analysis for determining surface is more precise than differential analysis be- | cause of the | (a) assumption that all particles in single | fraction are equal in size. (®) fact that screening is more effective. (c) assumption that all particles in a single fraction are equal in size, is not needed. (d) none of these 6) Equivalent diameter of a particle is the diameter of the sphere having the same (a) ratio of surface to volume as the actual volume. ratio of volume to surface as the par ) ticle. ()_ volume as the particle. (d)_none of these. 9) For coarse reduction of hard solids, use (b) work required to form a particle of = particular size is proportional to the waare root of the surface to volume ratio of the product. (©) work required in crushing is proportional to the new surface created. (@) for a given machine and feed, crushing efficiency is dependent on the size of feed and product. 11) Bond crushing law (@) calls for relatively less energy for the smaller product particles ‘than does the Rittinger law. (&) isles realistic in estimating the power requirements of ial crushers. (©) states that the work required to form particle of any size from very large feed ES proportional to the square root of the volume to surface ratio of the product.412) Work index is defined as the (kWhiton of feed) needed Be feed to such a size luct Passes a 100 (a) gross energy to reduce v AY ecrmste »mplicates comparates bandlin ) Mixerextruders hae (©) muller inter"! mixer (@) none of these 18) Molten am: ig of ing. © product OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (@) pug mill mixer-extrud oped (@) muller mixer 19) For the prel We use g Mary breaking of hard rec, (a) gyra (8) ball ma oS (2) tube mi Squirrel-cage disintegrator 20; Fibrous mater (@) roll crusher eye Squirrel-cage qi fe) ban ret e8ee disintegrator none of these 21. Ribbon bk lenders ( Saders are exclu: 7" ; Mending mise ble eee meant for (©) bona ani continuous mixing 22. As the Prodi Tequired for get d thin pastes, deci gringgee® Sner, the energy sases (©) is say me as fo) a 5 times that for Rie ae Tncreasin, 1B the ie decreases (e) does not 4, Se ty r ©) recover, Wiection {0 rejection (2) none of these the (®) increases t effect (2) none of these 25. Tra Wed from id ces, ofsolids are removed from a a liquid i (@) classifier (ce (itifier Sparkler fj (d) iter rotary vacuum filter 26, For ctartica Ss uflter rotary vacuum MECHANICAL OPERATIONS 27. Vacuum filter is most suitable for (a) removal of fines from liquid. (b) liquids having high vapour pressure. (©) liquids of very high viscosity. (d) none of these. 28, Filter aid is used (a) to increase the rate of filtration. (b) to decrease the pressure drop. (c)" to increase the porosity of the cake. (d) asa support base for the septum 29, Filter medium resistance is that offered by the @ () © filter cloth. embedded particles in the septum. filter cloth and the embedded particle collectively. (a) none of these 30. Filter medium resistance is important during (a) the early stage of filtration. (b) the final stages of filtration. (c) all along the process. (d)_ none of these. 31. Cake resistance is (a) importantin the beginning of filtration. (b) decreased with time of filtration. (c) independent of pressure drop. (d) none of these. ‘82. During the washing of cake, (a) all resistances are constant. (b) filter medium resistance increases. (©) filter medium resistance decreases. (d)_ cake resistance decreases. 33. The porosity of a compressible cake is (a) minimum at the filter medium. () minimum at the upstream face. (©) maximum at the filter medium. (d) same throughout the thickness of cake. 84.(A) The unit of specific cake resistance is (a) gm/cm?® (b) cm/gm (c) em/gm* @) gm/gm 8 | 34. (B) The unit of filter medium resistance is . (®) gm/em* (d) gm* (a) cm () cm/gm™ 35. The filter medium resistance is controlled by (a) the pressure drop alone (b) the flow rate alone (c) both pressure drop and flow rate | (d) the cake thickness | 36. Compressibility co-efficient for an absolute- |“ ly compressible cake is | ) 1 (d) none of these (@) 0 () Otol 37. In continuous filtration (at a constant pressure drop), filtrate flow rate varies inversely asthe (a) square root of the velocity (®) square of the viscosity | @) filtration time only (d) washing time only 38. For separation of sugar solution from settled out mud, we use a........filter. (a) sparkler (&) plate and frame (c) centrifugal (d) rotary drum vaccum 39. Moisture can be removed from |ubricating oi! using (q) tubular centrifuge (®) clarifier (c) sparkler filter (@) vacuum leaf filter 40. Dust laden air can be purified using (a) cyclone separator (®) bag filter (c) gravity settler (@) tubular centrifuge 41. The most common fitter aid is (a) diatomaceous earth (&) calcium silicate (c) sodium carbonate (2) silica gel 42. To remove very small amount of tiny solid impurities from liquid, we use & (a) pressure filter(6) vacuum filter (c) centrifugal filter (d) coagulant 43. Removal of activated carbon from glycerine is done by a (a) plate and frame filter (6) rotary vacuum filter (c) bateh basket centrifuge (d) none of these 44. Filtration of water in a paper mill is done by Aron. filter. (a) open sand (c) vacuum leaf (®) plate and frame (@) sparkler 45. The speed of a rotary drum vacuum filter may be about.......tpm. (@) 1 (®) 50 e) 100 (d) 500 46. Gelatinous solid (which plug the septum) can be filtered by a.....filter. (a) sparkler (6) plate and frame (c) vacuum leaf (d) precoat 47. To remove dirt from flowing fluid, we use a (a) coagulant —_(b) gravity settler (©) strainer (db clarifier 48. As particle size is reduced (a) screening becomes progressively more difficult, (6) screening becomes progressively easier. (©) capacity and effectiveness of the sereen is increased. (d) none of these. 49. For laminar flow of filtrate through the cake deposited on septum, which of the following will be valid ? (a) Kozney-Karman equation (b) Leva’s equation (©) Blake-Plummer equation (d) none of these 50. A screen is said to be blinded, when (a) oversizes are present in undersize fraction, (6) undersizes are retained in oversize fraction OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (©) the screen is plugged with solid particles. (d) its capacity is abruptly increased, 51. Size measurement of ultrafine particles can be best expressed in terms of (a) centimetre (6) screen size (c) micron (d) surface area per unit mass 52. Ultrafine grinders operate principally by (a) slow compression () impact (c) attrition (d) cutting action 53. Trommels separate a mixture of particles depending on their (a) size () density (©) wettability (d) electrical and magnetic properties 54. The energy consumed by a ball mill depends on (@) its speed (®) its ball load (©) the density of the material being ground (d) all (a), (6) and (c) 55. Grinding efficiency of a ball mill is of the order of........percent. (a) 1-5 (6) 40-50 (©) 75-80 (d) 90-95 . Screen capacity is expressed in terms of (a) tons/hr (6) tons/n? (c) both (a) and (b) () tonshhr-ft? 57. Which of the following screens has the maximum capacity ? (a) grizzlies (6) trommels (©) shaking screen (d) vibrating screen 58. In classification, particles are said to be equal settling if they have the same terminal velocities in the (a) different fluids MECHANICAL OPERATIONS (b) same fluid | (c) same field of force | (d) both (6) and (c) | 59. Separation of particles of various sizes, shapes and densities by allowing them to settle in a fluid is called (a) classification (6) froth floatation (c) thickening (d) none of these 60, For benefication of iron ore, the most com. monly used method is (a) flocculation (6) froth floatation (c) jigging and tabling (d) none of these 61. Froth floatation is the most suitable for treating (a) iron ores (e) quartzite (®) sulphide ores (@) none of these 62. In case of a revolving mill, wet grinding compared to dry grinding (a) requires more energy. (b) has less capacity. (c) complicates handling and classification of the product. (d) none of these. 63, Choke crushing (in case of a Jaw crusher) compared to free erdishing (a) results in increased capacity (b) consumes less power (©) consumes more power (d) both (a) and (6) 64. Traces of liquid tar present in coke oven gas is separated using (a) electrostatic precipitator (b) cyclone separator (c) strainer (d) none of these 65. Which is most suitable for transportation of sticky material ? (a) apron conveyor (b) belt conveyor (c) screw conveyor (d) pneumatic conveyor 8 66. Ore concentration by jigging is based Of..nu Of the particles. (a) difference in specific gravities (b) wettability (©) shape of the particles (d) none of these 67. Chance process is used for (a) cleaning of coal (6) concentration of iron ore (©) concentration of pyrites (d) none of these 68. Which of the following can be most effectively used for clarification of lube oil and printing ink? (a) sparkler filter (6) precoat filter (©) dise-bow! centrifuge (d) sharples supercentrifuge 69. Ifradius of a basket centrifuge is halved and the r-p.m. is doubled, then (a) linear speed of the basket is doubled (®) linear speed of the basket is halved (©) centrifugal force is doubled. (d) capacity of centrifuge is increased. 70. Where the density difference of the two liquid phase to be separated is very small (as in mill, eam separator), the most suitable separator is (a) disc bowl centrifuge (©) sharples supercentrifuge (©) batch basket centrifuge (d) sparkler filter 71. For sizing of fine materials, the most suitable equipment is a (@) trommel (®) grizzly (c) shaking screen (d) vibrating screen ‘72. Which of the following cannot be recom: mended for transportation of abrasive materials ? (a) belt conveyor (b) apron conveyor “(@) flight conveyor (d) chain conveyor 73. In froth Moatation, chemical agent added to cause air adherence is called (a) collector () frother (©) modifier (d) none of these74. Pine oil used in froth floatation technique acts a8 a (a) collector (c) frother () modifier (d) none of these 75. Colloidal mills are used for........grinding. (a) coarse (b) intermediate (c) fine (@) ultrafine 76. The most suitable equipment for removing the fine dust particle (< 1 micron dia.) from air below its dew point will be (a) bag filter (®) electrostatic precipitator (c) cyclone separator (d) wet scrubber 71. The most efficient equipment for removal of sub-micron dust particles from blast furnace gas is (a) venturi atomiser (6) gravity settling chamber (c) electro-staticprecipitator (d) cyclone separator 78. Float and sink test determines the possibility of cleaning of coal by a process based on (a) gravity separation (©) wettability (c) shape (d) none of these 79. Which of the following is the most suitable for cleaning of fine coal dust (< 0.5 mm)? (a) trough washer (6) Baum Jig Washer (©) spiral separator (d) froth floatation 80. Washability curve based on float and sink test enables an assessment tobe made of the Possibility of cleaning a coal fraction based on (a) density separation (0) differential wettability (c) size (d) volatile matter content 81, Paddle agitator (a) is suitable for mixing low viscosity li- ahs. mixing low viscosity li. OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (&) produces axial flow. ©) @ 82.Highly viscous liquids and pastes are agitated by (a) propellers (b) turbine agitators (c) multiple blade paddles (d) none of these 83. A propeller agitator (a) produces mainly axial flow. (6) is used for mixing high viscosity pastes. (c) runs at very slow speed (2 rpm). (@) alla), (6) and (c) 84, Helical screw agitator is used for (a) mixing highly viscous pastes. (®) blending immiscible liquids. (c) mixing liquids at very high temperature (> 250 °C). (@) none of these. 85. Which of the following is the most suitable for handling fibrous and dense slurries ? (a) propeller agitator (©) cone type agitator (c) turbine agitator (d) radial propeller agitator 86. Which of the following may prove unsuitable for filtering volatile liquids ? (a) pressu. “ler () gravity filter (c) centri“ugal filter (d) vacuum filter 87. In washing type plate and frame filter press, the ratio of washing rate to the final filtrate rate is (a) 4 ) 4 oO. (d) V2 88. For efficient grinding, ball mills must be operated (2) ata speed less than critical spegd (®) at a speed more than critical speed (©) ata speed equal to critical speed (@) with minimum possible small balls MECHANICAL OPERATIONS: 89. For the transportation of ultrafine particles, the equipment used is a........conveyor, (a) belt (6) pneumatic (c) screw (d) none of these . To get ultrafine particles, the equipment used isa (a) ball mill (®) rod mill (c) hammer crusher (d) fluid energy mill . The material is crushed in a gyratory crusher by the action of (a) impact (b) compression (c) attrition (d) cutting .. Mesh indicates thé number of holes per (a) square inch (6) linear inch (©) square foot (qd) linear foot . To get a fine talc powder from its granules, the equipment used is a (a) roller crusher (b) ball mill (c) jaw crusher (d) gyratory crusher |. For transporting pasty material, one will use a/an (a) apron conveyor (©) screw conveyor (®) belt conveyor (@) bucket elevator 95. Moore filter is a... (@) leaf (c) rotary filter. () press (d) sand 96. Diatomaceous earth is a/an (a) explosive —__(b) filter aid (c) filter medium (d) none of these 97. Ball mill is used for (a) crushing () coarse grinding (©) fine grinding (d) attrition ‘98, The capacity of a belt conveyor depends upon two factors. If one is the cross-section of the load, the other is the ------- of the belt. (a) speed () thickness (c) length (d) none of these a7 99.Dry powdery solid materials are transported by a........conveyor. (a) belt (b) bucket (c) screw (d) none of these | 100. Gizalies are used for separating....solids. (a) coarse (6) fine (c) any size of (d) none of these 101. Cyclones are used primarily for separating (a) solids () solids from fluids (e) liquids (d) solids from solids 102. The main differentiation factor between tube mill and ball mill is the (a) length to diameter ratio. (b) size of the grinding media. (©) final product size. (d) operating speed. 108. Fick’s law relates to (a) energy consumption (®) final particle size (©) feed size (d) none of these 104. Apron conveyors are used for (a) heavy loads and short runs. (®) small loads and long runs. (©) heavy loads and long runs. (d) none of these. 108. Sphericity of raschig ring (who-~ ‘ength and diameter are equal) is (@) >1 ) <1 1 @) 2 106. Flow of filtrate through cake in a plate and frame filter press is best described by......equation, (a) Kozney-Karman (&) Hagen-Poiseulles (c) Fanning’s (d) Kremser 107. Optimum ratio of operating speed to eritical speed of a trommel is (a) 033-045 (6) 1.83-1.45 @) 05-2 (@) 15-25‘Sphericity of pulverised coal is @) 1 @) <1 ) >1 d= 109. Solid particles of different densities are separated by (a) filters (6) thickness (c) cyclones (d) sorting classifier 110. A straight line is obtained on plotting reciprocal of filtration rate vs. the volume of filtrate for_.......low of filtrate. (a) compressible cakes and laminar (©) incompressible cake and laminar (c) compressible cake and turbulent (d) incompressible cake and turbulent 111. 200 mesh screen means 200 openings per ? ) com (d) inch® (a) em! (©) inch 112. Percentage of drum submerged in slurry in case of rotary drum filter is @) 3 ) 30 ©) 85 @) 25 113. Which of the following represents the plot of filtrate volume versus time for constant pressure filtration? (a) parabola (6) straight line (©) hyperbola (d)_ exponential curve 114. With increase in drum speed in a rotary drum filter, the filtration rate (a) increases (b) increases linearly (©) decreases (d) isnot affected 115. Sedimentation on commercial scale occurs (a) classifiers (6) rotary drum fil () thickeners ate (d) cyclones 116. The inlet pressure in a constant rate filtration (a) increases continuously (b) decreases gradually (c) remains constant (d), none of these 117. Critical Speed (W¢) ofa ball mill is given by OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (@) N= ) 14/_e OM = Nig 1 Ri-Re oe a where Ry and Rp are radii of ball mill and the ball respectively 118. Fluid energy mill comes in the category of (a) grinder (6) crusher (c) cutting machine (@) ultrafine grinder 119. Half the angle of nip, a, for a roll crusher is given by _drsdp (a) eosa= +98 =a+af ®) cosa Sel © tena Ae @) sina=2t+42 D sina = +a where, dr, dp and df are diameters of crushing roll, feed particles and rolls gap respectively 120. Mass flow of granular solid (M) through a circular opening of dia, D follows () Ma\D () Map? () MaD® (@) MoD 121. In screen analysis, notation +5 mmv/-10 mm means particles passing through (2) 10 mm screen and retained on § mm screen, (©) 5 mm screen and retained on 10 mm sereen, (e) both 5 mm and 10 mm scseens. (d) neither 5 mm nor 10 mm screen. 122, The critical speed of a trommel (N) is related to its dia (D) as MECHANICAL OPERATIONS. 1 (a) Naz (b) NovD (©) NoD @ Nag 123. The equivalent diameter of channel of a constant non-circular cross-section of 3 cm by 6 cm will be.......€ms. (a) 20 () 12 () 8 (d) 2 124. For a non-spherical particle, the sphericity (a) isdefined as the ratio of surface area of asphere having the same volume as the Particle to the actual surface area of the particle. has the dimension of length. is always less than 1. is the ratio of volume ofa sphere having the same surface area as the particle to the actual volume of the particle. 125. Which of the following gives the crushing energy required to create new surface ? (a) Taggarts’s rule (®) Fick's law (c) Rittinger’s law (d) none of these 126. Sphericity of a cubical particle when its equivalent diameter is taken as the height ofthe cube, is * (a) 0.5 ) 1 () V2 (d) V3 127. For raschig rings, the sphericity is (@) 05 @) 1 © <1 @) v3 128, With increase in the capacity of screens, the screen effectiveness (@) remains unchanged (6) increases (c) decreases (d) decreases exponentially 129, The specific surface of spherical particles is proportional to (a) D’, (®) Dy (©) WD, (@) 1/D4 where, Dp = diameter of particle, 130. Size reduction mechanism used in Jaw crushers is (a) attrition (©) cutting (&) compression (d) impact 181. Feed size of 2 25 cms can be accepted by a (a) ball mill (®) rod mill (c) fluid energy mill (d) jaw crusher 132. Maximum size reduction in a ball mill is done by (a) attrition (©) impact (®) compression @) cutting 133. The main size reduction operation in ultrafine grinders is (a) cutting @) attrition (c) compression (d) impact 134. The specific surface of spherical particles is given by 6 © 55 4 12 ) a) a ® D5 where D and p are diameter and density of particle 2 ® 55 135, Sphericity for a non-spherical particle is given by ev v a rae DS ats (e) Vv @ Ds. where, Vand S are volume and surface area respectively of one particle and, D = equivalent diameter of particle. 136. The reduction ratio for grinders is defined as (a) Dy/Dp (0) Dp/Dr (c) Dy-D, (d) none of these where, D/and Dp are average diameters of feed and product respectively. 197. The reduction ratio for fine grinders is (a) 5-10 @) 10-20 (c) 20-40 (d) as high as 100138, Which of the following is a continuous fil ter? (a) plate and frame filter (8) cartridge Biter (c) shell and leaf filter (d) none of these 139, Maximum size reduction in a fluid energy mill is achieved by (a) compression (b) interparticle attrition (c) cutting (d) impact 140. Addition of filter aid to the slurry before filtration is done to... of the cake, (a) increase the porosity (b) increase the compressibility co-efficient (c) decrease the porosity (d) decrease the compressibility co-efficient 141. Pick out the material having minimum Rittinger’s number (a) calcite ©) pyrite (©) quartz (d) galena 143. Crushing efficiency of a machine ranges between .un.percent. (a) O.1to2 () 5t010 ©) 20%025 — (d) 50070 144. Vibrating screens have capacity in the FANE Oe ceen “mm mesh size, (a) 02008 b) 510.25 (©) 50t0100 —(d) 1000 250 145. According to Bond crushing law, the work required to form particle size ‘D’ from very large feed is proportional to (a) (SV ) VS/V), () (S/Vy (d) (S/Vy where (S/V)p and (S/V)f are surface to volume ratio of the product and feed respec. tively. 146. The cake resistance increases steadily with the time of filtration in a plate and frame filter employing constant... filtration. (a) rate (6) pressure OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (e) both (a) and (6) (d) neither (a) nor (6) 147. Thecontrolling resistance in a rotary drum vacuum filter is the .....resistance (a) piping () cake (c) filter medium (d) none of these 148, Filtration rate through a filter cake is proportional to (a) S$ () VR © Up (d) all (a), (6) and (c) where, S = filtering surface R= specific cake resistance 1 = viscosity of the filtrate. 149. The specific cake resistance for incompressible sludges is @) asp (a) as (©) avap (@) independent of ap where A p = pressure drop over cake. 150. The specific cake resistance for compressible sludges is a function of the pressure drop (a) over cake (c) overall (6) over medium (d) none of these 151. Run of mine (ROM) coal is crushed by for use in domestic ovens. (@) jawcrusher (6) hammer crusher (©) ball mill (d) tube mill 152. During filtration operation, the filtrate en- counters the resistance of the (a) filter medium (®) cake (c) channel carrying the slurry to the upstream side of the cake and filtrate away from the filter medium, (d) all (a), (b) and (c) 153. All resistances during washing of cake (a) increase (®) decrease (©) remain constant (d) none of these 154. In case of a plate and frame filter press, filtrate flow through the cake follows flow. MECHANICAL OPERATIONS. (6) turbulent (d) none of these (a) plug (c) laminar 155. With increase in the pressure drop across the cake, the specific cake resistance for the compressible sludge (a) increases (b) decreases (c) remains constant (d) increases linearly 156, Which one is a filter aid? (a) convas fabric () diatomaceous earth (c) calcined lime (d) none of these 157. The filtrate flow rate in a constant pressure filtration (a) continuously increases. (6) continuously decreases. (©) remains constant throughout. (d) may increase or decrease ; depends on the pressure. 158. Sorting classifiers employing differential settling methods for separation of particles make use of the differences in their (a) particle sizes densities terminal veiocities (d) none of these 159. Raw materials are chargedintheiron blast furnace using (a) bucket elevator (®) skip hoist (c) screw conveyor (d) none of these 160, Screw conveyors are (a) run at very high rpm. (0) suitable for sticky materials. (©) suitable for highly abrasive materials. (d) all (a), (b) and (e) 161. A belt conveyor used for transportation of materials can (a) run upto 1 km. (0) travel at a speed upto 300 metres/minute. (c) handle materials upto 5000 tons/hr. (a) all (a), (b) and (c). 162. The maximum slope of a belt conveyor ean be (a) 15° (ce) 45° (b) 30° (d) 60° 163, Width and speed of a conveyor belt depends upon the ..... of the material. (a) lump size (6) bulk density (c) both (a) and (6) | @) neither (a) nor (6) | 164. Bucket elevators are not suitable for vertical lifting of...... materials. (a) fine (e.g. - 200 mesh size coal). () sticky (e.g. clay paste). (©) small lumpy (eg. grains and sand). (d) free flowing. 165. The capacity of a pneumatic conveying system depends upon the (a) bulk density of materials. () pressure of the conveying air. (©) diameter of the conveying line. @) all (a), (6) and (c) 166.Which of the following must be stored in silos and not in open yard ? (a) coke breeze () high V.M. bituminous coal (©) sand (d) none of these 167. Reduction ratio of crushers is the (@) ratio of feed opening to discharge opening. (&) ratio of discharge opening to feed opening. (©) determining factor for minimum dia of the feed and the product. (d) none of these. 168. Grindability of a material does not depend upon its (@) elasticity () hardness (c) toughness (d) size 169. Which of the following is the softest material ? (®) feldspar (a) tale (c) corundum (d) calcite170. Which of the following is the hardest material ? (a) calcite (c) corundum (6) quartz (@) gypsum 171. Which of the following gives the work required for size reduction of coal to -200 mesh in ball mill most accurately ? (a) Rittinger’s law (b) Kick’s law () Bond'slaw —(d) none of these 172. 200 mesh seive size corresponds to ..... microns. (a) 24 @) 74 (co) 154 (@) 200 173. In case of grinding in a ball mill (a) wet grinding achieves a finer product size than dry grinding. (0) its capacity decreases with increasing fineness of the products. (©) grinding cost and power requirement increases with increasing fineness of the products. (d) alll (a), (6) and (e. 174. Pick out the wrong statement pertaining to roll crushers. (a) Maximum feed size determines the required roll diameter, (6) For hard material's crushing, the reduction ratio should not exceed 4. (c) Both the rolls run necessarily at the same speed. Reduction ratio and differential roll speed affect production rate & energy consumed per unit of surface produced 175. Horsepower required for a roll crusher is directly proportional to its (a) reduction ratio (b) capacity (©) both (a) and (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 176. In case of a hammer crusher, (a) crushing takes place by impact breaking. (6) maximum acceptable feed size is 30 ems, ‘OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (c) reduction ratio can be varied by adjust- ing the distance from cage to hammers. (d) all (a), (b) and (c). 177.A tube mill compared to a ball mill (a) has a higher length/diameter ratio. (®) produces a coarser product. (c) has a higher diameter/ength ratio, (@) uses much larger balls. 178.In case of a ball mill, (a) coarse feed requires a larger ball. (8) fine feed requires a larger ball (©) operating speed should be more than the eritical speed. (d) none of these 179. Which of the following is used for primary crushing of very hard lumpy materials ? (a) toothed roll crusher () gyratory crusher (e) ball mill (@) tube mill 180. Ina roll crusher, both the rolls (a) have same diameter. () are rotated towards each other. (c) run either at same or different speeds. @) all (a), (6) and (c). 181. In a roll crusher, the specific power consumption and the production rate is affected by (a) reduction ratio (6) differential roll speed (c) both (a) and (b) (@) neither (a) nor (b) 182. Power required to drive a ball mill with a Particular ball load is proportional to (a) D () 1/D () DPS (d) 1/D** where, D = diameter of ball mill 183. Close circuit grinding by a ball mill with air sweeping employs a (@) classifier. () cyclone separator between mill and classifier. (©) both (a) and (b), (@) neither (a) nor (b). MECHANICAL OPERATIONS. 184. Which of the following is not a wet classifier ? (a) sharps supercentrifuge (6) hydrocyclones (c) Dorr Oliver rake classifier (d) none of these 185. In case of a hammer crusher, the final product size depends on the (a) feed rate. (8) rotor speed (c) clearance between hammer and grind- | ing plates | (d) all (a), (b) and (c), | 186, The grinding in hammer crusher takes place due to (a) attrition * (®) impact (©) both (a) and () (d) neither (a) nor (b) 187. In case of a hammer crusher, (a) the feed may be highly abrasive (mhos scale >5). (6) minimum product size is 3 mm. (c) maximum feed size may be 50 mm, (d) rotor shaft carrying hammers can be vertical or horizontal. 188. Which of the following size reduction equipments employs mainly attrition for ultrafine grinding ? (a) jet mills (&) fluid energy mill (c) micronizer (d) all (a), (6) and (c) 189. Wheat is ground into flour in a (a) hammer crusher (®) roller crusher (c) impact mill (d) fluid energy mill 190. Limestone is normally crushed in a (a) rollcrusher (6) hammer crusher (c) ball mill (a) tube mill 191. Coal is finally pulverised to 200 mesh size for burning in boilers by a (a) hammer crusher (&) ball mill (c) roll crusher (d) gyratory crusher 192. Which of the following comes in the category of primary crusher for hard and tough stone ? (a) jaw crusher (b) cone crusher (c) gyratory crusher (d) none of these 193. Which is a secondary crusher for a hard & tough stone? (a) jaw crusher (®) ‘cone crusher (c) impact crusher (d) toothed roll crusher 194. Carbon black is pulverised in a (a) hammer crusher (6) ball mill (c) roll crusher (@) gyratory crusher 195. Temperature of the product during ultrafine grinding (a) increases (®) decreases (c) remains constant (d) may increase or decrease ; depends on the material being ground is a cohesive solid. (@) Wheat (®) Sand () Wet clay (@) none of these 197. Filtrate flow rate in case of a rotary drum vacuum filter (in which Rm <74 (d) > 1000 (a) primary (6) secondary 252. Weber number is significant and is con-| ©) fine ie cerned with (a) solid-liquid mixing | (®) liquid-liquid mixing (c) dispersion of liquid in liquid (d)_ suspension of solid in liquid 261. What is the reduction ratio in a fine crushing operation having following feed and product sizes | (scones | eS] wees (See 253. In paint industries, blending of light paste | Product size mm__| 10 | is done by using a (a) masticator 4b) charge can mixer (d) none of these (@) 05 &) 2 (c) kneader © 5 @ 10 254. Which ofthe following lay mixing devices | 262. The term ‘angle of nip’ is concerned with the operation of........crushers (a) jaw () roll (©) gyratory (qd) none of these 263. Which of the following is not a part of the Blake jaw crusher? (a) hanger (®) check plates (©) toggles (@) Pitman 264. Which of the following achieves the least reduction ratio for a given feed size? (q) jawcrusher (6) roll crusher (©) cone crusher (d) gyratory crusher is vacuum operated for deairation of clay? (a) banbery mixer (®) pug mill (c) muller-mixer (d) none of these | 255. A ...employs a set of screen across a flow channel for separation of dirt/rust from a flowing liquid stream, (a) thickener (b) classifier (c) strainer (d) clarifier 256. is used for producing a thick suspension from a thin slurry. (a) Cartridge filter (6) Rotary vacuum filter (c) Pressure filter thickener (d) Plate and frame filter 265. Gravity stamp mill is meant for sven PUSHIN. (@) primary (®) intermediate (c) fine (@) ultrafine2h Ts particles are called so be equel se thing, they are o) sh ctee same size ib Pegual specif grevities i) hawang the same terminal velocities a the sate Tid and in the same Seid of forse cnune of these speed of the centrsfug centrifugal pressure exeried by the hig wit 278. Carteidge filters are term because of the fact that ay ion Caneoenerec rats i, Wack of tor Salowing minereis i not sub : sich se magurie sparen meine? ‘HA. Filtration rate does, is pressure drop and area of face. resistance 2 = properties of the cake and tbe filtrate. none of these cake and the sept Bb Tie musty on wasvabiltty of vel dome by wang ecmague. 275. Which of the following is net used © sailing aid? eure (a) asbestos <> Beery meio csperstion b) diatomaceous earth Cte A these (©) purified wood colick id) rice husk FR. Doucig sia metucinn by 2 jew roses, the Oey snaps tea 276. Which of the following is not accom: e teresting sae L govt by agitation of liquids in agitators (a) dispersing gas in liquid (&) blending of immiscible liquids (©) dispersingimmiscible liquid in the form of emulsion ‘suspending solid particles Peers Pe C) wena dh tease @ Vite i the rer, emt, 277. Shell and leaf filter as compared to plate c aie i corals araterial and frame filter mathahiassio arid tached | (2) entails less labor cost an ) facilitates filtration under higher pres: Te tgpratong ont saiing sereenis| 1) @ a iret Provides more effective washing. mere than that of 4 *forating screce. @) all (a), (6) & (c) Screen cayatiey tons 1h tee ‘yon the wrth yrarny the miserals. | 278. Filtration capacity of a rotary drum filter depends upon the (a) cake thickness. MECHANICAL OPERATIONS. (b) characteristics of the feed slurry. | (e) both (a) & (6). | (d) neither (a) nor (b), 279, For removal of very small amounts of precipitate from large volume of water, the most suitable filter is a. filter. (a) plate and frame (b) shell and leaf (c) sand (d) rotary vacuum 280. Use of bafiles in agitators help in minimis. ing tendency. (a) swirling (b) vortexing (©) both (a) & (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 281. The important dimensional group involved in the power requirement calculation in mixing operation is (a) Reynold’s number (b) Froude number (c) both (a) & (6) (d) neither (a) nor (6) 282. A ..........mixer resembles a ball mill | without balls. (a) banbery () tumbling () pug mill (@) pan 283. Ultra centrifuges are used fo “he separa- | tion of ......80lid particles (a) coarse (6) fine | (c) colloidal (d) dissolved | 284. Additives used for promoting the flocculation of particles is a/an (a) electrolyte (b) surface active agent (c) both (a) & (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 285, Filtration should be stopped in a filter press, if the (a) cake becomes very dense. () liquor stops flowing out to the discharge. (c) filtration pressure rises suddenly. (d) both (b) & (c). 286. Filtration operation carried out by continuous increase of the inlet pressure of slurry, is called a....... filtration (a) constant rate (6) varying pressure (c) varying rate (d) constant pressure 287. Which of the following is not used as a surface active agent ina flocculation operation? (a) sodium silicate (b) quartz () lime (d) alumina 288, Dispersion of a gas through liquid is done by using a (a) sparger () kneader (c) masticator _(d) none of these 289. The constants (Kb, Kr and Kk) used in the laws of crushing (ie, Bond's law Rittinger’s law and Kick's law) depend upon (a) feed material (6) type of crushing machine (©) both (a) & (6) (d) neither (a) no=‘b) 290. General mechanism of size reduction in intermediate and fine grinder is by (a) cutting action ®) compression (©) compression and tearing (d) impact and attrition 291. Which of the following is not an ultrafine grinder (colloid mills)? (a) micronizers (®) agitated mil’s and fluid energy mills (c) toothed roll crusher (@)_ hammer mills with internal classification 292. Which of the following is not a cutting machine? (a) dicers (©) slitters () knife cutters (d) tube mills 293, Production rate.........with increased fineness, with a given snergy input to the size reduction machine. (a) decreases (®) increasesc) remains unchanged (d) may increase or decrease; depends on the machine 294. Length/diameter ratio of a ball mill is fo) 15 (b) 1 i) <1 (d) >1 295. The crushed material received for separation is called feed or (a) tailing (b) heading (c) concentrate d) middling 296. Screen capacity is proportional to a) S &) US ic) S* @ Ss where, S = screen aperture 297. Size reduction of asbestos and mica is done by (c) hammer mills b) rod ) gyratory crushers crushing rolls 298. Tube mill compared to ball mill produces finer products. ) is long in comparison with its diameter. uses smaller balls. d) all (a), &) & (e) 299. Use of grinding aids results in (a) enhanced production rate @) finer products {) both (c) & &) (2) neither (a) nor (b) 200. Size reduction of.....can be suitably done by ball mills, crushing rolls and rod mills. (c) metalliferrous ores ) non-metallic ores (c) basic slags (d) asbestos and mica m1. ile fall in the category oftumbling mil (a) Ball and pebble (6) Rod and tube (¢) Compartment d) NG), b) &) OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 802, Toothed roll rushers achieve size reduetion by (a) tearing (shear) and compression. (b) impact and attrition {c) both (a) & (6). (d) neither (a) nor (6). 303. Colloid mills achieve size reduction mainly by (a) impact (c) cutting (6) attrition (d) compression 304. Ball mills and tube mills with flint or porcelain balls are used for the size reduction of (a) asbestos () rubber (c) non-metallic ores (d) limestone 305. Energy consumption in a crusher decreases with increase in the (a) size of product (at constant feed size). (©) capacity of the crushing machine. (c) size of feed (at constant reduction ratio). (2) all (@),(b) & 306. Which of the following terminology is not used for size reduction of materials to fine sizes or powders? (a) comminution (b) dispersion (e) pulverisation (d) compression 307. Size reduction does not occur by compres: sion in case of (a) rod mills (6) gyratory crushers (©) jaw crushers (d) ‘smooth roll crushers 308. Basic slag is not ground in (a) jaw crushers (b) ball mills (©) compartment mills (d) tube mills ‘309. Specific surface area is the surface area of a unit.......of materials. (a) weight (0) volume (©) either (a) or (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b) MECHANICAL OPERATIONS. $10, .---«-balls capable of grinding the feed in a bail mill gives maximum efficiency. (a) Cast iron (b) Minimum size (c) Maximum size (d) Elliptical 911. The value of ‘angle of nip’ is generally about (a) 16° tb) 32° (e) 52° (d) 64° 312. Use of “grinding aids’ is done in grinding, (a) dry (c) ultrafine (b) wet. (d) intermediate 313. Separation of materials into products based on the difference of their sizes is called (a) sizing (c) classification (}) sorting (d) flocculation $14. There is practically no alternative/com- petitor to in the beneficiation treatment of sulphide ores. (a) classification () tabling (e) jigging (d) froth floatation 315. Vertical transportation of materials can be done by a/an (a) apron conveyor (0). pneumatic conveyor (c) bucket elevator (d) both(b) &(c) 316. ......conveyors are also called scrapers. (a) Apron (®) Screw (c) Helical flight (4) both (b) & (c) 317. Solid particles separation based on the difference in their flow velocities through fluids is termed as (a) clarification () classification (c) elutriation (d)_ sedimentation 818. Sizing of very fine particles of the order of 5to 10 mieronsis doneby elutriation which 18 0 ..ne...0peration. (a) clarification (b) sedimentation (©) flocculation (d) classification 919. Sulphuric acid mist is arrested by using a wn Serubber. (a) packed wet —(b) hollow wet (©) venturi (d) co-current 320, Separation of materials of the same d sity based on their sizes by using their different rates of flow is called (a) sorting (6) sizing (©) flocculation (d) elutriation 321. The most suitable equipment used to devulcanise rubber scrap and to make water dispersion and rubber solution is (a) boundary mixer (b) propeller agitator (©) sharples centrifuge (d) None of these 322. The most suitable filter for removal small amount of precipitate fro large volumes of water is the (@) vacuum (®) sand (c) plate and frame (d) rotary 323. About 2-3 hp, power per gallon of a th liquid provides vigorous agitation in an agitator ‘Power number’ in agitation given by @ Se at o8-P =D .p ri n?.D*.p Pig. Pg © 20. fe) 824, In a grinding operation, the ticle size is the size of the in the sample. (a) smallest (®) largest (©) either (a) or (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 925. ne conveyor is the most suitable for Jong distance transportation of cold, non- abrasive granular/irregular shape/fine materials. (a) Bucket (©) Screw (®) Belt (d) Apron 826. A widely used size reduction equipment for s Bradford breakers. (a) tale (®) coal (©) iron core (d)_ wheat827. ....cse bafMes are provided in ball mills, (a) Horizontal (6) No (©) Only two (d) None of these 328. Separation of solid particles based on their densities is called fa) sizing (c) clarification () sorting (@) dispersion 329. Handling of ashes and similar materials can be done best by a... conveyor. (a) flight (®) drag or slat (c) belt (d) ribbon. 330. For spheres, the surface shape factor is given by (a) (=A/D*) (6) _/6(= iD) oF (d) None of these. where, A = area, V = volume and D = diameter. 331. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Recycled coarse material to the grinder by a classifier is termed as circulating load. (b) Wear and tear in wet crushing is more than that in dry crushing of materials. (c) Size enlargement (opposite of size reduction) is not a mechanical operation. (d) A ‘dust catcher’ is simply an enlargement in a pipeline which permits the solids to settle down due to reduction in velocity of the dust laden gas. 392. If 2 force greater than that of gravity is used to separate solids and fluids of different densities, the process is termed as (a) sedimentation (b) flocculation (©) dispersion (d) centrifugation }33. The process opposite to ‘dispersion’ is termed as (a) flocculation (b) sedimentation (c) filtration (d) None of these. 334. For spheres, volume shape factor is given by (a) x(=AID) — (b) 2n( = 2A/D%) ©) m16(=viD) (a) 4B OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING $35. Size reduction of ice and gypsum can be accomplished suitably by a (a) Blake jaw crusher (&) toothed roll crusher (c) gyratory crusher (d) None of these. 336. . conveyor is the most suitable for short distance transportation of non- abrasive loose materials like garbage, grain, food wastes ete, (a) Flight (®) Screw (©) Drag (a) Belt 337. For spheres, the specific surface shape factor is given by (a) ADV () AN (&) DW (a) VADIV 338. In coal washeries, three products namely the valuable product (i.e. clean/washed coal), discarded product (i.e. mineral matter) and an additional concentrated product called - is produced. (a) concentrate (6) tailing (©) middling (d). None of these. 339. Separation of solid suspended in liquid into @ supernatant clear liquid and a denser slurry employs a process termed as 7 (a) coagulation (6) floceulatiort” (c) sedimentation (d) clarification 340. Which of the following grinding mills has the horizontally arranged rods as the grinding elements thereby delivering more uniform granular products with minimum fines ? (a) compartment mill (6) rod mill (c) pebble mill (d)_ tube mill. 341. In ball mill operation, the feed size ( Dyin metres) and the ball diameter (Dp in metres) are related as (a) Dé=K.Dy %) Dy=K.Dy (©) Di=K.Dy (d) DE=K. Df where, K = grindability constant (varying from 0.9 to 1.4 in increasing order of hardness) MECHANICAL OPERATIONS $42, The optimum moisture content in solids to be crushed/ground ranges from ...... percent. (a) 3104 (c) 1010 15 () 8t010 (d) 15t020 $43, Pick out the wrong statement. j (a) Gape is the greatest distance between | the crushing surfaces or the jaws. (b) The angle of nip (2a) is the angle be- | tween roll faces at the level where they willjust take hold ofa particle and draw it in the crushing zone Crushing efficiency is the ratio of the energy absorbed by the solid to the surface energy created by crushing. Reduction ratio is the ratio of the max. imum size of the particles in the feed to that in the product. 344. Critical speed of rotation, N (is rps - rotation per second) of a trammel is equal to 1a/é 1 fe (a) on “ (6) z - 1 fe le (c) 2 - (d) 2n - where,g = acceleration due to gravit misec* and, r = radius of trammel, metre. 345. Energy consumed for crushing one ton of material ranges from .....0... KWH. (a) 0.01t00.1 (6) 0.5t01.5 (c) 203.6 (d) 4to5. 346. Capacity (in tons/hr) of jaw/gyratory crusher is equal to (a) 0.01LS (6) 0.087 L.S (©) LS (a) L.$/0.087 where, L = length of the receiving opening, em S = greater width of the discharge opening, em 847. .. ... mill is not a revolving mill. (a) Pebble (6) Compartment (o) Cge (d) Tube, 348. A ., mill is a revolving mill divided into two or more sections by perforated partitions in which preliminary grinding 103 takes place at one end and the finishing grind. ing at the discharge end. (a) compartment (b) tube (©) rod (d) pebble 349, In closed circuit grinding as compared to open circuit grinding, the (a) specific surface of product i< more (b) product has lesser size uniformity (c)_ production rate at a given limiting size is lower (d) operation is economical 850. Capacity of flight conveyor in tons/hr is given by (a) 36W.DV.p (b) 36W.DN. (© 36WV.p (d) 36DN.p where, W & D = width and depth of flight respectively i. metre V = speed of the conveyor, metre/second yulk density of material, ke/m* 351. Which of the following mechanical conveyors does not come under the division ‘carriers’? (a) belt conveyor (c) screw conveyor (b) bucket elevator (d) apron cony-vor 952. A cottrel precipitator makes use of for dusty air cleaning, (a) electric spark (&) corrona discharge (©) alternating current (d) none of these. 353. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Cummulative analysis for determining surface area is preferred over differen tial analysis because of the assumption that “all particles in a simple fraction equal in size” is not needed for cummulative anslysis unlike differential anlaysis. ‘Agate diagramisa plot of cummulative percent by weight undersize vs. the reciprocal of diameter in which the area beneath the curve represents the surface. : Capacity of crusher in choke feeding is increased. 8 oe Rolling of pebbles/balls from top to bottom of the heap in tumbling mills icalled ‘cascading’ and throwing of the balls through the air to the toe of the heap is called cataracting 354. Gyratory crushers compared to the reciprocating jaw crushers (a) have greater capacity per unit of discharge area. (6) crush intermittantly. (c) areless suitable for coarse materials. id) have less steady power consumption. 385. Which of the follwoing mechanical conveyors does not come under the division scrapers!? (a) ribbon conveyor (6) Slight conveyor (c) bucket elevators (d) drag conveyor. 956. Kick's law assumes that energy required for size reduction is proportional to the loestiten of the ratio between the initial and the final diameters, The ick’ and the fs unit of Kick’s (a) kW. sec/kg () kWhikg (©) kWh/sec. kg (d) kg/sec. 357. Theoretical capaci Haorajoe ae of crushing rolls in (a) 36V.W.Dr.p (b) 3.6V.W.p (©) 36W.Dr.p (d) 3.6V.WDrip where, V = peripherial velocity, m/sec, W = width of rolls, m Dr = distance between rolls P = density of material to be crushed, kg/m? here, V=xN.D wh = i abe ‘speed of the rolls in rotation per D = diameter of rolls, m 368. The actual capacity of the crushing rolls is about ....... times the theoretical capacity aacalsatad by the formula given in Q.No. (@) 0.11003 (b) 0. (c) 0.8 100.9 Niehines (2) 0.6 00.9 359, Vibrating screens are used for handling large tonnages of materials. The vibrating OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING, motion is imparted motion is imparted to the screening surface by (a) electromagnets (6) cams or eccentric shafts (c) unbalanced fly wheels (d) either (a), (6) oF (c). 360. Pick out the correct statement. (a) The capacity and the effectiveness of a | screen are the same. | (©) The capacity and the effectiveness of | ‘screen are opposing factors. | (@) The screening surface of a ‘reel (a | revolving screen used in flour mills) is | made of silk bolting cloth supported by | wire mesh. (d)_ both (6) and (c) 361. Wet seiving is employed when the product contains ...... materials. (a) abrasive (6) large quantity of very fine (©) coarse (d) non-sticky. 362. The capacity of a classifier in ‘tons of solid/hr’is given by (@) 36AVSp (6) 36AV.p (©) 36AS.p id) 386AVSp where, A = cross-sectional area, m? Yztising velocity of uid, msec. = percentage of solids in the suspension by volume. P = density of solids, kg/m? 363. Which of the following i tation equipment ? (a) dust catcher (6) filter thickener (c) dry cyclone separator (d) rotary sprayer scrubber. batch sedimen- 364. Pick out the correct statement. (a) Angle of repose is always ter th theanglecfsie ) hopper is a small bin with a sloping (©) A silo is a short height vessel of is very large diameter used Sor the storage of high volatile matter coal. MECHANICAL OPERATIONS. (d) Pine oil is used as a ‘modifying agent” (for activating or depressing the adsorption of filming agents) in froth floatation process. 365. Agglomeration of individual particles into clusters (flocs) is called flocculation. To prevent flocculation, the most commonly used dispersing agents are (a) carbonates (b) sulphates (c) silicates and phosphates | (d) bi-carbonates 366. .... mean diameter of particles is given by Ej. Dpi | (a) Mass (&) Arithmetic (c) Volume (d) Volume surface 367. Which of the following equations, is Rittinger’s crushing law ? (a) Pim=KND, _ Due (b) Pim=K (a) 1 (c) Plm=K\ Bate) (d) None of where P = power required by the machine, m = feed rate, K = a constant Ds. and D,s = volume surface mean diameter of feed and product respectively. 368. General crushing equation is given by PY. SDs Bona’ ia a{E)=-K£5*. Bond's crushing law is obtained by solving this equation for n = ind feed of infinite size. ) 15 (d) 25 (a) 1 © 2 369. In equation No.368, solution of the general crushing equation for n =..... gives Kick's crushing law. (a) 0.5 fe) 1 ) 15 @) 2 370. Pick out the correct statement, (a) Plastic chips are called non-cohesive solids. 5 7K Ini 5 Communication is a generic term for size enlargement operation. Energy required in kwh per ton of product such that 80% of it passes through a 200 mesh screen is called "Work index’ Kiék’s crushing law is, ~ 371. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) More commonly used jaw crusher between Doge jaw crusher and Blake jaw crusher is the later one. (6) Ther are only four methods namely compression, impact, attrition and cutting which the size reduction equipments employ. Cutting machines mainly employ ‘attrition’ for size reduction of solids. Operating principles of Dodge and Blake jaw crushers are combined in the working of universal jaw crushers. | 372. Tabling process used for separating two materials of different densities by passing the dilute pulp over a table/deck which is inclined from the horizontal surface at an angle of about (@) 1to2” (©) 5t010° ) 2t05* @) 10t0 15° 973. Grinding characteristic of a material is given by its (@) HGI (®) anlge of repose (c) shatter index (d) abrasion index. 874. According to Taggart’s rule for selecting between a gyratory crusher and a jaw: crusher; the later should be used if the hourly tonnage to be crushed divided by the square of the gape expressed in cm is less than (a) 0.00184 (®) 0.0184 (e) 0.184 (d) 1.84 375, Which of the following relationships between co-efficient of friction () between rock and roll and @ (half of the angle of nip) of the particle to be crushed is correct ?() p>tana (©) 4>tan 2a () wetana (@) wstana 376. The mechanism of size reduction by a hammer millis by impact and attrition between the (a) grinding element and housing (b) feed particles (c) both (a) and (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b). 377. Actual operating speed of a ball mill may vary from 65 to 80% of the critical speed. Which of the following duties would require the ball mill to be operated at maximum percentage of critical speed ? (a) wet grinding in low viscous suspension (6) wetgr nding in high viscous suspension (c) dry grinding of large particles (upto 1.25ems) (d) dry grindng of large particles in unbaffled mills 378. Pick o-ic the wrong statement. (a) Close circuit grinding is more economical than open circuit grinding. (©) Cod oil, beef tallow or aluminium stearates are used as grinding aids in cement ‘industries’. () The equipment used for removal of traces of solids from a liquid is called a classifier. (d) Size is a mechanical operation exemplified by medicinal tablet making. 379. A pebble mill (a) isa ball mill flints or ceramic pebbles as the grinding medium (c) is a tube mill lined with ceramic or other non-metallic linear (d)_ both (b) and (c). 980, Number of particles in a crushed solid sample is given by (a) mip .V, (6) m. pM, (©) m.Vyp (d) Vm. where, m = mass of particles in a sample, Vp = volume of one particle, p= density of particles. OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 381, ....... mixer is used for devulcanisation of rubber scrap and making water dispersion and rubber solution. (@) Tumbler (6) Banbery (©) Muller (a) Ribbon blender 382. Which of the following is not used asa filter medium in case of corrosive liquids ? (a) nylon (6) glass cloth (c) metal cloth of monel or stainless steel (d) cotton fabric 383. Laminar flow region is said to exist during agitation of a liquid in an agitator, when the value of Reynolds number is (a) >10 ) <10 (c) >100 (d) <100 384. Introduction of slurry in a plate and frame filter press is done through a plot in each frame. The plate of this filter has a surface, (a) plane () curved (©) ribbed (d) either (a) or (b) 385. Which of the following is the most suitable filter for separation of abrasive solids Suspended in a corrosive liquid ? (a) sand bed filter (b) plate and frame filter press (c) vacuum filter (d) batch basket centrifuge. 386. During agitation of liquids, power consumption during laminar flow is not Proportional to the (a) density of the liquid (b) viscosity of the liquid (c) cube of impeller diameters (d) square of rotational speed. 387. rpm of a trommel at critical speed is given by 6% (@) 76.75 \D MECHANICAL OPERATIONS . Pick out the wrong statement, ea For the compressible cake, voidage and the specific resistance of the cake can be assumed to be constant. (b) Cake resistance is independent of pressure drop. () Crushing of explosive materials are done by employing dry-grinding. (d) Gyratory crusher is a coarse crusher. th of the following crushing laws is 3 aint sscurately applicable. to the fina grinding of materials ? (a) Bond's crushing law (6) Kick’s law (c) Rittinger'sJaw (d) None of these. er number which designates the Bee eee airtain wndciuced per vit ef machank- cal energy absorbed by the material being crushed, depends on the (@) state or manner of application of the crushing force (b) ultimate strength of the material (c)_ elastic constant of the material (d) all (a), (6) and (c). 991. Match the following filters with the type | and services they provide List I (a) Itis a bag filter. : . () It is widely used for filtering organic solvent, domestic water and oils. (©) It is not suitable for filtering liquids having high vapor pressure. (d) Itis a batch filter. List II I, Pressure leaf filter II. Vacuum filter IIL. Moore filter IV. Plate and frame filter 392, Match the following pulverisers as per their characteristics. List I i and (a) Tt combines the action of hammer au “attrition mills and is used for grinding 107 It is @ tumbling mill comprising of cylinder divided into two or more sec tion by perforated partition in which preliminary grinding takes place at one end and final grinding at the discharge end. Itis an attrition mill with hard circular emery rock serving as grinding medium used for grinding special cereals and grains. This mill, in which the journals carrying the grinding rollers are stationary while “ne grinding ring rotates, is used for pulverising coal for boiler firing. List It I. Buhrstone mill Il. Bowl mill Til. Compartment mill IV. Turbo pulveriser i i sionless number 393. Match the following dimensi encountered in liquid agitation problems. List I (@) Power number (b) Froude number (©) Reynolds number (d@) Schmidt number List II 1. Nidg tL. dN. pp IIL. PipN*d® TV. we.De where, N = speed of rotation, d = impeller diameter i y= density and viscosity of fluid, P = Power uired “ 3 Da liguid phase mass diffusion co-efficient 394. Match the following conveying equipments with their field of application. List I (a) Skip hoist (b) Bucket elevator matic conveyor (3) Sete conveyor with ibbon Hight List It |. Movement of blast furnace charge | Handling of sticky materials plastic materials liable to be softened ‘under warm mill conditions. |. Vertical movement of free flowing pulverised coalIV. Domestic dust cleaning by vacuum cleaner 395. Match the type of size reduction equipments with their examples. List 1 (a) Shredder (0) Jaw crusher (©) Heavy duty impact mill (d) Peripheral speed mill List II 1. Hammer mill I Cage disintegrator Ill. Buhrstone IV. Dodge crusher 396. Match the prover size reduction equipment used for various applications. Listl (a) Size reduction of ice (8) Pulverisation of coal midding (c). Grinding of tale (d) Crushing of gold ore List IT 1. Stampmill IL. Toothed roll crusher II. Ball mill IV. Ring roll mill 397. Match the typical transportation applications of various conveyors. List I (@) Transportation of sticky; pasty and dry Powdery solid materials. () Not fit for transportation of abrasive materials (c) Transportation of ultrafine materials (d) Not fit for vertical lifting of sticky materials List 11 1. Flight conveyor IL. Screw conveyor Ill. Bucket elevator IV. Pneumatic conveyor ‘398. Match the crushing action involved in the operation of various size reduction equipments, (a) Gyratory (6) Colloid mill OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (c) Hammer crusher (d) Dicer or slitters List 11 1. Cutting action 1. Compression UL. Attrition TV. Both attrition and impact 399. Match the crushers used for various ap- Plications. List T (@) Size reduction of fibrous materials like asbestos, mica etc. (©) Primary crushing of hard and tough stone. (c) Limestone crushing (d) Pulverisation of carbon black List I . Ball mill I, Cage mill UL Jaw crusher IV. Hammer crusher 400. Match the techniques/principle employed 1 various separation processes. List I (a) Sorting @®) Sizing (€) Classification @) Clarification List I I. Separation of materials of some density based on their sizes by using their different rates of flow. I, Removal of traces of solid from a liquid. Separation of solid particles based on their densities. TV. Separation of solid particles based on the difference in their flow velocities through fluids, 401. Match the symbols of various equipments used in mineral dressing. List 1 (a) Rake classifier (®) Vibrating screen (c) Shaking table (@) Trommel MECHANICAL OPERATIONS List IT | | process suitable the ore treatment € * Pag “having various principal con stituents, List 1 x (a) Copper sulphides (b) Clay ae Bituminous : 1G) Zinc earbonate or silicate 404, Match the symbols of various of Column A (a) Kneader (b) Pug mill (c) Ribbon blender (@) Double cone blender mixing/blending equipments. List IL Gravity concentration — i Heavy fluid separation, jigging, tabling lective froth floatation IV, Diaperion and elansifieation 403. Match the various additive chemicals used * in froth floatation process. List I (a) Modifiers (6) Frothers (e) Activators (d) Collectors eats nd lic acid Pine oil, fusel oil and eres} Sulphurie acid, lime and sodium anide oe spotsscbias ethyl xanthate, oleic acid and palmitic acid Copper sulphate Column B 1 p<]OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 405. Match the symbols of various agitators Column A Column B et " (a) Plat blade turbine agitator (6) Paddle agitator (c) Propeller agitator (d) Impeller agitator 406. Match the symbols used for various material handl an Column A ing equipments (a) Hopperisilo Column 8 (6) Barrel (©) Sack MECHANICAL OPERATIONS 407, Match the symbols of various material crushing equipments Column A Column B (a) Gyratory crusher (b) Balltube mill (c) Roll crusher (d) Disintegrator Iv 408. Match the symbols of various screening equipments used in chemical engineering drawing Column A Column B (a) Reciprocating screen (b) Rotary screen (c) Double deck vibrating screen (d) Qpen ended sereen 409. Match the symbols of various dry/wet classification equipment Column A Column B (a) Concentrating table (b) Cyclone classifier (c) Froth floatation cell (d) Trough washer2 OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 410. Match the s) symbols of vario pea Solid feeders as encountered in chemical engi neering d eae 1g drawing. (a) Screw feeder () Rotary table feeder (c) Vibrator feeder (d) Weigh feeder (a) Shuttle conveyor () Tripper conveyor (c) Screw conveyor (4) Scrapper conveyor (a) Leaffilter () Pressure filter © Sand filter (d) Suction filter 193 MECHANICAL OPERATIONS pments as encountered in chemical engineering 413. Match the symbols of various crushing equi drawing Column B Column A (a) Pulveriser (6) Bradford breaker (c) Coarse crusher (d) Intermediate crusher echanical operations involved in solid 414. Match the symbols of various equipments used in m handling and utilisation. Column A Column B (a) Mechanical classifier (b) Double deck screen (c) Jig washer (d) Airclassifiera OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING MECHANICAL OPERATIONS 324 2 323 Pit tt..07. BR so. 6 321 22 re) tb) (a) 33 ia) ee yy (a) ey (a) y 333 «(334 6 6 66 «67 «688 331 a (a) «) @ @ ¢ © te) ( 3 344 4 cy 76 ” * 79 341 342 my fa) ) te) a) (a) ie 353354 4 8 8 87 88 89 351 * ‘) (a) a hye) io 362 369364 9 99 61 io) : Seog ee iat 103 5 106 7 108 109 371 @ (b) 2 ty bliss) oh ra cota 4 113 116 18 «11912 381 he i) ©) ( “i ‘a (a) (d) (a) (b) 392 (q)-II (b)I (eI (@)-1V 123 5126 7-128 129.13 eed eel (eI idvIV wv (by AIL (ci 26. SAL d) () 7) tc) r a 39) (a)-I1 (6-111 te-IV (d) 13313 136 138 «13914 iy (te TV (d)1T_ (ay-11 )IV (eI (dvII wed b) (a) id) &) (a). 398 7 (d¥4 (a)-Il (b)-IIL (e-IV (a 142 143 146 148149 5 con otev@- M1 oni 11 (b}III (cI (2-1 at ae (d) (a) (e) @ (d) a 01 s (a) Ill @HIV vl 152 153 5 5 156 158 159 ‘ 00 py itv dyllat! -II (b)-IV (e)-I (d)-II (a. a ees (d) (e) (6) (c) () (a! 404 )-ILL (a)-TV (byl (cI ( 162 163 166 168 169 7 ae Ty (er IV (d-IIT. (a)-IV (byII (e)-1(d)-I1T 4 ee (b) c) (b) (d) (a) (a)-I 407 y JI (by Ill (IV (d)- HIV 172 173 176 178 179 406 @)-101 opi ppt ters a gy b d (a)-Il (b)-1 (c)-IV ( (eh (a) (b) (d) (d) @ ©) ee 7 (b)-I (cI (aI tavItt @vIV 182 183 186 188189 -1 (dV. ay 414 9 % ¢ 2 fea ehnten 415 pI (eyHlll (dyIV (a)-IIl YT (er IV 2H 192 193 196 198 1(@)-I1 (aI (6}-I1 (c)-I1I ( (a) “) © @) GayIV @ MIL 4 202 203 206 208 fe) (a) (d) (c) 212 213 2 216 218 (b) (b) (a) 222 223 226 228 (e) (a) (b) (ec) 232 233 3 3 236 7 238 ia) e) ©) 242 243 2 246 (d) (6) (ec) 262 253 254 255 256 (e) (b) (e) 262 263 2 266 ) @) ©) 272 273 2 275 276 ) @ 6) 282 283 2 286 ‘o) ‘e) @) 292 293 9 295 296 (d) (a) (a) 402 303 3 5 306 a) ) id) on a3 5 316 (a) 7) (@)4 Chemical Process Industries (Chemical Technology) 5. 1)Catalyst used in manufacture of sulphuric cid by chamber and contact process are respectively (a) (a) V20s and Cr20s. te) (b) oxides of nitrogen and Cr203. b tc) V20s on a porous carrier and oxides of nitrogen. oxides of nitrogen and V20s on a porous carrier. me (e) 2) In contact process, SO3 is absorbed in 97% | ‘@ H2SO4 and not in water because of the fact d Ee 6} Oxygen is produced by fractionation of air using. process, Linde’s () Claude's either (a) or (bid) none of these 7)Raw materials for ‘Solvay Process’ for manufacture of the soda ash are salt, limestone and coke or gas. ammonia, salt and limestone. ammonia limestone and coke. none of these. the 8.)Economies of ‘Solvay Process’ depends upon (a) () (e) @ (b) water forms an acid mist which is difficult to absorb (c)_ the purity of acid is affected. | (d) scale formation in absorber is to be | avoided. \ | (a) SOs gas is sparingly soluble in water. | 3. Contact process (@) (a) yields acidofhigher concentrationthan | _(b) ‘chamber process. | © yields acids oflower concentrationthan | __ (d) chamber process, (e) is obsolete. (d) eliminates absorber. () 4, 20% oleum means that in 100 roe in 100 kg, there are (a) SOz and 80 kg of H2SO«. (2) HySO4 and 80 kg of SOs, (c) SOs for each 100 kg of H2SO«, (d) none of these. 5, Producer gas consists mainly of (a) CO, COz No, Hz (b) CO, Hy (c) Hz, CHy (d) Cults, CO», Hy the efficiency of carbonating tower ammonia recovery ammonia recovery and size of plant ammoniation of salt solution ‘9. Mercury cells for caustic soda manufacture, ‘compared to diaphragm cells require lower initial investment, require more power. produce lower concentration NaOH. none of these. | 10} Cement mainly contains (a) Ca0, SiOz, AlO> (6) MgO, SiO», KzO (©) Al2Os, MgO, Fe20s (d) CaO, MgO, Ke0 11; Gypsum is chemically (a) calcium chloride (b) potassium sulphate im sulphate (d) calcium sulphate 12; Glauber's salt is chemically (a) cqcium sulphate (b) potassium sulphate (c) potassium chlorate (d) none of these CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES. (a) bacterial growth (b) taste and odour (e) turbidity {d) none of these 113. Alum |AlxSO4)31 is used as a coagulant in water treatment to remove (b) turbidity (d) all (a), (b) and (c) (a) colour (c) bacteria 114. Use of hydrated lime in water treatment (a) before filtration, reduces the bacterial load on filters (b) after filtration, combats the corrosiveness of water due to presence of 2 and COz (c) is to adjust the pH value (d). all (a), (b) and (c) 115. The purpose of adding NazCOs to water of low alkalinity is to (a) permit the use of alum as a coagulant (b) increase the softening capacity of zeolite (c) facilitate easy regeneration of zeolite. (d) alla), (b) and Ce) HG, Pick out the true statement pertaining to water treatment (a) Slow sand filters can remove colour completely. (b) Activated carbon can be used for taste and odour control without subsequent | filtration. Application of activated carbon reduces the temporary hardness of water. Normally, the turbidity is removed by adding a coagulant prior to sedimentation 117. Pick out the false statement pertaining to | water treatment. (a) Aeration of water is effective in COz removal. (b) ‘The zeolite water softening process reduces the hardness of water by not more than 50% Sodium sulphate or sodium carbonate do not cause hardness in water. 123 (d) Water with pH value less than 7, is acidic 118. Pick out the wrong statement pertaining to solvent extraction of oil. Rate of extraction (a) decreases with decrease of thickness of the flakes. increases with the increasing flake size keeping the flake thickness constant (c) increases considerably with the rise temperature. (d) decreases as the moisture content flakes increases. 119. Fats as compared to oils have a) more unsaturated glycerides of fatty acids (b) less unsaturated glycerides of fatty acids (c)_ much higher reactivity to oxygen (d) lower melting point 120, Salt is added in the kettle during soap manufacture to separate (a) soap from lye (®) glycerine from lye (c) the metallic soap (d) the unsaponified fat from soap | 121. Hydrazine (NoHg) is used mainly as a/an (a) explosive (b) rocket fuel (c) additive in detergents (d) none of these 122, Oils are partially hydrogenated (not fully) to manufacture vanaspati, because fully saturated solidified oils (a) cause cholesterol build up and blood clotting (b) are prone to rancid oxidation {c) always contain some amount of nickel (as their complete removal is very dif ficult) (d) have affinity to retain harmful sulphur compounds | 129. Hydrogenation of oil takes place in MAM ooo F@ACtOT.4 Chemical Process Industries ‘din manufacture of sulphuric respectively (a) V20s and Cr20s. (b) oxides of nitrogen and CrO3. 'e) V20s on a porous carrier and oxides of nitrogen, (4) oxides of nitrogen and V20s on a porous | carrier. -)In contact process, SO3 is absorbed i be in 97% and not in water because of the fact a SOs gas is sparingly soluble in water. ) water forms an acid ich is Teal area acid mist which is dit (c) the purity of acid is affected. (d) scale formation i eegcermation in absorber is to be 3. Contact Process (a) Yields acid of higher c oncentrati chamber process, aa (6) yields acids, of lower. concent chamber process, pee (c) is obsolete (d) eliminates absorber. 4) 20% oleum meat oe ns that in, 100 kg, there are (a) SO2 and 80 kg of HzS0, (9) HyS04 and 80 kg of SOs mber and contact process are | (Chemical Technology) 8) Oxygen is produced by fractionation of ait using.......process. (a) Linde's (6) Claude's yp» (¢) either (a) or(b)id) none of these G)Raw materials for ‘Solvay Process manufacture of the soda ash are (a) salt, limestone and coke or gas. (6) ammonia, salt and limestone. (©) ammonia limestone and coke. (d)_ none of these. 8. Economies of ‘Solvay Process’ ess eee lepends upon (a) carbonating tower (®) ammonia recovery (c) ammonia recovery and size of plant (d) ammoniation of salt solution 9. Mercury cells es Tee caustic soda manufacture, (@) require lower initial investment. (&) require more power. (c) produce lower concentration NaOH. (d) none of these. 10, Cement mainly contains {@) CaO, SiOz, Al,O3 a MeO, SiO2, K20 ‘c) AlzOs, MgO, Fez0; (@) Ca0,Mg0, 0” 11, Gypsum is chemically (a) calcium chloride '¢) SOs for each 100 kg of HzSO,. (d) none of these. 5. Producer gas consists mainly of } (@) CO, CO2 No, Hs (6) CO, Hy () He, CH, (d) Colts, COz, Hy (®) potassium sulphate (c) sodium sulphate (d) calcium sulphate | 12) Glauber's salt is chemically (a) calcium sulphate (®) potassium sulphate (c) potassium chlorate (d) none of these CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES (a) bacterial growth (b) taste and odour (c) turbidity (d) none of these 118. Pick 113. Alum |Ala(SOs)s1 is used as a coagulant in Rate water treatment to remove (a) colour (6) turbidity (e) bacteria (d) all (a), (b) and (c) () 123 (d) Water with pH value less than 7, is acidic. out the wrong statement pertaining to solvent extraction of oil of extraction (a) decreases with decrease of thickness of the flakes. increases with the increasing flake size keeping the flake thickness constant 114. Use of hydrated lime in water treatment © (a) before filtration, reduces the bacterial load on filters (d) (b) after filtration, combats the corrosiveness of water due to presence of 2 and CO2, (c) is to adjust the pH value a) (d)_ all (a), (b) and (e) : 115. The purpose of adding NazCOs to water of low alkalinity is to (a) permit the use of alum as a coagulant. @ (6) inerease the softening capacity of zeolite. (c) facilitate easy regeneration of zeolite. {d)_ all (a), (b) and te. | 120. Sal (@) ) te 116: Pick out the true statement pertaining to | {4 water treatment. (a) Slow sand filters can remove colour completely. (6) Activated carbon can be used for taste bece and odour control without subsequent | (8? filtration. ie . Application of activated carbon reduces | the temporary hardness of water Normally, the turbidity is removed by | "to adding a coagulant prior to sedimenta- | tion a 117. Pick out the false statement pertaining to ee water treatment ae i (a) Aeration of water is effective in COz removal. | (6) ‘The zeolite water softening process | (4) reduces the hardness of water by not | more than 50%, ; increases considerably with the rise of temperature. decreases as the moisture content of flakes increases. 119. Fats as compared to oils have more unsaturated glycerides of fa acids less unsaturated glyceride acids much higher reactivity to oxygen lower melting point It is added in the kettle during soap ‘manufacture to separate soap from lye glycerine from lye the metallic soap the unsaponified fat from soap 121. Hydrazine (NH) is used mainly as a/an explosive rocket fuel additive in detergents none of these | 122. Oils are partially hydrogenated (not fully) manufacture vanaspati, because fully saturated solidified oils cause cholesterol build up and blood clotting are prone to rancid oxidation always contain some amount of nickel (as their complete removal is very difficult have affinity to retain harmful sulphur compounds (c) Sodium sulphate or sodium carbonate | 123. Hydrogenation of oil takes place in do not cause hardness in water. alan... reactor.4 Chemical Process Industries (Chemical Technology) manufacture of sulphuri acid by chamber ind eta eed i Onn Produced by fractionation of air spectively | f.-..- Process (a) V20s and CraOg, (a) Linde’s (8) Claude's (8) oxides a nitrogen and CraOp. (¢) either (a) or(6)d) none of these 'e)V205 on a : ; R 4 = Porous carrier and oxides of ea ey Process’ for roe ish are heieent of nitrogen and V20s ona snes (a) ‘salt, limestone and coke or gas. ) " ammonia, salt and limestone. (c D1 ammonia limesto sagan act Process, SOs is absorbed in 97 | (d) eet one of these. (8. Beonomies of ‘Solvay Process’ ta 80 sa Yahi teens of ‘ay Process’ depends upon water forms an acid mist which (a) carbonating to ficult to absorb. semble indi! (yy on te) | ammonia recovery ee ne of acid is affected. = ammonia recovery and size of plant scale : s Srais formation in absorber is to be ammoniation of salt solution (9. Mercury cells for cay wustic sod: compared to diaphragm calls oe GY yids nanan: (a) require lower ini a es aid ofhigher tration than ce ce = initial investment. : power. e) Shani tts oflower concentration than |g, Produce lower concentration NaOH. chamber process, (c) is obsolete, (d) eliminates absorber. 4, 20% oleum 20 kg of (a) S02 and 80 kg of H2S0, (°) HaS0q and 80 kg of SOs, ©) SOs for each 100 kg of HoS0, (d) none of these. : pp @) none of these, 10; Cement mainly contains (a) CaO, Sid,, Al,0; means that in 100 kg, there are | te» S60: SiOz, Kr0 AlOs, M, (a) Ca0, go, igo” 11; Gypsum is chemically (a) calcium chloride (2) potassium sulphate (©) sodium sul (2) calcium supe, ium sulphate It is chemically (a) calcium sulphate ‘b) potassium sulphate | {c) Potassium chlorate (d) none of these CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES 123 (a) bacterial growth | (d) Water with pH value less than 7, is (b) taste and odour | acidic (e) turbidity (d) ‘none of these 118. Pick out the wrong statement pertaining to solvent extraction of oil 113. Alum |Aly(SOs)gI is used as a coagulant in Rate of extraction water treatment to remove (a) decreases with decrease of thickness of (a) colour () turbidity | the flakes. (c) bacteria (d) all (a), (6) and (c) (b) increases with the increasing flake size keeping the flake thickness constant. 114. Use of hydrated lime in water treatment (c) increases considerably with the rise of (a) before filtration, reduces the bacterial | _ temperature. load on filters (d) decreases as the moisture content of () after filtration, combats the corrosiveness of water due to presence of flakes increases 2 and CO2 119. Fats as compared to oils have (c) isto adjust the pH value. (a) more unsaturated glycerides of fatty (d). all (a), (b) and tc. acids js 5 (®) less unsaturated glycerides of fatty 115. The purpose of adding NazCOs to water of | acids low alkalinity is to | Ce) much higher reactivity to oxygen (a) permit the use of alum as a coagulant. | (d) lower melting point (b) increase the softening capacity of zeolite. | 120, Salt is added in the kettle during soap ‘manufacture to separate (a) soap from lye (6) glycerine from lye (c) the metallic soap (d) the unsaponified fat from soap (c) facilitate easy regeneration of zeolite. (dalla), (6) and (c) 116. Pick out the true statement pertaining to water treatment (a) Slow sand filters can remove colour completely, (6) Activated carbon can be used for taste and odour control without subsequent | filtration. (c) Application of activated carbon reduces the temporary hardness of water. (d) Normally, the turbidity is removed by adding a coagulant prior to sedimentation. 121, Hydrazine (NgH,) is used mainly as a/an (a) explosive (6) rocket fuel | (@) additive in detergents | (d) none of these | 122. Oils are partially hydrogenated (not fully) to manufacture vanaspati, because fully saturated solidified oils (a) cause cholesterol build up and blood clotting (6) are prone to rancid oxidation (c) always contain some amount of nickel (as their complete removal is very dif- 117, Pick out the false statement pertaining to | water treatment | (a) Aeration of water is effective in CO (6) ie et fteni ioe wdbetercferdeticrtos! | oem (d)_ have affinity to retain harmful sulphur reduces the hardness of water by not | aot . {c) Sodium sulphate or sodium carbonate | 123. Hydrogenation of oil takes place in do not cause hardness in water. MAM nF ACHOF.127. Glycerine is recovered from lye by Shaving soaps are soft potassium soaps (po ‘c) high free alkali soaps having excess of cane sugar and alcohol {d) none of these 126. Transparent soaps (eg. Pears) are ‘a) usually soft soap (made from coconut oi!) in which cane sugar and aleohol are added and finally washed with methy- lated spirit to achieve transparency (6) metallic soaps with frothing agent and free stearic acid to achieve transparen- ” (©) metallic soaps with frothing agent from | which glycerine has not been recovered, (d) none of these (4) evaporation followed by vacuum distil Jation, (b) liquid extraction technique. (c) extractive distillation technique. (d) none of these. | | | 128. Glycerine is not used in the (a) manufacture of explosive. (b) conditioning and humidification of OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 129. Synthetic glycerine is produced from (a) toluene (b) phenol (©) propylene (d)_naphthalene 130. Presence of sodium tripolyphosphate (an additive) in synthetic detergent a) facilitatesitsuse even in hard water (by Sequstering the water-hardening Ca and Mg ions) 6) inhibits its corrosive effects (c) does not allow redeposition of dirt on cleaned surface (d) none of these. 131. Carboxymethy! cellulose (CMC) isadded in detergents to (a) prevent redeposition of soil on cleaned surface (b) act as on optical brightening agent. (©) inhibit corrosion in washing machines made of aluminium. (d) none of these. 132. Hydrophilic group of a soap or detergent solution is (a) water hating (6) soil loving (c) water loving (d) none of these 183. Fluorescent dyes are added in detergents to (a) act as fabric brightener (by converting ultraviolet light to visible light) thereby improving the whiteness appearance of white fabrics, (6) attain distinctiveness from other brands, act as tarnish inhibitor for metals like German silver. (d)_ none of these (©) 134. Aryl benzene sulphonate (ABS) is a (a) detergent (b) plasticiser for unsaturated polyester (¢) starting material for the synthesis of glycerine (4) coating ingredient for photographie film CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES (b) is used as a pain reliever (ec) isan antimalarial drug (d)_ isan anaesthetic 80. Pencillin is made by employing a/an fermentation process. (a) continuous (b) aerobic batch (c) anaerobic batch (d) none of these 81. Which of the following is not an antibiotic ? (a) penicillin (c) tetracyclin (b). streptomycin (d) quinine 82. Molecular weights of polymers are in the range of (a) 10-10 (6) 10° - 10° () 108-107 * (d)_10°_ 39 83. Zeigler process (a) produces high density polyethylene. (b) produces low density polyethylene. (c)_uses no catalyst. (a) employs very high pressure. 84.Poly-Vinyl Chloride (P.V.C.) a, material. (a) thermosetting (b) thermoplastic (c) fibrous (d) chemically active ‘85. Phenol formaldehyde (a) employs addition polymerisation (6) employs condensation polymerisation. (c) is a monomer. (d) isan abrasive material. 86. Poly tetraflouro ethylene (P.T.F.E.) is known as (a) bakelite (c) celluloid (b) telfon (d) dacron 88. Epoxy resin o c) (d) is a good adhesive is an elastomer cannot be used for surface coatings is a polyester 89. Vulcanisation of rubber (a) ©) @) decreases its tensile strengtl increases its ozone and oxygen reac tivity increases its oil and solvent re converts its plasticity into elasticity 90. Most commonly used rubber vulcanising agent is (@) bromine alumin; sulphur ® platinum d rene butadiene rubber (SBR) is (@) ©) (©) @ a natural rubber a synthetic polymer a synthetic monomer another name of silicone rubber | 92. Nylon-6 is manufactured from (@) ) ) @ caprolactum hexamethylene diamine and adipic acid hexamethylene diamine and hydride. hexamethylene diamine and scbacic acid. 93. Nylon 6-6 is manufactured from (a) () hexamethylene diamine and adipic acid. hexamethylene diamine and maleic anhydride caprolactum. dimethyl terephthalate and ethylene 94. Dacron is a/an (@) ) poly (B) unsaturated polyster polyamide (qd) inorganic polymer 87, The purpose of tanning in leather industry ; isto 135. Digestion of wood-base materials (for (a) stiffen the leather manufacture of pulp) is done to () smoothen the leather ) remove lignin (c) make it flexible ) produce long fibres (d) impart water resistance tobacco, (c) manufacture of pharmaceuticals, (d) none of these, | 95. Celluloid is chemically (a) cellulose acetate (b) regenerated cellulose (¢) cellulose nitrate (d) cellulose acetate butyratec) fluidised (d) entrained 63. In Lurgi gasitier et coking coals cannot be used, (0) low carbon conv ; achieved. Rebate (c) entre i (¢) entrainment of solids is higher. 64. The catalyst used in shift converter is a) nickel (6) vana te) silica gel ths (@) alumina 65. The gasification reaction, C+H20 = CO + His a/an (a) exothermic (c) catalytic -Feaction (b) endothermic (d) autocatalytic 66. The n.....reaction (a) exothermic 6) (©) autocatalytic (2) *ndothermic (2) none of these 67. Copper-Totzek coal gasifier (a) can give am (He + Nz), (®) isa moving bed reactor, (©) cannot use coking coal (d) “operates at very high pressure 68. Acrylonitrileis mainly used in a) polymer (c) dyeing -indust (®) printing Bs (d) photographie 69. The major use of butadiene ig (@) as a plasticiser fo Polyester. F unsaturated 70. Phenol is mainly used (@) to produce benzene. (©). to produce phenol formaldehyde. (©) to produce polyester resin, (d) asa pla: _ 71. Phthalic anhydride is made by- ficiency is lange quan tity of coal can be processed. | combustion reaction, © +02 = COp, ig monia synthesis gas OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL, {) oxidation of naphthalene. (0) oxidation of benzene. c) dehydrogenation of ethyl benzene, j |) none of these | 72. Trinitrotoluen luene(TNT), a i by nitration of exp oniye (a) nitrobenzene te) nitrotoluene 73. Which is the fibres ? (a) acid dye (c) pigment dye ismade (6) toluene (d) benzene ‘most suitable dye for synthetic (6) azoie dye (d) mordant dye Fumigant insecticides (2) kill insects when they eat it (0) emit poisonous vapour. {c) are absorbed th “4 rough ¢ (none of theca Ueno the plant | 74, | Systemics insecticides tc ire @) are absorbed throughout the plant. ©) il is contests following external bodily are stomach poisons. mit poisonous vapour. 76. DDT stands for (a) dieth () dichi © di @ di 3) (d) 'yl-dipheny!-trichloromethane. ohn -tiphenyl-trichloromethane. Phenyl-dichloro-trichloromethane ichloro-dipheny1-trichloroethane. 71. BHC (Be . chlorination of each ide) is made by ( seh bes is an addition reaction, ch is a substituti i O) imabrolute dark acto™ ) in presence of sunlight. 78 Analgesic drugs are ain relievers intibioties Sed in the treatment of T.B, in the treatment of typhoid CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES 13, Permanent hardness of water is due to the | presence of calcium and magnesium (a) bi-carbonates (b) sulphates & chloride (c) carbonate td) none of these 14, Widely used method for conditioning of boiler feed water is a) cold lime process (b) coagulation (c)_ hot-lime soda process (d) sequestration 15. Hydrazine is largely used (a) asa starting material for “hypo (b) in photographic industry ‘ (c) as rocket fuel. (d) in printing industry. 16. Trinitro-toluene (TNT) is (a) used in glycerine manufacture. (b) an explosive (c) used in dye manufacture (d)_ none of these. 17. Oil is a/an (a) mixture of glycerides. (b). mixture of glycerides of fatty acids. {c) solid at normal temperature. (d) ester of alcohols other than glycerine. 18, Wax isa (a)_ mixture of glycerides. 7 20. Rancidity of fatty oil can be reduced by its (®) hydrogenation (d) purification (a) decoloration (c) oxidation 21. Solvent used for extraction of oil is (a) hexane (b) methyl ethyl ketone (ce) furfurol (d) none of these 22. Solvent extracted oil (a) has low free fatty acid content (b) is odourless. (c) has more of unsaturates. (d)_none of these. 23. Hydrogenation of oil does not (a) remove double bonds. (b) rise its melting point. (c) improve its resistance to oxidation. (d) none of these. | 24.Catalyst used in hydrogenation of ol is | (@) nickel (®) platinum (c) iron (d) alumina (a) increasing the surface tension (b) decreasing wettability (ec) supplying hydrophyllic group (d) none of these | 25. Soaps remove dirt by | 26. Metallic soap is —---- salt of fatty acids. (a) sodium (©). potassium (c) both sodium and potassium (@) aluminium or calcium (6) mixture of esters of polyhydric aleohols | excepting glycerine. (c) liquid at room temperature. (ad) mixture of glycerides of fatty acids. 19, Unsaturated oils compared to saturated oils have (a) lower melting point and higher reactivity to oxygen (b) higher melting point and higher reactivity to oxygen. (c) lower melting point and lower reactivity to oxygen. (d) higher melting point and lower reactivity to oxygen. | 27. Fat splitting catalyst is (a) CaCOy (8) ZnO (€) AkOs (d) Fe 28. Free alkali in a toilet soap is ..... that ine laundary shop. (a) less than (c) same 29, Soap cannot be used with hard water, be- | cause (a) hard water contains sulphate. (). they form insoluble calcium soaps which precipitate, () morethan (d) none of theseOBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL En (ec) they attract back the Geen Bet Pe 1a Ah em a peetective Gt otective film. | 38. Varnish does not contain a) pigment (®) thinner 30. Builders are added in ‘Soap to act as | tc) dryer id} (@) anti-skinning agen, (a) cleaning power boost by ~ b).anti-redeposition agent | «) corrosion inhibitor d) fabric brightener 39. Enamels 'a) give good lossy fins! 31. Bio-degradable detergents (6) aresame as poet 3) can be readily oxidised. Ug) At Prepared from non-drying cil donot contain pigment. +) pose problem in co) have as | have and isoparaffine eran 40, S02is bubbied through to ugh hot sugar-cane juice 4) should not be us sed asit spoils thecloth,| '@) act as an acidify fying agent (0) increase its ara (©) increase the amoun: t of molas: iff lnceaieaere eens 32, Which of the follow c) fatty alcoho ng isa detergent ? ? alkyl benzes fc) fatty cide hate id) methylene lene chloride 41. Molasses is the start Ng material for the | Production by (a) aleohol (©) fatty acids 33. Yellow ellow glycerine is m, (2) activated carbon ade into white, using (6) diatomaceous ©) bauxite d) bentonite {®) essential oil (d) massecuite | 42. The enzy | ryme which conv | isacharides maltose ig "oh into the (a) diastase oy ; ®) maltase 34. Essen sential oils are usually obtained us ising () Yeast (@) none of these steam distillation ractive distillati ) lation {©) solvent extraction id) leaching | 43. Theidea Pulp for the should have high. manufacture af paper {@) cellulose - @) lignin (©) both ia), a |. and) i pepe 5. Plasticisers are added to Paints to . we: it corrosion Tesistant. make glossy ‘Surface. ©) give elasticity an oan y and prevent cracking of | “Go Kraft Frocens. of ‘@) increase atmospher; ) sad eens si tee cents aur cones of caustic soda ulphide & sodium carbon » carbonate 96. Which ich lis peefe ture? * preferted for paint manutac. a) drying 0 b) nomecieyin (6). sesmindaying cilia) Saturated 0} (2) onedeying ot i 97 Function stthinwer ia-s:pains, Pa int is to {o) aczlerie oxidation of oi 1) ‘Prevent gelling ofthe gains ? putvend pigments aad disso rining materials i mperature and pressure i less than that in the later. © tem, .¢ forme: perature j 8 more in th whereas pressure is more in Sebo : ‘CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES (6) tar neutralises the residual acids | present in pitch (e) itreduces viscosity and imparts fluidity | for its transportation through pipelines at economic pressure drop. (d) all (a), (b) and (e) 224.Coal tar is used as a (a) binding material for coal briquettes (b) fuel in rotary kiln (c) binder in making carbon electrodes (d) all (a), (6) and (c) 225. Which of the following is not a product of coal tar distillation ? (a) anthracene (b) cresote oil (c) carbolic oil (d) solar oil 226, Which of the following impurities in feed water for high pressure boiler is the most | detrimental ? (a) silica (b) dissolved oxygen (c) suspended salt (d) dissolved salt 227. Double Contact Double Absorption {DCDA) process is the most recent process for the manufacture of (a) nitric acid (®) sulphuric acid {c) ammonium sulphiate (d) none of these 228, Metallic soap (e.g. aluminium or calcium salts of fatty acids) can be used (a) asa lubricant (®) asa rust preventive (c) in hard water for cleaning of cloth (a) asa foam depressant in distillation column 229, Mineral oils (eg. petroleum oils) are preferred over fatty oils (e.g. mustard oil, ghee, tallow, palm oil, olive oil ete.) as a lubricant due to its (a) poor oxidation stability and high gum forming tendency. (b) greater tendency of decomposition at elevated temperature. 3 (©) hydrolysis tendency in presence of water. (d) all (a), (b) and (c). 290. Oils and fats are converted to soap in a process called (a) hydrogenation (b) esterification (c) saponification (d) none of these 231. Temporary hardness of water can be removed by (a) addition of alum (a coagulant) (&) boiling (c) filtration (through gravity sand filter) (d) addition of lime 232. Most widely and commonly used coagulant for removal of suspended impurities in water is (a) bleaching powder | @) slaked lime | © alum (d) copper sulphate 233. Permanent hardness of water can be | ~~ removed by (a) simply boiling (®) adding alum (c) passing it through cation and anion exchanger (d) all (a), (6) and (c) 234, Salt cake is chemically represented 3s (a) Na:SOy (8) CaSO... 3 H:0 () MgSO« (d) none of these 295. Fourdrinier machine is used in the manufacture of (@) sugar (®) paper {¢) alcohol from molasses (d) phenol formaldehyde 236, Teflon is (a) phenol formaldehyde (b) an inorganic polymer (c) poly tetrafluoroethylene (P.T-F-E.) (d) a monomer 297. Fusel oil is a/anessential oil extract from medicinal herbs mixture of higher molecular weight alcohols (a by-product obtained during Production of alcohol from molasses) (d)_ none of these 238. Margarine is a/an (a) fat (b) explosive (c) plasticiser (d) rocket propellant 239. Parathion and Malathion are (a) pesticides (8) plasticisers for unsaturated polysters (c)pain-relieving drugs (analgesic) (d)_tranquilisers 240. Nicotine is (a) avolatile alkaloid, (0) obtained by treating by-products of the tobacco processing industry, (ec) both (a) and (b). (d) neither (a) nor (6) {| @) | 241. During the absorption of HCl gas in water (to produce liquid Hi aleve dew ee ee ee | (a) increase the rate of absorption, (6) avoid corrosion. (e) reduce the cooling rate (d) none of these. ® water circulation 242. Le-Blanc process is a the manufacture of (a) caustic soda Primitive process for | (OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 245, Use of water having dissolved oxygen in boilers promotes (a) corrosion (b) sequestration (c) scale formation (d) none of these 246. Which of the following is a constituent of vinegar ? (a) around 10% alcohol (®) around 1% acetic acid (e) both (a) and (4) (d) neither (a) nor (6) 247. Alcoholcontent in freshly prepared natural and fortified wine may be respectively around.......percent. (a) 7-14 and 14-30 (6) 7-14 and 40-50 (c) 14-30 and 40-50 (@) 10-20 and 40-50 248. Pasteurisation of milk means (a) removal of fatty and albuminous substance from it. killing of organisms present in it by heating it at controlled temperature without changing its natural characteristics. inhibiting the growth of micro-organisms without killing them (d) none of these 249. Commercial scale production of hydrogen from iron-steam reaction (8Fe + 3H20 = Fe30, tised as it is (a) a slow reaction, + 4H) is not prac- (6) soda ash (c) bromine from sea water (d) none of these 243. Baking soda is chemically (a) NazCOs (c) NagCO3.H,0 represented as (b) NaHCO, (4) NaxCO3.10H,0 244. Impurities present in brine is normally removed by treatment with (a) NHy and CO, (6) lime and soda ash {c) lime, ammonia and carbon (d) all (a),(b) and (e) (6) a discontinuous reaction (requiring Tegeneration of iron by water gas inter- mittently), (©) still in development stage (by employing Muidised bed technique). (d) all (a), (b) and (ec), 250. Enzymes are (@) proteins with hij (around 10,000), () derived from living organisms (c) catalyst for tem; tions, igh molecular weight perature sensitive reac- (4) all (a),(b) and (c), ‘CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES 193. Mannheim furnace is used in the manufacture of (a) hydrochloric acid (b) HzSO« by Chamber process (c) calcium carbide (@) (d) corrundum ) (Cl is in the | 194. The maint use of H ; (a) drilling of petroleum wells and pickling | of steel sheets. () manufacture of cationic detergent. {c)_ treatment of spent fuel of nuclear reac tor. (d)_none of these. (©) @ () (e) viewed asa . Which of the following may be viewe: ~ sate in the manufacture of soda ash by | 70°: Solvay process ? - ak (a) NHy (®) NaCl " () CaO (d) Coke p 196. Washing soda is chemically represented as (a) NaxCO3 (6) NaxCOs . H20 a (c) NazCOs . 10H:0 @ (d) NaHCOs a 197. Dense soda ash used in the ror of} @ ented as glass is chemically represet (a) NaxCOs (0) NagCO3. 1040 (c) NazCOy . Hx. (d) Na HCOs i“ rocess, oy @) 198. In the Solvay process, the product from the 3 calciner is a (a) light soda ash (b) dense soda ash (c) sodium bicarbonate | @) (d) dehydrated soda ash re) 199, Solvay process as compared to dual process (Ge.), modified Solvay process) = (a) can use low grade brine ) ) has less corrosion problems. : ay (0) invita. higher investment in Ne | recovery units than that for crystallisation units for NHAC. (a) both (b) and (c) ie 200, Which ofthe following isnot produced commercially from sea water ? i (a) magnesium and potassium compou! 207. Fire clay is..« (b) common salt (c). bromine (d) iodine 201. Bitterns is a/an unsaturated fat. starting material for the production of iodine. ; ; by-product of chlor-alkali industry. none of these 202. Bromine content (in ppm) in sea water may be around 70 () 640 1875 (d) 2500 203. Bromine is used in the preparation of fire extinguishing compounds fire proofing agent: dyes and antiknock compounds all (a), (b) and (c). 204. Coke used for the production of calcium carbide should have low ash content low ignition temperature high electrical resistivity all (a), (b) and (¢) 205. Carbon disulphide is mainly used in the produetion of viscose rayon corundum plasticiser for unsaturated polyester paints | 206, Carborundum co.isists mainly of ide (®) silicon carbi Porancarbide (d) calcium carbide refractory material a basie an acidic a neutral not a 208, Caleination of gypsum produces plaster of paris salt cake nitre cake lime130 209. Highly porous refractory bricks are (a) less susceptible to ch molten fluxes and gases ote. (6) very strong. (c) having very high thermal (d) none of these. 210. Pick out the wrong statement, (a) Dry processis used for ‘the manufacture ef cement when the raw material ig blast furnace slag (6) Portland cement is wet process. ‘©) Gypsum is added to portland cement lengthen its setting time. (d) none of these made employi iemical attack by conductivity. OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 216. Kaoline is afin (a) refractory material (®) synthetic resin (c) artificial abrasive (2) blue pigment 217. Alum is commercially produced from (a) gypsum (b) feldspar () galena (d) bauxite 218. Which of the followi ing is an_ yellow pig ment? "8 | (a) titanium dioxide (©) ferrous sulphate to (c) lead chromates (@) zine sulphides 219. Naphthalene is rei moved from coke oven ry high Bas by temperatures have got (@) adsorbing on palladium (2) greater resistance to corrosion by sisgs. | (©) absorbing in ethanolamine (®) less resistance to corrosion by slags (c) scrubbing with wash oil ‘©) high spalling tendency (a) (d) none of these, 212. Caleareous and argil used in the manufa (@) lead (0) cement (©) carbon disulphide (d) none of these cture of the refractory under ‘perature condition is (a) spalling (b) refractoriness (c) both (a) and ) (d) neither (a) nor (6) 214. Refractory bricks having high thernial conductivity i desirable whenit isto be sony inthe (a) L.D. conve ter (b) blast furnace (©) rotary kiln (@) recuperator 215. Rotary kiln is not tion of (a) cement (6) lime from limestone (c) slaked lime from quick lime (4) none of these involved in the produc. llaceous materials are Passing it through electrostatic Precipitator, 220.Which of the fol lowing contains least amount of Ny? (@) coke oven gas ) water gas (©) blast furnace gas (@) LD. converter gas 222, In an integrated steel in coke ove plant, NH3 present ‘en gas is normally recovered as (@) (NH4)S0, (by absorbing it in HySO,) ©) NHC! (©) (NFA) NOs (@) tiquid NHy 223. Pitch (a product of coal tar distillation) is always mixed with creosote oil when it is burnt in a burner, because (a) its calorific value is very less, wz CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES an elas the following is not a rt 174, Which one of the f hygroscopic property Which ) achieve non-hygi : : : is (a) polyisopren td) none of th i acture of e-butadiene 167. The catalyst used in the manufactu (c)_nitrile-butadient } ae e id) none of these DDT (from chloral sod chlor . reat eae 175. Styrene a _ te) trae pared to natural rub : ) — jolet light to natural robber a none of these . ror rest a ~ i tc) greater - Casiel : d) none of these a-sunieiata ~~ ag statement. 169. Flexible foam (for mat ee made of Cold rubber (SBR) is superior as com ber (SBR ma (b) silicone pared to hot rubber (SB! (@) polyurethanes (d) polyamides ion temperature car b) Polymerisation tempera! odify the propertis bs — Produ f cold SBR employs isers are added to synt | modi th oe sulphuric acid manufacture by contact process suffers from the drawback like (a) high cost (O) fragile nature (@) easy poisoning tendency (2) all (a), (b) and (¢) 376. Heating of to 120°C, produces plaster of paris. (@) blue vitriol (b) gypsum {c) calcium silicate (d) calcium sulphate i lysis of Chlorine gas is produced by electro 377. Chior NaC! salution with solid NaCl make i I. Which of in mereury electrolytic cell. Whi the following is the anodic reaction (a) oxidation of Na’ ions(b) oxidation of CY ions 378, Basic oxide is absent in (a) int b) pyrex (0) quartz (d) all (a), (b) and (e) 379. Bleaching powder (chemically known as calcium chloro hypochlorite) is commercially produced by the action of chlorine on a) slaked lime 6) soda lime (c) calcium perchlorate (d) none of these 380, Hard water (@) does not affect the lather formation by | soap, (b) is not unfit for drinking purpose. (c) pollutes the water stream. (d) all (a),(b) and (c. 381, iron is the purest form of iron, (a) Cast () Wrought (o) Pig (d) High silicon 962, Which of the following is a disaccharide? | (a) sucrose (o) starch (b) glucose (d) maltose 389, -~- of quicklime produces slaked lime. (a) Hydration (6) Dehydration (e) Hydrogenation (d) none of these 84, Function of sodium thiosulphate (hypo) in development of photographic flm/plate is (a) brighten the faint images (b) remove metallic silver, (c) convert silver chloride to silver. (d) remove unexposed silver halide. 885. Sand and com-r-n-rm- is fused at 1900°C to produce sodium silicate (a) limestone —(b) soda ash (e) coke (d) sodium sulphate 886. Yeast is used in the manufacture of (a) pencillin (b) antibiotics (OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (c) wine (d) pasteurised milk 387. Pencillin, an antibiotic drug was di covered by wee ts (a) Alexander (®) Flaming (e) Dr. Zivago (d) none of these | 988. L.D. converter is used in the production of (a) pig'ron () steel (c) copper (d) sine 389. Inversion of sucrose pruduces (a) fructose (b) glucose (c) both (a) and (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 390. Isopropyl benzene produced by alkylation of benzene with propylene is known as (a) neoprene (b) cumene (c) gelatin (d) mercaptans 391, Magnesium and calcium _camporary hardness of water (a) carbonates (6) bicarbonates (c) phosphates (d) sulphates cause ‘392. Which is the main reducit n ing agent duris Produetion of iron from iron ore in a blast furnace? (a) C (©) CO» (6) CO (@) He 393. HyS is serabbed fro eae ee (a) dilute HS0, () ethanol amine (c) chilled water (d) tri-butyl phosphate ‘394. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Chamber process of sulphuric acid manufacture produces pure acid of concentration < 80%, () Contact process of sulphuric acid manufacture produces pure acid of concentration 2 98%. (c) 75% oleum can be produced by distillation of 20% oleum. (d) Contact process of sulphuric acid manufacture uses nickel as the catalyst, CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES 4395. Sulphur removal by heating in presence of air is called its (a) reduetion (b) roasting | ie) ealeination (d)_ smelting | 4396, Zeolite removes both temporary as well 3s | permanent hardness of water by precipitating calcium and magnesium present in wateras insoluble zeolites. Used | Teolite is regenerated by flushing with the | solution of (a) calcium sulphate (b) sodium chloride (e) sodium sulphate (d) magnesium chloride. is a polysaccharide (®) Starch (d) Glucose 397, (a) Maltose (c) Sucrose 398. Neon gas is (a) flammable in nature (b) used in color discharge tube. (c) filled in lamps having tungsten filament (d) all (a), (b) and (c), | isan ore concentrating metallurgi- cal process involving a chemical-change (a) Electromagnetic separation (b) Froth floatation (c) Roasting (d) none of these 399, 400. Extraction of -- electrolytic process. (a) aluminium (®) silver (c) copper (d) all (a), (®) and (©) - employs an 401. Sudden temperature fluctuation does not affect pyrex glass because of its (a) low co-efficient of expansion. (b) high co-efficient of expansion. (c) high melting point. (a) both (b) and (e) 402. process is used for the manufac: ture of sodium carbonate by ammonia soda process, (a) Ostwald’s (6) Bosch “1 of pyrite ore | 403. With increase in temperature, the equilibrium constant at constant pressure (Kp) for oxidation of sulphur dioxide (b) increases linearly (a) increases (d) decreases linearly (c) decreases | 404. Commercial production of calcium carbide requires limestone and -~---- as raw materials. (a) coke (e) soda ash 405. Which of the following has sodium bicarbonate as its main constituent ? (a) bakingsoda (b) baking powder (c) washing soda (d) none of these () sand (d) fuel oil 406. CaCK(OCI is the chemical formula of (a) hypo (®) bleaching powder (c) plaster of paris(d) aqua regia 407. Chaleopyrite is the main ore of (a) copper (b) lead (©) tin (d) iron 408. Hydrogenation of edible vegetable oil (a) isan exothermic reaction. (6) increases its melting point. (c) is done in presence of ‘nickel catalyst. (d) all (a), (b) and (c). 409, Esterification reaction (a) _ produces soap. (®) ‘is reversible. (c) is a reaction between an alcohol and an organic acid. (d) all (a), (6) and (c). .. js used as a flux in the smelting of copper ore like chalcopyrite (6) Lime powder (d) Dolomite | 410. | (a) Coke breeze {c) Silica/quartz 411. Iron ore hametite is concentrated using (@) electro magnetic separation mainly. (b) gravity separation. {e) froath Moatation, {d) roasting. 412, At a given temperature, the equilibrium yield of SOs obtained from the wxidation of (e) Solvay (d) Haber’ SO2 is proportional to142 (a) P () () P (@) VP where, P = pressure of the system 413. Which of the following is an endothermic reaction ? (a) absorption of SOs in 98.5% HsSO, (6) C+H:0=CO+H, (c) thermal dissociation of iron pyrites (d) both (b) and (c) 414. CO & Hoare the constituents of (a) producer gas (&) water gas (e) coke oven gas d) all (a), (6) and (e) 415. High purity nitrogen is used in (a) making _ protective Bas (95% No + 5% Ho) for annealing of steel strip coils. (8) fire fighting purposes. (c) both (a) and 6). (d) neither (a) nor (b). 416. What products do we get on electrolysis of Saturated brine using steel cathode and graphite anode in an electrolytic cell? ~ (a) Ch&Na ©) Ch& He (c) Oz & He (d) Clz, He & NaOH solution, 417. Solvay process is not used for the manufacture of potassium carbonate because of the reason that potassium bi-carbonate (a) is prone to thermal decomposition, () has high water solubility and is unstable. () is soluble in ammonium chloride and Potassium chloride solution. (d) all (a), (6) and (c) 418. Main constituent of limestone is (a) CaCOs (6) MgCOs (©) NazCOs (d) CaSO, 419. How much temperature is maintained during quicklime manufacture in the cal- ination zone of the vertical shaft kiln ? (a) 500°C @) 750°C (c) 1000°C (d) 1500°C OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 420. The function of gypsum addition during cement making is to (a) increase the density of cement. (8) decrease the cement setting rate. (c) both (a) and (6). (d) neither (a) nor (b). 421, nature of hypo (sodium thiosulphate) makes it useful in photography. (a) Oxidising (®) Reducing (c) Complex forming (d) Photochemical 422. Pick out the exothermic reaction out of the following (a) C+H:0=CO+He (©) CaCa + Hz0 = Ca(OH) + CaHe (c) MgCO3 = MgO + CO. (d) all (a), (b) and (c) 423. Diaphragm electrolytic cell as compared to mercury electrolytic cell (2) produces 70% NaOH solution. (0) requires less specific power consumption for the production of chlorine. (©) requires lesser investment for similar capacity. (@) all (a), (b) and(e), 424. Main constituent of dolomite is (a) Caco; (6) MgCos (©) KxCO3 (d) NagCO3 425. Glass is (a) mainly Ca () subjected to galvanising (©) a super cooled liquid (4) all (@), (b) and (c} 426. A mineral is termed as ‘ore’, if (a) a metal can be economically extracted from it. (6) it contains 2 40% metal, (c)_ the metal present in it is costly. (d) all (a), (b) and (c), 427. Which of the following is a constituent of coffee ? (a) caffeine (6) nicotine (©) calgon (d) lignin CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES: f iron | is used as a flux in extraction of 406, wom iron ore (hametite) in blast furnace. Bauxite (b) Limestone O Qae (a) Manganese 429, Main constituents of portland cement is calcium aluminate and (a) gypsum (b) silicates (c) sodium silicate (d) carbonates 430. Cement setting under water employs a/an | : \ ta) hydration (b) decomposition) (¢) oxidation _—(d)_ reduction |, 431. Favourable conditions for liquefaction of zases in general are @ high pressuré & low temperature (b) low pressure & high temperature, (©) high pressure & high temperatu (d) low pressure & low temperature 432. Pick out the endothermic reaction out of | the following. (a) C+}02=CO 2 () CO +H: = CH, + H20 {c) CaCOs = CaO + CO2 (@) none of these 438. Which is the most efficient absorbant for 80s out of the following ? 20% oleum —(b)_ 65% oleum_ 78% H:SO, (d) 98.5% HxSOs 434, Permanent hardness of water can be removed by (a) boiling (b) adding Ca(OH): (ec). boiling it with NasCOs (d) none of these 435, Addition of calcium oxide to water produces (a) exothermic heat (b) hissing sound (c) slaked lime (d) all (a), (b) and (c) 436, Ore concentration by froth floatation Utilises the ..... ¢f ore particles. | 438. Dichloro diphenyl 440. Exot (b) wetting characteristics (©) terminal velocities (d) none of these 437. Fat dispersed in water is (a) colloidal solution (b) gel (c) butter (d) emulsion is the full form of DDT (an insecticide). (a) tetrachloroethane (®) trichloroethane (c) tetrachloromethane (d) trichloromethane 139. Esterification reaction produces cat (6) vanaspat o aes (d) mercaptans thermic neutralisation reaction be- stic soda and dodecyl benzene tween cau: . iphoni dodecy! ‘ic acid produces sodium = sulphate which is an plosiv (b) soap (a) Grforgent (a) analgesic drug 441. Chemical formula of BHC which is an in- (b) CeCe @ CHCl: i tion of condensation reac’ ° eee iorebenseue with chloral in cleum ascatalyst produces temperature is main- 442. Exo! monochit presence of 20% DDT. The reaction Cc. tained ato (@) 15-30 ) s 100 {) 250-300 (@) < aldehyde is produced by con- Seta merisation. It is also known densation poly’ as {a) teflon (c) polyester 44, ---~- is not a constituent of gun powder. ON @) Carbon (b) Chareoal (© Sulphur (@) Potassium 445. Boiling of water hardness produces (a) CO2 () CaSOu (b) bakelite (d)_ nylon-66 containing temporary (a) density difference(e) CaHCOs ——_(@)_ none of these 446. is a thermosetting plastic. (a) Polythene (b)_Epoxy polymer te) PVC. (d) Polystyrene 447. 90% of the caprolactum is converted to nylon-6 on its condensation, polymerisation in the reactor maintained at........"C. (a) <0 (®) 10-30 (ec) 250-280 (d) 500-600 448. Polymerisation product of CFs (carbon tetraflouride) is called P-T-F-E (poly chloro tetra flouro ethylene). It is also called (a) polyurethane (2) silicone (©) teflon (@) epoxy resin 449. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Pasteurisation of milk involves moderate heating followed by cooling. Bakeries and breweries make use of yeasts. Enzyme is a complex nitrogenous compound. (4) Oils and fats are alkaloids. ) © 450. Ethylene oxide is produced by oxidation of ethylene in presence of AgO catalyst at (a) 1atm & 100°C (6) 5 atm & 275°C (c) 100 atm & 500°C (d) 50 atm & 100°C 451. Glycerine is a by-product of..., (a) soap (6) detergent (c) oil hydrogenation (d) paint industry, 452. Titanium dioxide is a/an ment. (a) white (©) yellow colour pig- (b) black (d) blue 453. Production of one ton of di requires about wood. () 1 ©) 5 ry paper pulp -vnuctons of bamboo or () 25 (@) 10 OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 454. Manufacture of phthalic anhydride uses as a catalyst (a) nickel (6) chromium {c) vanadium pentoxide (@) alumina | 455. Oil produced by solvent extraction | (@) has low free fatty acid content (©) is odourless (c) both (a) & (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b) | 456. Starting material for the commercial | Production of ethyl alcohol in India is (a) rice (6) molasses (c) fruit of Mahua tree @ maize 457. ......i8 obtained as a by-product in the manufacture of sodium hydroxide using brine. (a) Chlorine (6) Ammonium chloride () Sodium carbonate (4) Sodium bi-carbonate 458. Sodium chloride content in sea water is about.........gmsflitre, (a) 2 () 10 @) 25 (@) 50 459. Starting material for the production of butadiene in India ii as is (@) naphthalene (6) benzol (c) ethyl alcohol (d) phthalic anhydride 460. .. ash. (a) Chamber (©) Contact “Process is used for producing soda (6) Chance (d) Solvay 461. A ‘unit process’ is exemplified by (a) distillation () hydrogenation of oils (c) absorption (d) humidification 462. Varnish does not contain (@) thinner ‘CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES (b) pigment (¢) both (a) & (6) (d) neither (a) nor (6) 463. Massacuits is a terminology used in industry. (a) paint (b) oil hydrogenation (c) soap (d) sugar 464. Enzymes are organic catalysts used in en reactions, ores | ja) chemical _(b) biochemic: 12) ghotochemical (@) electrochemical 465. The drug used in contraceptives is (a) sulphadizene % (b) mestranol (c) methyl salicylate (d) pencillin 466. is used as a catalyst in fat splitting. Ni (a) ZnO @) (©) V20s (a) FeO 467. Reaction of an alcohol with organic acid is called ae ificati sterification (a) saponification (b) ester (ec) neutralisation (d) acidification 468. Main use of hydrazine is (a) asa rocket fuel (b) in water treatment (c) asadisinfectant (d) as fire retardant (b) ethylene (c) both (a) & (b) (d) neither (b) nor (b) 472, Thermosetting plastic materials (a) can be repeatedly melted. (b) is useful for melt casting, (c) can not be melted after formi (d) is useful for spinning. 473. Stereospecific agents are exemplified by ti (3) Tapported metal oxide catalysts (c) ziegler catalysts (d) all (a), (b) & (c) 474. Phthalic anhydride is used (a) in making PVC lasticisers @ fe Insecticides manufacture (d) for making nylon-6 475. A unit operation is exemplified td | (a) reduction desexption (©) nitration @) com basis ntent in sugarcane on cane 476. — e a! acl by weight. « o 1to5 (&) 5to10 (@) 151020 (d) 20t0 30 477, PTLFE.(Poly tetra fluoroethylene) is com- * mercially known as sipakaite @) neoprene © tatoo (@) nylon-66 tains about rade bamboo cont 478. Paper 8! ean ‘cally known as 469. Bakelite is chemically (a) polyvinyl chloride (PVC) (b) polybutadiene (phenol formaldehyde (a) polyurathane 470. Neoprene is chemically known as ) polybutadiene ® Tigrene butadiene rubber (SBR) (c) polyurathane (d) polychloroprene tion of 471, Starting material for the production styrene butadiene rubber (SBR) is (a) ethyl alcohol (&) 20 (@) 60 479, Chemical formula ots is (@) NasSO« 3 ; (c) MgSOv BaSO, 490, Sea water contains about ace @) 70 {8 500 (@ 1700 1. -ac-aeidis the main constituent ofeotton Saar (a) Acetic ppm of (b) Linoleic(e) Palmitic (d) Oleic 482. Reaction of calcium carbide with water (d) produces a gas which is used (a) asan illuminant () for metal cutting/welding (c)_ both (a) & (6) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 483. Finely ground calcium aluminate and silicate is a/an (a) cermet (b) cement (©) abrasive (d) explosive 484. Separation of fresh water from sea water can be done by (a) osmosis (c) absorption operation, (b) reverse osmosis (d) adsorption 485. Raw materials required for the manufac- is acetylene and hydrochloric ture of, acid. (a) phthalic anhydride (6) vinyl chloride (c) maleic anhydride (d) dacron 486. Fish contains about (o) 1 (©) 20 --ePereent oil, @) 5 @) 40 487. Average sulphur content in Indian pyrites is about (a) 15 (c) 55 percent, () 35 d@) 70 488. Which of the following is not a pyrite ore? (a) celestite () galena (©) gypsum (d) siderite 489. Liquefaction of gases can not be done by (a) exchange of heat with colder stream. (b) adiabatic expansion through a throttle valve (Joule-Thomson expansion), merely compressing it beyond critical pressure, adiabatic expansion against a piston or in aturbine, () (d) 490. Which of the following is not produced on commercial scale from sea water? (a) bromine. OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (b)_ magnesium compounds. (c) potassium compounds. sodium sulphate. 491. Calcination of limestone is not done in a c-onnekkiln for producing lime. (a) vertical shaft (6) rotary (c) fluidised bed (d) fixed bed 492. are added in lacquers to remove film rittleness and to improve adhereness. (a) Film forming materials (b) Plasticisers (c) Diluents (d) Solvents 493. Production of one ton of cement requires about........tons oflimestone. (@) 06 () 12 c) 2.2 (d) 38 494. Carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC) is added in detergents to act as a/an (a) surfactant (b) builder (c) optical brightening agent (d) anti soil redeposition agent 495. Hydrogenation of oil/fat does not (a) improve its resistance to rancid oxidation, (b) raise its melting point. (c)_ remove double bonds. (@) none of these. 496. 10% oleum comprises of 10% free (a) SOz (6) HaSOs (©) SOs (d) HaSO, 497. Linde process of gas liquefaction employs (a) exchange of heat with colder stream (®) adiabatic expansion through a throttle valve (Joule-Thomson expansion), adiabatic expansion against a piston or ina turbine. merely compressing the gas beyond its critical pressure. to) d) 498. Claude process of gas liquefaction employs (a) merely compression of gas beyond its critical pressure. (CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES (b) Joule-Thomson expansion cooling. (@) heat exchange with colder stream. | (d) adiabatic expansion against a piston or | in a turbine. 499. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Catalytic hydrogenation of carbon monoxide produces methyl aleohol. ts the {b) Innylon-6, the number 6 represent oe number of carbon atoms in the ring Raw materials for DDT manufacture are benzene and chlorine. Ethanolamines are produced by using ammonia and ethylene oxide as raw material. 500. In nylon-66, the first and second numbers | (ie. 6) respectively designate the number of carbon atoms present in the (a) diamine and the ring (b) dibasic acid and the ring (c) diamine and the dibasie acid (d) none of these 501. .......i8 produced using polycondensation reaction. (a) Polythene (b) Phenol formaldehyde (c) Poly vinyl chloride (d) none of these 502, Which of the following is a detergent ? (a) benzene hexachloride (b) alkyl benzene sulphonate (c) polytetraflouroethylene (d) cellulose nitrate 03. Starting raw material for the manufacture of alum is (a) alumina (8) gypsum (c), bauxite (d) ammonium bi-carbonate 504, In primitive days, «. manufactured by Leblanc Process. (a) alum (b) washing s a (c) soda ash (q) calcium carbide 505. Vanillin is a type of (a) anti-pyretic drug was being (b) food preservative (©) flavour (a) dye aving sugar produc- 506. A cane sugar factory having sugar prod» | 50: tion rate of 10 tons/day will produce about.........tons/day of bagasse (after con sumption by the factory for heating ete | @1 @) 10 (©) 25 (d) 40 | 507 are used as corrosion inhibitor for iron & steel in aqueous aoc 1a) Phosphates (b) Chromates (2) Sulphates (d) ‘Bi-carbonates 508, A mixture of chlorine & sodium bromide | acts as a/an (a) insecticides | @) analgesic drug | @ fireretardant (d) hydrogenation catalyst | 509. Viscose rayon is cellulose nitrate (Gy regenerated cellulose nitrate (¢) cellulose acetate S | @) regenerated cellulose acetate is present in | 10. More than percent of eum. (@) $0 () HO. (@) He SOs (@) S02 furnaces in | 12. Pig iron is produced by blast 511. Tagia using mostly the iron ore nam tite (@)- magnetite (c) neerte (2) chaleopyrite 512, Starting raw material for the manufacture of maleic anhydride is (@ n-butene (b) benzene (c) either (a) or (0) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 18, unis produced using molasses as the B18. cvarting raw material (@) Methyl alcohol (b) Ethyl aleohol (c) Benzol (d) Dimethyl ether148, OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 514. Percentage of uranium in carnotite ore found in Jadugoda (Bihar) is about (a) 0.1005 — (6) 1to5 (e) 5to10 (@) 15 to25 (c) acetone (d) maleic anhydride 524. Bisphenol A is produced by condensation of acetone with (a) formaldehyde (6) ethyl alcohol 515. Which of the following is not a food addi- (©) diethylether (d) phenol tive? (a) citric acid (6) invertage {c) benzoyl peroxide (@) ammonium chloride 525. ‘Synthesis gas’ meant for the synthesis of organic compound is a variable mixture of () Ne&Hz —(b) COe& He ©) CO&H: —@) C&M 516. Multis catalytic ve is us Bee eat Santer ot red | a, Calgon used in water treatment is chemi- (a) conversion of SOs to SOs Sh (b) NHy synthesis reaction (a) sodium phosphate aki es ) sodium hexametaphosphate (d) neither (a) nor (b) (<) calcium phosphate (@) tricresyl phosphate 517. Fusion of bauxite and. high alumina cement. (a) alum ©) limestone (c) coke (d) quartz POOP | sur: Beacheatranie tieth eeenends mostly dissolved salt ean be purified by (a) reverse osmosis process () sand filter (c) lime soda process 518. Carbon tetrachloride (CCl,) is the starting (@) permutit proce: Ss raw material for the manufacture of (a) trichloroethylene (6) perchloroethylene (©) parathion (d) methanol ‘528. Drinking (potable) water treatment does not involve (a) coagulation (6) sedimentation (©) softening (d) disinfection 519. Polycaprolactum is (a) nylon-6 (6) nylon-66 (©) dacron (d) rayon 520. ........i8 produced by dehydrogenation of ethyl benzene. (a) Styrene (c) Cumene 529. Phenol formaldehyde resin is used as an adhesive in making (a) laminates —_(b) card boxes (©) furniture (d)_ books (®) Ethyl alcohol 530. Commonly used glass is known (d) Phenol BB oe oorerceeeee ol (@) flint (6) hard (©) pyrex (d) soda 531. Superior quality laboratory apparatus is made of.....glass having low thermal co- efficient of expansion and high chemical resistance. (a) flint (©) pyrex 521. Prussian blue is chemically (a) FeO. TiOz (6) CaSQ,.2H,0 (c) Fes {Fe (CNe)sl (d) AIPs. 3NaF 522. Grignard reagent is chemically (a) ethyl magnesium chloride (6) methyl magnesium chloride (ec) dichlorophenol (d) monochloro acetic acid (6) soda (d) potash’ 523. Catalytic oxidation-dehydrogenation of | 55% Major component of int glass i bacrsldps Senco (a) lead oxide (4) silica (a) formaldehyde (6) phenol CY alewathe (ehaeda “ ‘CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES n is digestion/cook- of (6) Alkali consumption is Itistage equilibrium conversion | oe ical Ee eee He eos to SOs (2802 +02 = 2803), the i centers reverse reaction becomes appreciable 1% |.) Bagasse fibre contains both igin and ‘C. The percentage | c temperature of 550€. Bagasee equlbriom conversion OfS02to Osean | | caluloss. wien wit Sing x kes the pulp bleachability poor i (b) putting more quantity of V20s catalyst in the converter {e) removing some quantity of SOs during intermediate stage (@) maintaining low temperature and pres a | 540. Tall oil obtained as a by-product from the : aged block liquor recovery is 534, Pick out the wrong statement | ree (a) Conversion of S02 toS03inMonsanto- | (q) black sticky & viscous guid 4 pass converter is about 98% () weed in the manufacture of & ae |Isions and soaps : the chemical formula of oleum is | aa ae Wy tisa:O, which is formed by saturating | (<) composed mainly of rosin & sulphuric acid with sulphur feeaite . a uewee sul- | Ce) Virol ol is nothing but technical ss, setts nae . cid. = = (a Decomposition of sulphuric acid on used for the manufacture before its boiling. glass’ heating does not start ade (c) limestone f | $39. The major constituent of black tiquor generated during paper manufactur sodium (a) sulphate (c) hydroxide (b) carbonate (d) bi-carbonate (®) soda ash ) silica 535, ........is used in the manufacture of @ si newsprint paper Aa aes eee (@) Groundwood paper ‘q) amorphous isotropic material (b) Paper board be iaanel rrr x (@) Tissue paper (@) material with sharp definite melting (d) Wrapping paper = 586, Most easily and cheaply available fbrovs | (gy lectrical insulator raw material for paper manufacture av ite able in India is bamboo. The yield of pulp | 545 glass has the ee produced from fibrous raw material by acral expansion and hen mechanical process is about.......percent. | resistant. (a) 75 (b) <10 (@) Pyrex >30 (a) 50 (@) Lead (e) (b) Soda lime (@) High silica ing processes is absent 537, Hollander beater used during paper Pulp | 544 which of the following p — manufacture does not facilitate........0f in glass manufacturing p a (a) sintering (a) cutting () annealing (6) hydration (c) shaping or forming (a) melting (®) fibrillation (d) strengthening 588, Pick out the wrong statement. aaa 1 y glass wares ion of fibre during PAPeT | 545, Laboratory 8! ol glass strength in paper (a) lead e() sodalime (d)_alkalisilicate 546. Coloured glass is obtained by mixing of | colored salts. Addition of......oxide is done to impart greenish blue color to the glass. (a) chromium (6) arsenic (c) copper (d) manganese 547. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Hard glass which is used for making laborating glass wares is a mixture of sodium borosilicate and aluminium borosilicate. Glass is decolorised during its manufacture by adding antimony oxide, manganese dioxide or arsenic oxide. (c) Ordinary glass is represented chemically by NazO . Ca . 6Si02. (d) Red color is imparted to glass by addition of arsenic oxide. 548. Electric bulbs are made of (a) jenaglass (6) flint glass (c) crookes glass (d) pyrex glass 549. Which of the following is the second major ‘component of cement ? (a) Al Os &) SiO, () C20 (d) Fe20s 550. Pick out the wrong statement. _ (a). High early strength cement are made from materials having high silica to lime ratio. () The function of gypsum is cement is to | enhance its initial setting rate. (©) Acid resistant cements are known as silicate cement. (d) Major component of greyish portland cement is tricalcium silicate, 551. Nitroglycerene absorbed in wood flour, sodium nitrate or ammonium nitrate is commercially used as a controlled ex plosive called dynamite. The raw material used for its manufacture are glycerene nitric acid and (a) sulphuric acid (b) phosphoric acid (c) hydrochloric acid (d) hydrofluoric acid ‘OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING | 552. RDX (an explosive) which is more sensitive | but less toxic than TNT is chemically | (a) cyclotrimethylene trinitramine | (®) trinitro resorcinol (c) cyclo tetramethylene tetranitramine (d) trinitro benzene 553. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Low intensity explosives are also called propellants whereas high intensity ex plosives are called detonators. (b) Gun powder comprises of 75% salt petre, 15% charcoal and 10% sulphur. (c) Lead azide is a popular military explosive. (d)_ TNT is a hygroscopic explosive having very high melting point and is non-toxic to human being. 554. Good quality of edible salt is obtained from brine by the process of (a) solar evaporation (®) vacuum evaporation (c) freeze drying (d) electrolysis 555. Which of the following is not an insecticide? (a) hydrocyanic acid (®) nicotine (c) sodium fluoride (d) hexane 556. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) DDTis manufactured by the condensation ot suwurobenzene with chloral at 30°C in presence of oleum which is a highly exothermic reaction. (6) Chloral is obtained by the chlorination of ethyl alcohol (c) Insecticides acting on the insects through the respiratory system are called fumigants, (d) Benzene hexachloride is not a contact, | insecticide, 557. Removal of dirt/soil by soaps or detergent does not involve.......of soil. (a) emulsification (6) dispersion (©) precipitation (d) wetting CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES $58. Sulphur addition in soap is done to (a) improve soap texture (6) cure pimples and dandruff {c) fasten lather formation | (d) increase its cleansing action | 559, Which of the following is used as a binding | material in soap to improve soap texture ? a) rosin (b) borax (c) benzyl acetate (d) sodium carbonate | 560. Phenolic antiseptics are added in. (a) shaving (b) medicated (c) metallic (d) transparent soap 561. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Rosin requirement in tallow soap is about 40-50% which fastens the lather formation, softens the hard soaps and increases its cléansing action. Soap powder is prepared by mixing soap with hydrated sodium carbonate. Detergents differ from soaps in their action in hard water. Tarnish inhibitor (e.g., benzotriazole) is added in soap to facilitate removal of | stains due to tea, blood ete. | 562. The most popular and common detergent | ié, alkyl benzene sulfonate (ABS) is wan....«. detergent. (a) cationic (c) amphoteric 563, Which of the following is a bleaching agent added in the detergents to facilitate removal of stains caused due to blood, tea ete? (a) sodium silicate (0) sodium borate (c) sodium tripolyphosphate (d) caustic soda (b) anionic (d) semi polar 564. Pick out the correct statement. (a) A fat is converted into oil by its hydrogenation. (b) There is no difference between a fat and an oil so far as its physical properties are concerned. All vegetable oils except coconut oil, contains fatty acids having more than sixteen carbon atoms. 151 (a) Vegetable oils are classified as drying, non-drying and semi drying oils depending upon its fatty acids content. 565. Saponification value/number of an oil or fat is a measure of (a) its fatty acid content (6) degree of unsaturation of the fatty acids present in it c) its average molecular weight (d) its insoluble fatty acid content. 566. Very dilute solutions are generally used in fermentation reactions for which the optimum temperature range is......°C. (a) -5t00 (6) 5to10 (ce) 30 to 50 (d) 75 to 80 567. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Wine, rum and Vodka are prepared by the formulation of fruit juice, sugar beet and rye respectively (&) Protein catalysts are called enzymes. (c) The rate of chemical reaction is independent of the concentration of reactants at high concentration of enzymes. (d) Total sugar content in molasses is about 10%. 568. Low punty oxygen is used for (a) LD. steel making (®) cutting and welding of metals (c) medicinal purposes (a) chemical oxidation processes 569. Reverse osmosis is normally used for a) ration of isotopes of uranium from = ps uranium hexafluoride (®) separation of helium from natural gas (©) desalination of brackish water to produce potable (drinking) water (d) purification of oxygen 570. Electrodeposition of metals i¢. electroplat- ing is never done on (a) metals () alloys (©) refractories (d)_non-metals 571. Match the catalyst used in various chemical processes.List (a) Nickel supported on magnesite (®) Platinum (c) Pepsin or ptyalin (d) Alumina List IT 1. Maunfacture of nitric acid by oxidation of ammonia to nitric oxide. (Ostwald’s * process). IL. Protein catalyst (enzyme) used in digestion of food. Production of sulphur by oxidation- reduction of HS. Manufacture of ammonia by partial oxidation of hydrocarbons by oxygen enriched air. 572. Match the process conditions for various chemical processes. List I (a) Reactor temperature maintained during manufacture of nylon-6 by condensation polymerisation of caprolactum. (b) Digestor condition in sulphate pulp process. (©) Fermentation temperature during manufacture of ethyl alcohol from molasses. (d) Heating of gypsum to produce plaster of paris. List IT 1. 180°C & 10 kgf/em* Tl. 245 - 280°C. IIL. 130°C. IV. 30°C. 573, Match the characteristic associated with the chemical compounds. List (a) it (b) «) (d) High purity oxygen List IT 1. Rocket fuel Il. Acetylene manufacture UL. Steel making IV. Explosive OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 574. Match the type of papers with their field of application. List I (a) Ground wood paper (b) Tissue paper (c) Wrapping paper (a) Paper board List IL 1. Toilet paper and napkins Il. Grease proof paper Ill. Laminated paper stock IV. Newsprint paper 575. Match the various types of glasses with their field of application. List I (a) Flint glass () Crookes glas (c) Borosilicate glass (d) Fibre glass List 11 I. Optical instruments II, Laboratory glassware IIL. Electrical insulation IV. Electrical bulb 576. Match the characteristics of various types of glasses. (a) Pyrex glass (©) Lead glass List IT I. Excellent chemical stability Il. High index of refraction and dispersion IML. Extraordinarily transparent to ultra violet radiation IV. Lowest co-efficient of thermal expansion and high heat resistant properties. List (b) Borasilicate glass (d) Fused silica glass 577. Match the colouring agent added to impart different colors to the glass. List 1 (a) Decoloring agent for glass (b) Amber colour imparting agent (c) Red colouring agent (d) Deep blue coloring agent Lisell 1. Tron sulphii Il. Cadmium oxide II. Cobalt oxide TV. Arsenic oxide and manganese dioxide CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES $78, Match the main product of various processes. | List 1 4a) Deacon's process (b) Modified Solvay's process {c) Vacuum evaporation process (d) Brine electrolysis process List IT I. Soda ash II. Common edible salt Ill. Chlorine IV. Caustic soda 879. Match the chemical names of the popular insecticides. List I (a) DDT (b) Nicotine (©) Parathion ~ (d) Gammaxene or lindane List IT 1. Y-BHC IL. Diethyl-p-nitrophenyl thiosulphate II. Volatile alkaloid IV. 2, 2bis (p-chloro pheny}) 1, 1, 2 tgrichloroethane 580. Match the following additives used in soap manufacture with their function List I (a) Germicide against skin micro-organism (6) Super falting agent () Anti dandruff and pimple agent (d) Softening agent for hard soaps as well as faster lather formation agent List IT Il, Hexachlorophene TV. Lanolin 1, Sulphur IIL. Rosin 581, Match the various additives used in detergent manufacture, List I (a) Sodium silicate () Sodium borate (c) Sodium tripolyphosphate (STPP) (d) Benzotriazole List II 1, Builder TI. Corrosion inhibitor III, Tarnish inhibitor IV. Bleaching agent 153 582. Match the various additives used in shampoo with their funetion. | List 1 (a) Egg albumin (b) Selenium sulphide (c) Lemon juice (d) Lanoline List 11 Antidruff agent Hair conditioner (acting by softening the detergent action of shampoo through protective colloidal action) Ill. Hair softener IV. Scum remover 583. Match the chemical formula of saturated and unsaturated fatty acids present in oils & fats. List 1 (e) Oleic acid () Stearic acid (©) Linoleic acid (@) Palmitic acid List I I. C11 Has COOH Il. Ci Hs: COOH Ml. Cyr Hss COOH IV. Cis Hs: COOH 584, Match the chemical reaction products. List I (@) Oxidation of benzene () Dehydrogenation of ethyl benzene 1. Styrene Il. Phthalicanhydride Ill, Butadiene IV. Maleic anhydride 585. Match the chemical formula ListI (a) Glycerol (®) Acetone (©) Isopropanol (d) Lauryl alcohol List It I, CHyCOCHs m. mm. WV.184 OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ‘CHEMICAL PROCESS INDUSTRIES 586. Match the chemical formula List I 181 182 183184 (a) Cresol @ © @) —@) (6) Epsom salt 191 192 193 194 ‘c) Chloral (d) (@) (@) — @) (d) Chlorhydrin 201 202 203-204 List 11 (@) @ @ @ 1. HOCI 211 212 213-214 MgSO,.7H20 (a) ©) ® @ HOC¢H.CHs 221 222 223 «224 CCisCHO @) (@) (di 231 232 233 «234 1) () ©) @) 241 242 243 (244 ®) ) ® @ 252 253 (254 (a) @ @ — 262 263264 a ae (a) @ @) @ @ © ig a78., 36 4 61516 a c) a4, 12 ), ey tel 282 283-284-285 24 (a) @ @ @) Sie l es 292 293-294 «(295 3536 3) a) dd) «) @ © @ 302 303 304-305 Me 24S) a8 ®) © @ © @ ® @ 312 313. 314315 5405S () ® @ © @ © © 322 323 «324.325 64 656 ®) @ ® & @ @) @) 332 333334335 Hh Bony 16 79 (@) @ ¢ @) @) @) a 342 343344345 8 8586 89 © @ ® @ ® (d) 352 353354355 94 (95 99 3) @ ® ® @ © dd) Oo) 362 363 «364-965 104 105106 109 @) ® @ @ @ 6) © 372 373 374-375 14115116 119 ® © @ (d) (a) (d) (a) (6) 383-384 385 124 125126 129 @ @ &® © @ @) «@) @ © @ Cc a 134135. 136 138 139140 ® @ ® © @) = @) = @) 6) @)—@) edn ey 144014546, 48 «149150 © ® & © © 6) @) @ © @ 413 414415416 154185156 158 159 +160 @ @ © @ © @) 6) = @) ® 6) © 423 424-425-426. 427 164165 (166 168 169 170 © © © @ @ @) @) ® © @ 433 434435436437 174 «175176 178 179 ~— 180 @ © @ & © @ @ wd @ @ @ 443 «444445446447 ® @ @ ) ©452 (a) (a) 461 462 () 0) 47 472 () ©) 481 482 ) ©) 491 492 d. ) 501 502 ) ) Sul 512 (a) 0) 521 522 3) (a) 531 532 « @) 541 542 (a) (©) 551 552 (@) (a) 561 562 @) 6) 571 (@-IV-6)-1 (e)-II (dT 574 (@)-IV-6)-1 (e)-1I (d)-T1T 577 (a)-IV ()-1 (c)-1I (d)-T0 580 (a)-T1-4b)-IV (c)-I (d)-T1T 583 (@)-II1-4b)-I (el (d)-IV 586 (a)-IIT (b)-11 (e}IV (@)-1 453 454455 ® © @ 463° 464465 @ =) 473474475 @) —) 483 484485 e & & 493 494495 o @ @ 503 504 505 ® © © 513 514515 ® @ @ 523524525 @ @ © 533534535 © @ @ 543544545 @ @ 553 554 555 @ ®» @ 563 564565 oy © 572, (@)-I1 (6) (IV (a) 575 (@)-1V-(6}-He)-II (a)-11 578 (@)-TIK(-)-1 (@)-I1 (d)-1V 581 (a)-I1-(6)1V (©) (@)-I11 584, (@)-1V-6)-1(e)-II (d)-I11 OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 456 457° «458 «459460 ® @ © © wd 466 «467 «468 «469-470 @ @) G@) © «d) 477 478 «479-480 © @ @ 487 488 489 © 490 ® @ © 497 498 «499500 ® @ © © 507 508 509 510 ® © @ 517 518 519 520 ® © @ @ 527 528 «529 830 @ © @ 537 538 «539540 ® @ @ ® Ww 546-547, 548549550 © @ 6 © @ 556 «557 «558559560 @ © @) @) 6) 566 «567 «568569570 OW: M40. @) 573 (@)-IV-@) (c)-IT (@)-11 576 (@)-IV-6)-1 (c)-II (d)-11 57 (@)-IV-6)-I1I (¢)-II (d)-1 582 (@)-II ©} (c-IV (@)-111 585 (@)-I11-6)-1 (¢)-11 (d)-IV 1) Petroleum (a) is optically active (b) constitutes mainly of olefins (c) does not contain asphalt. (d) does not contain aromatics. 2. Main constituent of natural gas is (a) CHy () Cole (c) CaHa 3. LPG stanus iv (a) liquid petroleum gas (b) liquefied petrol gas (c) liquid petrol gas (d) liquefied petroleum gas @)Which of the following is a naphthene ? (a) butene (&) butadiene (e) cyclohexane (d) acetylene 5. Sweetening of petroleum product means removal of (a) sulphur and its compounds (b) water (c) organic impurities (a) wax 6, Sour crude means bearing crude. (a) asphalt (b) sulphur compounds (c) wax (d) nitrogen compounds > Petroleum Refinery Engineering @-yTetra-ethy! lead is added to gasoline to |" (q@) increase its smoke point (b) reduce gum formation (c) reduce the pour point (d) increase its octane number 10, Cetane number of a diesel fuel is the measure of its (q) ignition delay (6) smoke point (©) viscosity (d) oxidation stability | 13. Kerosene should have | ~~ (@) low smoke point @) high smoke point (c) high aromatics content (d) low paraffins content 12, The octane number of aviation gasoline may be about | @) 50 (@) 10 (@) >100 ©) 97 18. Diesel index is defined as (@) (API) x (Aniline Point, "F)/100 (@) CAPI x (Aniline Point, “C)/100 {© CAPD x (100)/Aniline Point , F (@)_ CAPI x (100)/Aniline Point, °C £4) Which of the following has the highest octane number ? (e) aromatics (©) naphthenes (@)_n-paraffins (b) i-paraffins (@) olefins a Octane number of gasoline is ameasure ofits | <2) which of the following hes the lowest (a) knocking tendency () ignition delay (c) ignition temperature (d) smoke point 8. Octane number of n-heptene is (a) 100 ) 0 (e) 70 (d) 50 | number? (q) aromatics (©) naphthene (e) a-paraffins (®) e-paraffins (d) olefins 116.) Viscosity index é | (q) is the measure of flash point.PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING 158 ‘OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING | 39, Catalyst used in alkylation process is ickel (a) sulphuric acid (6) nicl (©) silica gel (d)_ alumina to i-paraffins (c) naphthenes into olefins (c) vacuum pressure (d) naphthenes into paraffin (d) none of these in reaction in reforming is a BD: ‘dehydrogenation of naphthenes. (b) hydrogenation of naphthenes. (c) hydrocracking of paraffins. {d) saturation of olefins. | with temperature. {e) of a lubricating oil should be low. (d) none of these. (6) is the measure of variation of viscosity | | 40, Isomerisation converts. | (a) paraffins | @) olefin | @ naphthenes (d) none of these 24. The main aim of cracking is to produce (a) gasoline (b) lube oil (©) petrolatum (d) coke 17. Pour point is (a) multiple of 3°F (6) multiple of 5°F (©) 5°C below the temperature at which oil ceases to flow (d) none of these 25. Which of the following is the easiest to crack 2 | 41. Catalyst used in isomerisation is (@) aluminium chloride 33, Catalyst used in catalytic reforming is (a) platinum on alumina (6) nickel @) alumina ares oes snlorid | Gy peed vgs i ride 1 1S; Flach point of tv lie deteemineltty | eee — (d) aluminium chlot | we a) ee (®) an endothermic reaction (6) Ramsbottom apparatus (©) favoured at very low temperature (c) Saybolt viscometer ip Sea (d) Conradson apparatus (a) paraffins (8) olefins () naphthenes (@) aromatics Higher pressure in reforming reactor (a) increases coke —— 3 (b) increases the rate of reaction. (c)_ produces high octane number gasoline. (d) none of these. | 42. Solvent used in deasphalting process is | @ furfurol ®) phenol (©) propane (@) hexane 21. Visbreakis 19, Reid vapour pressure of gasoline is the isbreaking 43. Which of the following fractious of ys (a) uses natural gas as feed. petroleum contains maximum sulphur? 20, (d) none of these 22, (a) leads to corrosion (b) increases lead susceptibility (d) helps during stabilisation (a) atni ®pheric pressure (6) 10. atm (eh paddotet (®) is carried out at atmospheric pressure. (6) cloud point (c) vapour locking tendeney (d) carbon residue Aniline point is the temperature at which (a) equal weight of diesel and aniline are completely miscible. () equal weight of aniline and test sample are completely miscible, (©) equal volume of aniline and test sample are completely miscible. (d) aniline vaporises. Petrolatum is (a) same as petroleum ether (6) petroleum coke (c) mixture of microcrystalline wax with viscous hydrocarbon liquids Presence of sulphur in gasoline (c) decreases gum formation column operates at (©) produces fuel oil of lower viscosity. (d) produces gasoline only. ing is generally 35. Feed for reforming is gene . (a) naphtha or straight run gasoline (b) reduced erude 1 ©) gasoline a (6) GeSrtha atmospheric residue 44. Most widely used solvent for dewaxing is 28. In catalytic cracking, (a) gasoline obtained has a very low octane number. (®) pressure and temperature is very high. (©) gasoline obtained has very high aromatic content. (d) gasoline obtained has very amount of gum forming compouns . Catalyst used in catalytic eracking is (a) silica-alumina (6) silica gel (c) vanadium pentoxide (d) nickel 80. Choose the correct statement, (a) Coking tendency increases with increasing molecular weight. (6) Coking tendency decreases with increasing molecular weight. (c) Higher pressure enhances coke formation, (d) Coking is an exothermic reaction. 81. Reforming converts (a) olefins into paraffins (6) naphthenes into aromatics () vacuum gas oil (d) atmospheric gas oil 36. Poly (a) @) 3) d@) ymerisation produces i-octane from cracked gases containing i-butane and butane. causes olefins to combine with e ther. ; ‘causes aromatics to combine with each other. wae is aimed at producing lubricating oil 37. Catalyst used in catalytic polymerisation is (@) () te) (d) phosphoric acid on kieselghur aluminium chloride nickel vanadium pentoxide 38. Alkylation (a) () ©) (d) causes olefins to combine with each other. causes olefins to combine with iso- paraffins. : converts iso-paraifin into olefin, converts olefin into paraffin. (q) methyl-ethyl-ketone (MEK) nies vee > ned rs @ sodium plumbite 45. Solution used in Doctor's treatment for removal of mercaptans is (aq) sodium hydroxide (®) sodium plumbite (c) cupric chloride (d) potassium isobutyrate agent used 46, In sweetening process, solutizer agent with caustic alkalis (a) potassium isobutyra (®) sodium plumbite {c) methanol (a) phenol 47. Performance number of a liquid fuel is re lated to its (@) wax content — (b) spontaneous ign (c) knocking tendency (2) sulphur content yn temperature160 48. Cetane number of alpha methyl naphthalene is (@) 0 (©) 50 (&) 100 (d) none of these 49. Clay treatment is used to remove (a) salt from the crude. () colour and dissolved gases from cracked gasoline (c) wax from lube oil. (d)_ none of these. 50. Butadiene is a/an (@) di-clefin (6) naphthene (©) aromatic (d) olefin 51. Higher viscosity of lubricating oil usually signifies (a) lower Reid vapour pressure. (®) higher acid number. (c) higher flash point and fire point. (d) lower flash point and fire point. 52. The most widely used crude topping column in refineries is........column. (a) bubble-cap —(b)_ packed bed (c) fluidised bed (d) perforated plate 53. Stabilisation of gasoline (petrol) means (a) removal of dissolved gases from it. (b) increasing its oxidation stability. (c) improving its lead susceptibility. (d) inereasing its vapour pressure. 54. Most commonly used crude heater before the fractionation tower in a refinery is the.....heater, (a) electric immersion (6) pipestill (©) steam coil (d). none of these 55. Olefins are (a) saturated hydrocarbons. (®) unsaturated cyclic (hydrocarbon: (c) present in substantially good quantity in erude petroleum. (d) none of these. compounds OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 56. Which of the following has the highest gum forming tendency in gosoline ? (a) paraffins _(b) diolefins (c) aromatics _(d)_naphthenes 57. Gum formation in stored gasoline is mainly due to (a) alkylation of unsaturates, (6) presence of sulphur. (©) oxidation and polymerisation of unsaturates. (d) higher aromatic coustent. 58, True vapour pressure of a petroleum fraction is...... Reid vapour pressure. (a) less than (®) more than (c) sameas (d) either more or less, depends on the petroleum product. 59. Which of the following is the most important Property for a jet fuel ? (a) cload point (6) pour point (©) colour (d) freezing point Boiling range of motor gasoline is an indication of (a) ease of starting (®) rate of acceleration (©) vapour locking tendency (d) all (a), (B) and (e) Percentage of straight run gasoline in a crude may be around (a) 10 @) 20 © 40 (a) 60 Which of the following categories of gasolines has the highest lead susceptibility? (a) straight run gosoline (6) platinum reformed gasoline (c) catalytically cracked gasoline (d) polymer gasoline 63, Higher boiling fractions like atmospheric residue is distilled under vacuum at low temperature because at high temperature, there is a tendency of predominance of (a) thermal cracking PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING (6) gum formation (c) coking (d) discoloration smoke point of kerosene is the Hh her which smoking arts o0 burnin (b) Comte at which smoking starts. (@) maximum height of flame (in mm without causing smoking when burntin standard lamp. (d) none of these 65. Smoke point of a good burning kerosene may be around. mm. (a) 0-5 (e) 60-75 66. Flash point of motor gasoline may be around......... C (a) 10 (©) 100 (b) 20-25 (d) 100-120 (b) 45 (d) 150 of the following fractions of a crude Hee ave the maximum gravity API (. API)? (a) diesel (®) gasoline 3 (©) atmospheric gas oil (@) vacoum gas oil 68, Petroleum coke is used mainly in (a) discoloration of yellow glycerine. (b) sugar refining. (c). the manufacture of carbon electrode. (d) the blast furnace for reduction of iron ore. 69. “Breathing loss” on storage of gasoline oc curs due to the (a)_ presence of unsaturated air 18 71. A fuel oil consists of 4 fractions A, B,C and D. Their molar compositions and vapour pressures are given below Const ‘The vapour pressure of the f be. mm Hg. (c) 736 a © 512 d 72. The colour of gasoline is an indication of its (@) octane number (b) lead susceptibility - (c) gum forming tendency and thorough ness of refining (d) none of these | 7s.Cetane number of diesel oil used in trucks | “may be about | @5 ©) 35 ) 15 @ 85 for an aircraft en- | 74. Which one is preferred ne? high viseosity index lube oil | (@) low viscosity index lube oil | © bigh freezing point aviation fuel (@) none of these | 9S. Aniline point of a diesel is a measure of its content atic -«() paraffin © olefin (2) naphthene True used for boiling point apparatus is ye a jetermination of characterisation fac () fluctuation of ambient temperature tor: during day and night (c) both (a) and (6) (@) neither (a) nor (6) 70. Pick out the additive property of a lube o out of the following. (a) °API {c) viscosity (b) specific gravity (d) flash point Getermination of true vapour pressure | @) evaluation of ail stocks. © (d) none of these. 77. Older crude Lape ) is hight and better (8). gives more distillates (c)_ gives less tar (@) all (a), (b) and ©) il78. Which of the following is not a sulphur com. pound present in petroleum ? (a) thiophenes —() mercaptans tc) sulphones — (d)_pyroles 79. Pick out the correct statement. \a) Paraffins nave higher octane number | than corresponding 1so-paraffin. Paraffins have lower smoke point than aromatics Suitability of kerosene as a fuel and as on illuminant may be determined by char value test, | Aviation fuel should have very high cloud point. 80, Name the hydrocarbon having poorest | oxidation stability ia) naphthene fe) paraffin (6) olefin (d) aromatics resence of predominantly large quantity of romatics (polynuclear) is not desirable in aviation fuel, beeause it has (a) bigh pour point and low smoke point. (b) low viseosity index. (c) high self-ignition temperature, vd) all ca, tbY and (er 82, Molccularweight of erude petroleum may be around ta) 60 te) 1500 (b) 250 (d) 6000 83. Higher vapour pressure of gasoline indicates (a) low flash point (b) high breathing loss (e) both (a) and (b) (d) neither (a) nor (6) 84, Flash point of an oil gives an idea of (a) nature of boiling point diagram of sys: tom (0) amount of low boiling fraction present. (e) explosion hazards, (d)_ all (a), (b) and (> OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING | (@)_higher-yield of straight run gasoline (®) higher octane number gasoline. (c) lower viscosity index lube oil. | @) poorer yield of lube oil. | 86. Aniline point is a property of (6) LPG (d) none of these |) diesel (c) naphtha | 87. Choose the correct statement regarding thermal cracking (a) Moderate changes in operating temperature does not change the depth | of cracking. (b) Increased residence time result in decreased severity of cracking. (c) At low pressure, the yield of lighter hydrocarbons are more. (d) Greater depth of cracking gives lower octane number gasoline. 88. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Iso-paraffin crack faster than n-paraf- in, (b) Catalytic cracking is endothermic but regeneration of catalyst is exothermic. (e) Rate of decomposition of olefins in catalytic cracking is slightly slower than the thermal cracking. (d)_None of these. 89. Which of the following reactions is undesirable in the production of catalytically reformed gasoline? (a) dehydrogenation of naphthene (6) dehydrogenation of lower paraffins (c) dehydrocyclisation of higher paraffins (d) isomerisation of paraffins 90. Which one of the following processes aims at producing higher yield of gascous unsaturated hydrocarbons and aromatics like benzene and toluene ? (a) reforming —(b) pyrolysis (c) alkylation (d)_hydrocracking 91. Dearomatisation of kerosene (by liquid sul- 85, Paraffin base crude as compared to asphalt | base crude gives phur dioxide extraction) is done to (a) increase its smoke point PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING () improve its oxidation stability (c) decrease the breathing loss {d) none of these 92. Which of the following is the most sui feed for platforming process (reforming) ? (a) olefinic hydrocarbon {b) naphtha (c) fuel oil (d) atmospheric residue 93. Name the endothermic reaction out of the following (a) catalytic cracking (B) hydrocracking (e) dehydrogeneration of naphthene to produce aromatic (d) catalytic polymerisation 94, Concentration of H2SO« catalyst in alkylation is kept between 90-91% because HeSOs having concentration (a) less than 90% promotes polymer tion. (b) more than 98% promotes cracking, (c) both (a) and (b). (d) neither (a) nor (b). 95, In catalytic alkylation, higher iso-butane to olefin ratio gives (a) low final boiling point product (b) higher yield (©) both (a) and (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 96. Hydrofining is the most recent and effective method for (a) removal of sulphur {) improvement of smoke point (c)_ reduction of breathing loss (d)_none of these 97. Pick out the undesirable property for & solvent meant for dewaxing of lube oil. (a) complete miscibility with oil (b) high solubility of wax in the solvent (c) both (a) and (6) (a) neither (a) nor (b) 98. Platforming is a (a) moving bed (b) fluidised bed (c) non-regenerative and fixed bed (d) regenerative 99. Pick out the correct statement about catalytic polymerisation (a) H2SOx polymerisation process gives gasoline rich in unsaturates. (b) In H2SO¢ polymerisation, HaPOs is always used with 2% steam to prevent meta and ortho HsPO4 formation which are inactive. (c) both (a) and (b) (d)_ neither (a) nor (b) | 100. Mercapsol and Unisol processes are meant for (a) dearomatisation of kerosene (6) removal of mereaptans (c) dewaxing (d) decoloration f crude 101. The characterisation factor of petroleum is around @9-11 = (a)9(6)11 (e) 22 (a) 28 | 102. Research octane number refers to | (a) low octane number motor fuels. (b) high octane number motor fuels. | (@) high octane number aviation fuels. (d)_unleaded motor fuels. 108. Casing head gasoline is (@) liquid butane (6) liquid propane (c) liquid natural gas : (d) gasoline separated from wet natural gas by compression 104. The amount of tetraethyl lead added to improve the octane number of motor gasoline is around ce. per gallon petrol. (@) 3 (©) 3000 {b) 300 (a) 100014 105. Liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) used for household cooking comprises mainly of (a) propane and butane (b) butane and ethane (c) methane and ethane (d) methane and carbon monoxide 106. Gasoline extracted from natural gas (by compression and cooling) is called gasoline. (a)_ polymer (c) casing-head (b) unleaded (d) straight run 107. Paraffins are desirable in lubricating oil as it has got high (a) viscosity (b) viscosity index (c) smoke point (d) pour point and cetane number 108, Tetraethyl lead is added to the petrol to increase its octane number, because its octane number is (a) more than 100 (b) round about 100 (c) between 50 and 100 (d) less than 25 109. The characterisation factor of a crude oil is calculated as 12.5. It means that, it is (a) paraffinic (b)_ naphthenic (©) intermediate (d) none of these 110. The catalytic cracking of heavier petroleum fraction is done to produce mainly (a) gasoline te) diesel oi) (b) a (d) tar halt 111, Extractor temperature is maintained at ~20°C in Edeleanu process to reduce....of kerosene. (a) smoke point (6) paraffins (c) aromatics (d) naphthenes 112, Mercaptans is represented as (a) R-COOH —()- R-S-H ) R-S-R_— d@) R-S-R where R and R’ are alkyl groups OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 113. Which of the following additives improves the cetane number of diesel ? (a) Amylnitrate (6) Ethyl mercaptan {c) Napthenic acid(d) Tetra ethyl lead 114. With increase in molecular weight of aromatics present in kerosene, its smoking | tendency (a) increases (6) decreases (c) remains same (d) is unpredictable 115. Pentration test and softening point tests are important for | (a) bitumen (c) kerosene (b) gasoline (a) light gas oil 116. The general formula of naphthenes is (a) CaHons2 (6) CyHax-6 (where, n 2 6) (©) CoH (d) same as that for olefins i.e. C,Han 117. Which of the following constituents present in petroleum is responsible for ash formation ? (a) nitrogen compounds (6) organometallic compounds (©) sulphur compounds (d) oxygen compounds 118. Choose the correct statement. (a) Octane number of i-octane is zero. (6) Octane number of paraffins increases with increasing number of carbon atoms. (c) Branched chain paraffins have higher octane number than straight chain paraffins with same number of carbon atoms, ‘The aromatics have lower octane number than naphthenes with same number of carbon atoms. 119. For gasoline, the flash point (< 50°C) is determined by (a) Abel apparatus () Pensky-Marten’s apparatus (c) Saybolt chromometer (d) none of these PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING 120, Carbon/hydrogen ratio (by weight) is max- | imum (out of the following) for (a) gasoline (b) kerosene (c) Tight gas oil (d) heavy fuel oil 121, Sulphur content in lighter and heavier petroleum products is generally determined respectively by (a) lamp method and bomb method (6) bomb method and lamp method. (c) bomb method and quartz tube method (d) quartz tube method and lamp method. 122, Flash point of dieseV/kerosene (> 50°C) is determined by - (a) Abel apparatus (®) Pensky-Martens apparatus (c) Saybolt chromometer (d) none of these 123.Which is almost absent in crude petroleum? (a) olefins () naphthenes (b) mercaptans (d) cycloparaffins 124, Naphthenic acid is represented by (a) CrHonse O2 (b) Ca Han-2 O2 (©) Cy Hansa O2 (n 26) (a) Cu Hane O2(n $6) 125. Which of the followings desirable in petrol | (gasoline) but undesirable in kerosene ? (a) paraffins () aromatic (c) mercaptans (d) naphthenic acid 126. Which of the following is desirable in diese! and kerosene but is gasoline? (a) aromatics (c) paraffins (6) mercaptans (d) naphthenic acid 127. Which of the following has maximum hydrogen/carbon ratio (by weight) ? (a) naphtha () gasoline (©) diesel (d) fuel oil undesirable in | 165 128. With increase in the number of carbon and hydrogen atoms in hydrocarbon molecules the density of petroleum products (a) decreases (b) increases (©) remains same (@) unpredictable from the data | 129. The yield of straight run LPG from crude oil is about.........weight % (a) 20-25 ) 1-15 (e) 10-15 (d) 0.1-02 | 130. Which one is used to determine | of petroleum products ? (a) colour comparator (8) Saybolt chromometer (c) Cleveland apparatus (d) none of these 181. Road grade bitumen is produced from vacuum residue by its (a) aeration (b) pyrolysis (c) hydrogenation (d) steam reforming 132. Which of the following processes consumes hydrogen ? (a) fluid catalytic cracking (®) visbreaking (c) propane deasphalting (d) none of these 133. The most suitable solvent for deasphalting vacuum residue is (a) propane (6) methyl ethyl ketone (c) doctor's solution (d) methanol amine 184, Which parameter is used for grading of paraffin waxes ? (a) specific gravity (®). melting point (c) viscosity (@) penetration number 135. The pressure (kg/cm?) and temperature (°C) maintained in electrical desalters for crude oil are respectively (a) 10and 120 (6) 1 and 200 () 50and 250 (@) 10.and 900168 136, HIC ratio (by weight) for the same number of carbon atoms is the highest in case of (a) aromatics () paraffins (c) olefins (d) naphthenes 137. H/C ratio (by weight) for the same number of carbon atoms is the lowest in case of (a) paraffins (6) olefins (c) naphthenes (d) aromatics 138. Naphthenie acid is a/en pound. (a) sulphur (e) oxygen () nitrogen (d) none ef these 139, Ethyl mercaptan is a/an pound. (a) sulphur (b) nitrogen (e) oxygen (a) none of these 140. Quinoline is a/an.. seseeeeee COMPpOunG, (a) sulphur (6) nitrogen (c) oxygen (@) none of these 141. In the atmospheric pressure crude distillation, the content of ....... from lighter fraction to heavier ones. (a) sulphur increases (b) sulphur decreases (c) nitrogen decreases (d) none of these 142. Which of the following has the lowest flash point of all ? (a) diesel (c) petrol (b) kerosene (d) furnace oil 143. Which has the highest flash point of all ? (a) diesel (6) kerosene (©) petrol (d) furnace ofl 144. Which has the minimum API gravity of all? (a) diesel (c) petrol (b) kerosene (d) furnace oil 145. Which has the maximum °API gravity of all? (a) diesel (c) petrol (b) kerosene (d) furnace oil OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 146, With increase in the density, the viscosity of petroleum products (a) increases —_(b) decreases (c) remains same (d) either (a) or (b) 147, Which has the highest viscosity of al (at a given temperature) ? (a) naphtha (6) fuel oil (c) light diesel oil (LDO) (d) petrol 148, Which has the lowest viscosity (at a given temperature) of all? (a) naphtha —_(b)_ kerosene {c) diesel (d) lube oil 149. 95% (by volume) of LPG at 760 mm Hg pressure will evaporate at... 1G. (a) 2 (b) - 40 (c) 30 (d) 55 150. LPG when brought to atmospheric pressure and temperature will be a (a) liquid lighter than water (b) liquid heavier than water (c) gas lighter than air (d) gas heavier than air 151. Antioxidants are added to petrol to (a) impart colour to it for easy identification, (b)_ minimise gum formation. (c) prevent icing of the carburei‘or. (d) prevent lead build up in engines. 152. Aromatics have the highest..... of all the hydrocarbons of same carbon atoms. (a) smoke point (b) octane number (c) cetane number (d) viscosity 153, Which of the following hydrocarbons of same carbon atoms has minimum smoking tendency ? (a) paraffins (©) aromatics (®) naphthenes (d) iso-paraffins + 154, High aniline point of diesel indicates that it (a) is highly aromatic (b) has a large ignition delay PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING (c) ishighly paraffinic (a) has a low diesel index 155. The main use of heavy gas ail produced by | vacuum distillation unit is as & (2) blending component for kerosene {) blending component for petrol. (c) feedstock for fluid catalytic cracking unit. (d) none of these. | 156. The vacuum maintained in vacuum distil | Jation unit for reduced crude is | about......-..mm Hg. | fa) 1.2 () 12 | (e) 120 (d) 700 | 157. The doctor's solution comprises of sodium | plumbite in (a) alcohol (b) water (e) aqueous caustic soda (a) soda ash 158, Hydrocracking employs (a) high pressure and temperature (b) low pressure and temperature (c) high pressure and low temperature (a) high temperature and low pressure 189, Petroleum coke is commercially produced by....process. (a) hydrocracking - (b) visbreaking (c) fluid catalytic cracking (d) delayed coking 160. Phenols are added in gasoline te (a) improve the octane number (b) act as an antioxidant (c) reduce its viscosity (d) increase its pour point 161. Which is an anticing compound ? (a) amyl nitrate _ (b) alcohols (c) mercaptans (d) pyridine 162, .....chloride present in crude petroleum a% impurity is the most prolific producer of HClduring distillation, (a) Magnesium (b) Potassium (c) Calcium (d). Sodium | 167. Highest quality bitumen is produce 167 163. Electrical desalting of crude oil removes the ...... impurities. (a) oleophilic (b) oleophobic (ec) both (a) and (6) (d) neither (a) nor (b) | 164. The conductivity of crude oil-water mix ture depends on the (a) pH value (b) water percentage (c) temperature (d) all (a).(b) and ‘c 165. Solvent used in Edeleanu process '= (®) propane (d) phenol (a) furfural (e) liquid SO2 166. CaHan is the general formula for (a) olefins (b) naphthenes (c) both (a) and (b) (d) neither (a) nor (b) from ———-—— erude oil. (a) paraffinic (c) intermediate (®) naphthenic (d) mixed 168, Fuel oil is subjected to visbreaking © reduce its (a) pour point (0) viscosity (c)_ pressure drop on pumping (d) all (a), (6) and (c) st suscer- go, —--—- present in petrol are most sist" 109. ve to gum formation thereby leading \ choking of fuel lines. (@) epareffins (0) n-peraffins (©) Aromatics (@) Olefins 170. Which ofthe following contains ms sulphur? (a) diesel (c) kerosene aximum (b) petrol (a) fuel oil 171, Presence of aromatics in (a) diesel increases its cetane number. (Gy Kerosene increases its smoke Point (¢) petrol increases its octane number. (d) all (a), (6) and (e). 172. Which is the most undesirable ‘component in kerosene ? (a) aromatics () i-paraifinsOBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ©) e-perefins (2) naybthenes 37%. Woseb of the foliowing theories of ori a ‘gin of Posie ein epee Ios Ooseisiog_comtiisons in electrical stesgee ast sinus compounds in crode | eee 6.5 kglem* & 95°C e modern thewry (6) carbide theory o) la @ ec ngier theory (a) ali(a),b)andte) | ©) 20kgfem* & 110°C (d) 50 atm. & 150°C © 10 @) 25 116. Corvon percentage by weight in crude roleum may be about 182. Crude oil is Sidhe fom muses (@) road tankers z (b) rail tankers (c) underground pipelines (d) none of these a) 76 195, Hydrogen percentage by weight in crude seccleuse may be about a 183. Lane and Garton cla: P 4 sification of $A prio we i lly. ee _Petoleum is based on its » 9 (a) composition (©) specific gravity (c) optical properties (d) viscosity ») 10 nator gos ony patiorel ges 4) #3 (a), (b) ena te) 184. Liquefied Petrol 197; éreopinteé Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) is mainly Low bashing eubybus compounds added in LPG eylinders to detect gas leskewe by ite smell undesirable in petrol 6s they reduce its setene pumber (a) ali (a), (b) 9nd te) | @) propane and butane ( ® pata and ethane c) high boiling olefins (d) high boiling naphthenes 185. A typical yield of di y jesel in straight run distillation of crude oil ur may be about (a) 8 (b) 18 tc) 28 (d) 35 | 116, Petroleum deposits re detected by the | ta} vil seepage at the surface of the earth, | h) measurement of density, elasticity and | magnetic Me electric properties of the sock in the erust of the earth (eh a6 and nature of rocks inside th of the earth, nee (db all (a), (b) and (ed 166, Which is the most desirable co i 1 ‘8 good quality kerosene ? ooh (a) paraffins (6). aromatics (c) n-paraffins (d) naphthenes 187, Which of the followin, following petrolei ontain minimum sulphur? (a) naphtha (b). kerose t ne (e) LSHS (d) furnace oil 0, Main baring Hole for petroleum wells 20 ern (n diameter, While the depth of the alwelimaybearesrtme ene (a) 0108 h) Lbtoas (eo) FAe a wike> Gees 188, ‘A \ypleal yield of kerosene in straight run iMlation of crude oil mi ol a it comes PervanE, ier ng percent (a) 8 (@) 18 1H0, Water content in the erude ut oF ll Well FRAY Be pte a (8 () 10 (d) 25 PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING 199, Naphtha yield in straight run distillation | of crude oil may be about ........ percent. (a) 2 (o) 6 (e) 12 (ad) 18 190, Crude oil produced by Indian oil fields are predominantly --—-- in nature (a) paraffinic () naphthenic {c) asphaltic (d) mixed base 191. Crude oil is pumped by a... PUMP. (a) gear (®) centrifugal (c) screw (d) reciprocating 192, Products drawn from the top to bottom of the crude oil distillation column has progressively increasing (a) boiling points (0) molecular weight (©) Ci ratio (d) all (a), (b) and (c) 193. Crude oil is subjected to vacuum distillation in the last stage because (a) high boiling point products like heavy fuel oil and lubricating oils are heat sensitive and may decompose. (6) lighter/low boiling products are prone to thermal decomposition. (c) high purity products can be obtained thereby. « (a) none of these. 194, Vacuum maintained in the vacuum distillation tower of the crude distillation plant is about....... mm Hg (absolute). (a) 5-10 (®) 30-80 (c) 150-250 (d) 350-400 195. Which is the most ideal feed stock for ‘coking’ process used for manufacture of petroleum coke ? (a) naphtha (c) light gas oil 196. Catalytic cracking compared to thermal cracking of residue of vacuum distillation of crude oil. (a) gives higher yield of petrol. (b) lower octane number of petrol. (b) vacuum residue (d) diesel 169 (©) higher sulphur content in the product. (d) higher gum forming material in petrol. 197. Which of the following processes in oil refinery does not employ ‘cracking’? (a) coking (b) visbreaking (©) pyrolysis (d)_ none of these 198. Pyrolysis of kerosene or natural gasoline is done to produce mainly (a) olefins and aromatics (6) lighter Paraffins (c) stabilised gasoline (d) diesel 199. Which of the following is used as a catalyst in fluidised bed catalytic cracking? | @) silica-magnesia (b) silica-alumina (c) bentonite clays (d) all (a), (b) and (c) 200. In catalytic cracking process, olefins crack - times faster than in thermal cracking process. (a) 100 (e) 1000-10000 () 200-300 @ 10 201. Pressure and temperature maintained in catalytic cracking is about (@) 2atm & 500°C ) 10 atm & 500°C (©) 30 atm & 200°C (d) 50 atm. & 750°C 202. Pick out the wrong statement (a) Higher temperature is employed in visbreaking than in thermal cracking (b) Pyrolysis is a mild thermal cracking process. (c) Lead susceptibility of petrol produced by catalytic process is more than that produced by thermal cracking, (d) Operating pressure and temperature in thermal cracking process is more than that in catalytic cracking process. 203. Pick out the correct statement pertaining to catalytic cracking. (a) With increase in the reactor pressure, ‘octane number of gasoline decreases.(b) With increase in the reactor tempera ture, gasoline yield decreases for a given conversion. (c) Percentage conversion increases with increase in the catalyst to oil ratio. (d) all (a),(b) and te). 204. Thermofer catalytic cracking process is a | process (a) fixed bed (b) moving bed (c) fluidised bed (d) non-catalytic 205. Which of the following is the most widely used cracking process in oil refineries ? (a) Dubbs process (b) T.C.C. moving bed process (c). Fluidised bed catalyticcracking process (d) Houdry's fixed bed process 206. Reforming (a) uses naphtha as feedstock. (6) does not much affect the molecular weight of the feed. (©) improves the quality and yield of gasoline. (d) all (a), (b) and (c). 207. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Lower boiling paraffins have higher octane aromatics number than higher paraffins. (b) Dehydrogenation of aromatics is a desirable reaction in reforming process. (c) The most ideal feedstock for thermal reforming is dearomatised kerosene. (d) Catalyst used in catalytic reforming is platinum on silica-alumina base. 208.Operating temperature and pressure in catalytic reforming is about (a) 1-5 kgr/em? & 200°C (b) 15-45 kgr/em? & 450 - 550°C (c) 50 ~ 75 kgr/em* & 600 - 800°C (d) 5-10 kgs/em* & 150 - 250°C 209, Gasoline yield in catalytic reforming of naphtha may be about weight. (a) 85 . percent by (b) 65 naphthenes to OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (©) 50 (a) 98 210. Octane number (unleaded) of reformed gasoline may be upto | (a) 60 &) 70 | @ 80 (d) 90 | 211. Which of the following is a non-regenerative fixed bed catalytic reforming process? (a) Hydroforming (b) Thermofer catalytic reforming (c) Platforming (d) Hyperforming 212. Feedstock for polymerisation is (a) naphtha. (b) cracked gases rich in C2 & C, olefins. (c) low boiling aromatics. (d) none of these. 213. Catalyst used in catalytic polymerisation which produces polymer gasoline is (a) HSOx (6) HaPO. (@) both (a) and) @) AlCly 214. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Alkylation produces a larger iso paraffin (having higher octane number) from the reaction of an olefin with smaller iso-paraffin. Catalytic alkylation processes use HF, AICls & H2S0, as catalysts. All the alkylation processes use very high temperature (> 1000°C). (d) Gasoline having an octane number of 90 can be produced by alkylation process. 215, --~--~ converts n-paraffins toi-paraffins. (a) Alkylation —_(b) Polymerisation (c) Isomerisation. (d) none of these 216, Catalyst used in isomerisation process is (a) HaSO. (b) HyPO. () HF (d) AlCl 217, Octane number (unleaded) of gasoline produced by isomerisation of butane may be about (a) 45 (c) 70, (b) 55. (d) 90 PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING 218. Doctor's solution used for sweetening of petroleum products is (a) sodium plumbite {b) sodium sulphite (c) sodium thiosulphate (d) lead sulphate 219, In solutizer sweetening process, solutizer solution used is (a) methanol in Unisol process {6) naphthenic acid in Mercapsol process. (6) both (a) and (. (@) neither (a) nor (b). 220, Catalytic desulphurisation process used for sweetening of straight run gasoline and Kerosene uses ....... as catalyst. (a) bauxite = (6) faller’s earth (¢) activated clay (d) all (a), (), & (©) 221. In hydrofining catalytic desulphurisation process for sweetening of petroleum products, use of hydrogen. (a) enhances the desulphurisation process. (®) minimises coke formation. (©) both (b) and (c). (d) neither (6) nor (¢). 222, Waxes present in petroleum products (a) can be separated out by distillation. (b) are not soluble in them. (c) erystallise out at low temperature. (d) decrease their viscosity. 223, Solvent used for dewaxing of petroleum products are (a) furfural (b) methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) (e) propane (a) both (6) & (e) 224. Deoiling of wax is done by (d) both (b) & (ed 225, Sulphuric acid treatment of petroleum products removes.......materials. (b) color forming (c) asphaltic (2) all (a), (b) & (e) 226. Clay treatment of petroleum products (a) decolorises & stabilise cracked gasoline. (b) desulphurises straight run gasoline and kerosene (© adsorbs arsenic from feedstock catalytic reforming, @ alla), 0) &O). 227. Asphalts are (aq) low molecular weight & low boiling point compounds present in petroleum () desirable in catalytic cracking feedstock because they produce coke. (© readily oxidisable and form car bonaceous sludge. d) all (a), (6) & (e) 228. Which of the following is used as @ pavem jn deasphalting of petroleum products (@ furfaral (6) propane (©) methyl ethyl ketone (d@) liquid sulphur dioxide as a smoke point of 15 mm. ‘After it is subjected to dearomatisation by liquid SOz extraction (Edeleanu process), its smoke point may become ..- mm (@) 5 @) 10 ©) 25 «@) 100 (a) gum formingOBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING tatieyene gyod 239, Flash . Flash point of a liquid petroleum fuel an idea about its rari (a) volatility. (2) explosion hazards characteristics. (c) nature of boiling point di (d) all (a), (6) and (e) er (10% water) of Guthyfiene pyc, matey) etby/ ketone 283, Pick owt the wrong statement. (a) Higher specie gravity A petroleam products means higher C/H ratio b) Asomatics have lower specific gravity than corresponding paraffins Hydrocertons A low specific gravity (eg, yaraffins) possess the maxiz thermal energy per unit volume Hydrocarbons A high specthe gravity (eg, aromatics) possess tne maxiemsm thermal energy per unit weighs 240. Petroleum liquid fuels having flash point greater than 66°C is considered as safe during storage and handling. Which of the following has flash point > 66°C? (a) naphtha —_—(b) petrol (©) kerosene (@) heavy fuel oil 241. Flash point of atmospheric distillation residue is determined by (a) Pensky-Martens apparatus (closed cup type). (b) Abel apparatus. (c) Cleveland apparatus (o} ypen cup type) (d) none of these. o 244, Increase in specifie gravity of petroleum products indicates _ (a) decrease in paraffin content. (b) inerease in thermal energy per unit weight. | Cs ) ees re in aromatic content. | 242. Aniline point is the id) bigher H/C ratio, igher H/C ratis (a) characteristic property of diesel and lubricating oils. (6) measure of aromatic content of oil. (©) both (a) and (6). (d)_ neither (a) nor (b). 26, Molecular weight of petrol may be about (a) 40-60 (b) 100-130 (c) 260-00 (d) 350-400 296. 1 contistoke is equal to seconds. (a) 1 (b) 4.08 (©) 0.408 (d) 408 Redwood 1 eae 243, Diesel index (an alternative index for ex- _dreeting the quality of ees jetermined by using a test, (8) not related to foilinepoint (¢) equal to cetane number plu: Oda ee 237, Maximum viscosity of tar/PCM/uel oil for easy and efficient atomisation in conven- tional burner is -------- centistokes (or 100 arated 244. Which of the following is an additive used aie yas for improving the cetane number of diesel 80 @ 100 (a) tetraethyl lead (TEL) (b) tetramethyl lead (c) ethyl nitrate or acetone (d) none of these 238, Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Multigrade lubricating oils have high viseosity index sunaeanca * 245. Pick out the wrong statement. rile oil has very high viscosity (a) A pale color ad vateibimieenib leh (©) Naphtweoha very tow vty | gy Sameera lucts indicates (d) High viscosity index means a large Peconic eet Bc change In viscosity with chenge fa | ©) bighter petroleum distillates are temperature, lighter in color than the heavier residual oils, PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING (d) Flouroscene of oils helps to detect its | adulteration. (b) Ball and ring (d) Viscosity (a) Impact () Flame 246. Hydrogen content in petroleum products | 954. Smoke point of a test sample of kerosene is varies from 12 to 15% (by weight). As a | Tesult, the difference between gross and | net heating value of petroleum fuels varies in the range of ......... keaVkg. (a) 600-750 (b) 250-350 | {e) 1000-1500 (d) 2000-2500 247. Which of the following gasolines (unleaded) has the least octane number ? (a) catalytically cracked gasoline () straight run gasoline (@) catalytically reformed gasoline | (d) polymer gasoline 248. Diesel used in paval applications has a minimum cetane number of (a) 25 () 35 (e) 45 (d) 65 249, Preheating temperature of medium viscosity furnace oil for better atomisation through burner is about ........ °C. (a) 50 @) 70 (©) 90 @ 140 250. Which of the following does not require preheating during storage in the storage tank aswell as during atomisation through burners ? (a) POM (b) tar (c) light diesel oil (d) low viscosity furnace oil 251. Maximum use of petroleum coke is in (a) adsorption refining operation. (b) fuel gas manufacture. (©) carbon electrode manufacture. (@) iron ore reduction. 252. treatment is done for appreciable improvement in viscosity improvement of lubricating oil. (a) Acid (c) Alkali 253. ........test is done to find out the softening point of bitumen. (6) Solvent extraction (d) Clay found to be 15 mm. On removal of from it, the smoke point rises to 25 mm. (a) n-paraffins “(© aromatics (®) olefins (d) none of these 255. Complete removal of ....from gasoline is done by Unisol process using caustic and methyl alcohol. (a) waxes {c) asphalt () mercaptans (d) diolefins 256. The most important property for a jet fuel is its (a) viscosity (b) freezing point (©) ealorificvalue (d) flash point 257. The best method of determining sulphur in crude oil is by method. (a) Kjeldah (®) Dura (c) Bomb calorimeter (@) Junkar's calorimeter 258, ........base crude oil is also called asphaltic crude. (q) -Paraffinic () Mixed () Naphthenie (@) Aromatic 259, Liquefied Petroleum Gas (LPG) in domestic use cylinders is in the liquid form. The Gensity of LPG in liquid form is about w Of that of water (ie. 1 gmve-c) (®) one third (@) one fourth (@) oneeighth (©) half 260. Solvent deoiling process is used for separating oil and soft wax from hard wax. Methyl iso-butyl ketone and methy! ethyl Ketone (MEK) are two commonly used deoiling solvents. Use of former as the Geoiling solvent has the advantages of (@) elimination of solvent drying facility: (b) higher filtration temperature (©) lower solvent dilution ratio. (d) all @), @) &().change in viscosity with temperature changes has a high viscosity index. 264, Crude oils containing more than .......kg of total salts (expressed in terms of NaCl) per thousand barrel is called a’salty crude’. ) 6 (d) % 265, Smoke volatility index is equal to smoke point plus (a) 0.42 * (% distilled at 204°C) (b) S mm (c) 0.84 x (% distilled at 204°C) (d) 10mm, 206, ......determination is not a very sig: nificant and important test for gasoline. (a) Gum and sulphur content (b> Vineosity (@) Octane number (d) Reid vapor pressure 267, 0.48 not an important refinery process: for upgrading the quality of lubricating oi). & treatment tntoererwene ‘268, Though increased pressure hasa retarding effect on reaction, yet in actual process & positive pressure of 10-15 OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING kgicm? is maintained during cracking mainly wo (@) increase the yield of light distillates. (6) suppress coke formation. (©) enhance the octane number of gasoline (d) reduce gum content in gasoline. 269, The solvent used in Barisol dewaxing process is (a) hexane (6) furfural (©) benzol and dichloride (d) methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) 270. ‘Solvent naphtha’ used mostly as a solvent in on perfumery is produced by 271. Deoiling is the process of removal of oil from wax. It is done by .....process. (a) solvent extraction (c) resettling (d) all (a); (b) & (c) 272, Equal volumes of aniline and diesel oil when mixed at room temperature (during summer) was found to be completely miscible. It means that the aniline point of the diesel is......the room temperature. either more or less; depends on the room temperature 273, Aniline point test of an oil qualitatively indicates the content of an oil. PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING aaaie sc pressure | 283. Which ix the mast (a) 30 (c) 75 (b) 45 (d) 95 301. Match the testing apparatus used for determination of various properties of petroleum products. List I (a) Reid bomb (®) Dean and stark apparatus (©) Ramsbottom apparatus (d) Abel apparatus List II I. Moisture content Il. Carbon residue IH, Flash point IV. Vapor pressure 302. Match the catalyst used in various petroleum refinery processes. List I (a) Houdry’s fixed bed cracking process (b) Fixed bed platforming process (c) Thermofer reforming process (d) Visbreaking List II 1. Platinic chloride on alumina base Il. No catalyst is used Ill. Silica-alumina TV. Chromia on aluriina base 803. Match the typical yield of gasoline obtained in various refinery processes, List 1 (a) Catalytic cracking of vacuum residue (6) Straight run gasoline obtained on atmospheric distillation of crude oil (c) Visbreaking of heavy fuel oil (d) Catalytic reforming of naphtha List 1 1. 18% Il, 55% IIL. 84% IV, 7% PETROLEUM REFINERY ENGINEERING ‘onditions maintaine 304, Match the process con - in various refinery product purification | processes. 3 List 1 ta) (a) Dearomatisation of kerosene (Edeleanu Process) © (b) Doctor's sweeting process ‘ (c) Phenol extraction for lube oil upgrada- : @ tion 7 (d) Hydrofiningcatalyticdesulphurisation | 77 process an List IT “c 5 +1. 65°C Il. 70 to 12! C Mm. -18'C IV. 35010 450°C 7 .4 | 306. Match the most important property for various petroleum products. List I Performance number Drop point ‘Smoke point Viscosity index List IT Grease Kerosene Lubricating oil Aviation gasoline 907. Match the main products of various |" petroleum refinery processes 305, Match the octane number of gasoline produced by various refinery processes. @ List I (o) (c) (a) Straight run gasoline ® (6) Gasoline produced by thermal cracking of vacuum residue (©) Gasoline produced by fluidised bed (@) Gasoline produced by thermal reforming of naphtha List IT II, 55-60 IV. 81-86 70-75 95-97 i IL catalytic process UL List I Edeleanu Process Fiaived bed hydroforming process Pyrolysis of low octane gasoline List IT Gasoline Ethylene Furnace oil Dearomatised keroseneOBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 82 e687 8B. () @ © @d 92 6 97 38 99 (b) @ @ © 102 103 106 107 108-109 ®) © ®) © @ . 2 113 16 117,—«w8_—s«119 Fertiliser Technology ©) 3) (a) @ © ©) ©) ee 121 = 123 126 127 128 129 (a) (b) (a) (c) (a) (b) () 131 132 133134 136 137138139 1, Urea is a fertiliser from phosphate rock and (a) (d) (a) ® @d © «) (a) nitrogenous (b) potassic (a) dilute HsSOs 141 142 143144 46014748149. (e) phosphatic (d). mixed |e ay escemirabed EO: (a) © @ ®) @) a) : Os 151 152 153. 154 156 157 «158 = 159 @)Phosphatic fertiliser is graded based on its | (©) concentrated ime ® ) © ) © @ ‘d content, Laer 162 163 (164 166 167 168 169 (a) (b) PCls | x can be used in ro) (a) (@) © ®% @ @ e sat (a) HsPO. |G0) Low trate Bee 171 72 173174 16 «177 «178 «(179 i lect rater Ca0/Si02 balance for slag te) (a’ (c) is ae : 181 182 re ae Ga Se a {eo &)Potassic fertiliser is graded based on 5 ~ | formation (@) © ® @ © @ & —. 0 | @) CaO content is less 191 192 193 194 196 197 198 199 (a) KCI (b) Ket | (c) itis cheap () @) @ © @ @ @ (©) KNOs (a) KeS0« | GS) itproduces low cost product 201 202 203 204-205-206 «207-208-209 o — (a) (a) (d) (d) tc) (d) (c) ro) (@) 4) Fertiliser value of a nitrogeneous fertiliser is | el for production of 211 212 213 214 «215 216-217-218. 219 expressed in terms of its ...... content ((21,)Blectrie furnace = rect pak © ) © © © @ © @ © (a) Na (b) KNOs aid 221 222 223° «224 «225-226 227. «228 = 229 (c) NOz (@) NHOs | (a) and phosphoric acid ©) © © @ ®@ @®@ © ® © | (®) and coke a 232. 233-234-285 236-237 238289 6.)Rock phosphate constitutes mainly of | © andsulphuric acid (a) (©) ® @ ® & ® @ fica and coke 241 242 243° 244245246247 248289 fe tioarepation ve ©) © © @ @ @ ® © (6) di-ealeium phosphate nonnefertiliser. 251 252 3s See 85 Seta Sse So (c) mono-caleium phosphate ES ee, ©) ® ®o © ® ® © ® © (@) di-ammonium phosphate eee (a) solid 261 262 263 264 «(265-266-267 268269 i ae ra) © @ ® @ ® @ & ©& 6.)Superphosphate is manufactured by reacting | Js for urea production are 271 272 273 «274 «275 «276. «277278279 phosphate rock with | 13, Raw material for urea produce any @ © o ® @ 6 @ ® @ (a) acetic acid (a) COzand Ns 1) Fanos and CaCOs 281 22 263 264 285286 78728889 (6) sulphuric acid () NHyand CO @ 5 @ © © @ ) @ «) luminium ehlorid 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 Soca £4) Catalyst used in Haber process for ammonia @ ®) oo 8 @ w» w @ & production is 303 ‘ is made by reacting -educed iron oxide Ga)-V GI ()-M (A) (a)-111 (b)-1 (eV (dl (aH (b> (e)1V (dT | @ytviple superphosphate is mad (a) reduced 304 305 306 phosphate rock with......aéid, () nickel earide (a)1M )1(c)- (@)1V_ (a)-I1 (b). IV. (a}IV (b)- (e)Il dv (a) phosphoric (6) nitric (@)_ vanadium pentoxi ta (o) GayH1 A (TM (d)-1V(a)-IV (1 (e)-I (d) 111 Bee (a) hydrochloric (d) silica gel (a)1V @}IUl (e)1(d)-I \(@) Phosphoric acid is produced in wet process @ Triple superphosphate is chemically repre | 16, Promoter used in NH synthesis catalyst is sented as (a) Ke0 ® oe (a) CaF2.3Cas(PO.2 (©) V20s (da) Ust (6) 3Cay (POad)e ‘aul (©) CPOs 16\Catalyst used in oxidation of ammon! (d) Ca(HsPO.:(a) platinum-beryllium (6). platinum-rhodium {e) cobalt-molybdenum (d) platinum-molybdenum . Nitrogenous fertiliser is required (a) during early stage of growth to promote development of stem and leaves. (b) for accelerating fruit formation in later stage of growth. (©) to lessen the effect of excessive potash application. (d) none of these. 18. Phosphatic fertilisers (a) are useful during early stage of plant growth, (b) accelerate fruit formation in later stages of growth. (c) lessen the effect of excessive nitrogen application. (d) none of these . Potassic fertilisers (a) are useful during early stage of plant growth (b) stimulate early growth and accelerate seeding. (©) help in development of starches of potatoes and grain. (d) none of these, ). 5-10-5 fertilisers mean that they contain (a) 5, 10 and 5% respectively of No, POs and K20, (b) only 5 to 10% active fertiliser constituents, (c) 5 to 10% filler and carrier of soil conditioners. (d) none of these. Conditioners like finely divided peat are added to the fertiliser to (a) counteract burning (b) avoid caking and hardening (c) produce bulk (d) increase its solubility 22, Plant tranquillisers (OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (a) hold back stem growth and halt plants at a desired height. (®) cause early maturation of plants. (c) accelerate ripening of food and grain. (d) produce seedless fruit. 23. Ammonium nitrate (is mixed with limestone) is not used as fertiliser as such, because (a) it is hygroscopic and explosive in nature. (8) itis highly acidic in nature (c) itis a liquid at room temperature. (d)_its nitrogen content is very less. 24, Nitrogen content of urea is...........percent. (a) 10 () 48 (c) 80 @) 94 25, Nitrogen content of calcium ammonium nitrate (CAN)is.......percent (a) 10 (0) 25 (c) 50 (@) 80 26, Fertiliser plants get their No requirements (a) by fractionation of liquefied air. (b) by dissociating oxides of nitrogen. (c) from coal gas (coke oven gas). (d)_ from producer gas. 27, Ammonia synthesis reaction isan.........reaction. (a) exothermic (6) endothermic (c) autocatalytic (d) none of these 28) Hydrogen content of coke oven gas 8.eoonnereent, (a) 4 (b) 22 (©) 58 (d) 84 29, Ammonium phosphateisa.... (a) nitrogenous (©) complex fertiliser. (®) phosphatic (d) mixed 80.) Coal based fertiliser plants at Ramagundam (Andhra Pradesh) and Talchar (Orissa) (a) use coal for heating purpose. (6) gasify coal to get hydrogen from coal gas. (©) use coal as filler in fertiliser. (d) use coal as conditioner in fertiliser. FERTILISER TECHNOLOGY 41) Naphtha in a fertiliser plant is a source of (a) heating requirement (i¢ 2 fuel b) He (© Nz {d) O2 $2) Catalyst used in desulphurisation of naph thais {e) CoMo ib) Pt-Rh fe) silica gel id @3, Catalyst used in stream-refo 7 tha is (a) nickel b) plati () silicagel (d)- rhodium (34) Vetrocoke solution is (a) a mixture of KxCOs and As:O3 (6) K:SO. {c) 2 mixture of NazOOs and As:O: (d) NazSO« (38) Temperature and pressure in ammonia converter is (a) 200 atm, 1000°C (6) 450 atm, 200°C (c) 450 atm, 550°C (d) 450 atm, 100°C 36. Oxidation of ammonia is a an...reaction (@) exothermic (6) endothermic (c) non-catalytie (d) autocatalytic ‘97, Flushing liquor used for cooling coke oven gas constitutes of (a) ammoniacal liquor (6) KzCOy solution (c) dilute HaSO« (@) dilute HCL 40. | hydrogen peraxide, air and water. yydrous ammonia and air wet ammonia, air and water. 45) Iron is not used alone as & catalyst in am monia synthesis because {q) its activity declines rapi above 520°C. (8) it decomposes ammonia. (©) it gets oxidised above 500°C (@) none of these. {heated to ‘38, Dehydration of ammonium carbamate to | 46) Effectiveness ofa fertiliser is independent of yield urea is a/an........reaction, (a) exothermic (b) endothermic (c) autocatalytic (d) catalytic 39; Urea is formed only (a) in liquid phase (6) in vapour phase (c) at very high temperature (d) at very low pressure (vacuum) Ng 1) type aferop | G@) natureofsoil ©) | @ pHofsoil —(@)_noneof these | 2 Base suspension fertiliser essentially contains (@) 18% Neand 48% PLOs (Q) 43% Ny and 13% POs | (@) 43®Neand 18% KO | @) 488 Ke and 488 PO48) Two gas based fertiliser plants are located in (a) Maharashtra and Gujarat (b) Maharashtra and Orissa (c) Gujarat and Madhya Pradesh (d) none of these fertiliser. () mixed (d) phosphatic NPK fertiliser is a ia) complex c) nitrogenous ) Which of the following gasifiers can be attached to coal based fertiliser plants? (a) Lurgi (high pressure) gasifier (b) Kopper-Totzek gasifier (c) gasifier working at 20 atm (d) gasifier working at 40 atm Temperature and pressure in urea autoclave is (a) 120°C and 300 atm (b) 190°C and 200 atm (c) 400°C and 550 atm (d) 200°C and 10 atm , Calcium ammonium nitrate (CAN) is (a) a mixed fertiliser (b) a straight fertiliser (c) a complex fertiliser (d) not a fertiliser, it is an explosive Dehydration of ammonium carbamate produces (a) urea (b) biuret (©) ammonia water (d) none of these Lower temperature and large excess of ammonia in urea melt (a) increases biuret formation (b) decreases biuret formation (c) is undesirable (d) does not effect biuret formation With increases in pressure, the conversion of ammonium carbamate into urea (a) increases (b) decreases (c) remains unaltered OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (d) can either increase or decrease ; depends on biuret content An increase in the NH3/CO2 ratio in urea manufacture results in (a) increased degree of conversion of COz tourea (b) decreases degree of conversion of NH3 tourea (c) decreased yield of urea. (d) decreased specific volume of molten mass. )) Biuret formation in urea is kept at minimum (< 1%), because it is (a) corrosive (b) toxic and harmful to some crops (c) helpful in decomposition of urea (d) explosive in nature 658) During conversion of ammonium carbamate into urea, presence of large excess of water (a) increases the yield of urea. (b) adversely affects the yield of urea. (c) reduces the evaporator load by diluting the urea solution, (d) does not affect the yield of urea. ‘59, Fertilizer plant getting its hydrogen requirement partly from coke oven gas is situated at (a) Rourkela (under SAIL) (®) Brauni (under HFC) (c) Nangal (under NFL) (d) Talchar (under FCD) ), Though liquid ammonia itself is a fertiliser (with 82% nitrogen content), yet it is commonly not used as such in a tropical country like India, because it (a) has a pungent smell (6) vaporises at normal temperature (c) is toxic and highly corrosive. (d) isin short supply COz present in reformed gas (obtained by steam reforming of naphtha) is removed by absorbing in (a) Mono-ethanolamine (MEA) (b) slaked lime FERTILISER TECHNOLOGY (c)_ammoniacal liquor (d) Methyl-ethyl ketone (MEK) 62) Fauser Monte Catini converter is used for (a) ammonia synthesis eg. at FCI Sindri). | (b) methanation of CO and COz. | (©) shift conversion (i.e. CO to CO2). (d) none of these. 3) In ammonia ‘synthesis (N2+3H2 = 2NHo), | there is a decrease in total volume, hence to get high equilibrium conversion, the reac tion should be carried out at (a) low pressure : (b) high pressure | (c) very high temperature | (d) atmospheric pressure; as the pressure | has no effect off conversion \ ‘64, Though kinetics of ammonia synthesis dic- | — tates the use of low temperature for high equilibrium conversion, yet it is kept | moderately high (550°C), because at low temperature | (a) rate of reaction is very low. (6) veryhigh pressure is required resulting | in costly pressure vessel (o) space velocity of gas is very low result- | ing in decreased conversion. (d) none of these. (65.)Nitrogen content in ammonium sulphate (# fertiliser) is around.. (a) 5 (©) 50 percent. () 20 (@) 65 66, Fertiliser plant making ammonium sulphate employing gypsum ammonia reac: tion (usual practice is to use ammonia and sulphuric acid) is located at (a) Rourkela (under SAIL) () Bokaro (under SAIL) (c) Sindri (under FCD (d) Baroda (under G.S.F.C.) 67, Monte catini process is a widely used process for the manufacture of (a) urea (b) calcium ammonium nitrate (c) triple superposphate (d) none of these ) Prilling of urea should be accomplished (in 69) 70 u ‘a sprayer) just above the melting point of urea with minimum of retention time, other- wise it will result in (a) low bulk density product () biuret formation (c)_ non-spherical prills (d) substantially wet non-flowing and sticky product Rock phosphate used for the production of phosphatic fertiliser is mined at (a) Amjhor (Bihar) () Talchar (Orissa) (c) Bailladella (M.P.) (d) Kiriburu (Bihar) Electric process as compared to wet process (for the manufacture of phosphoric acid) (a) canuseonly high grade phosphate rock. (6) is used less frequently (e) produces a valuable by-product called gypsum. (d) is weak acid process. Nitro-phosphate (manufactured at Trom- bay) is (a) «mixed fertiliser (®) a complex fertiliser (c) highly hygroscopic (d) highly explosive Which is the best fertiliser for paddy ? (a) ammonium sulphate (®) nitro-phosphate (c) superphosphate (d) potassium nitrate | G3) Multistage operation (as in the case of catalytic oxidation of SOz) is not carried out for NHg synthesis because of (a) comparatively higher pressure drop. (&) high cost of the high pressure vessel ‘used for the reactor. (©) higher pumping cost. (d) chances of entrainment and disturbance of catalyst bed.crs oe emer 4 (WH) and Namrup er HEC Aswarn, 16, Which of the following is not a mixed fer pitraphenphave cium asomonium nitrate (CAN) mmnanium phosphate none of these 171, Commercial production of hydrogen for the anufacure of nitrogensous fertilisers is ane by 14) vam reforming of naphtha and crack ing of natural gas elvetvolysis of water onic neparat n of hydrogen from all (a), (b) and (e) Jian ammonia plant, the purge off is essen: Walle (a) maintain ined Maw concentration within a limit ave exeeNs PoluOnOUs GARE: (eo) avaintain Hy (Ng ratio at $2 (a) remove uneondensed ammonia vapour #3, 46, OBSECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING . Urea is 2 better fertilizer than ammoni sulphate because (a) itis cheaper (b) nitrogen content is higher (c) ifs not poisonous (d) it is easy to manufacture P05 content in superphosphate is about.....-..percent. (a) 30-35 (b) 15-20 (©) 65-70 (d) 85-90 ve use of chemical fertilisers causes shrivelling of the roots and wilting of the plant because the (a) osmotic pressure of the soil water be- ‘comes less than that of the plant sap. (b) soil becomes too alkaline. (c) osmotic pressyre of the soil water be- ‘comes higher than that of the plant sap. (d) soil becomes too acidic. Exer Optimum reaction temperature in steam reforming of naphtha is..........C. (a) 700-1000 (b) 300 - 450 (e) 1600-1700 (d) 100-200 Nitrolime is (a) calcium nitrate. (6) calcium ammonium nitrate. (©) amixture of nitric acid and lime. (d) @ mixture of ammonium nitrate and calcium nitrate. FERTILISER TECHNOLOGY {Which is the most suitable fertiliser for paddy ? (a) CAN (6) ammonium sulphate (¢) ammonium nitrate (d) superphosphate 48) Which fertiliser is made (using coke oven as) in by-products plant of an integrated steel plant ? (a) urea (6) CAN (c) ammonium sulphate (d) superphosphate 69) Which nutrient in fertiliser makes the plant ~ stems stronger and increases branching ? (a) nitrogen _(b) phosphorous (c) potassium —(d) calcium P20s content in triple superphosphate is about........ percent. (a) 42-50 (c) 85-90 (b) 15-20 (d) 70-75 (01) Nitric acid is produced on commercial scale ina fertiliser plant by (a) oxidation of ammonia. (b) CaNO3 + HS0« reaction (©) passing air through high voltage electric are (d) none of these. $2) Liquid ammonia and 60% nitrie acid reac~ tion (which produces ammonium nitrate) is (a) exothermic (b) endothermic (c) autocatalytic (d) none of these 93, CMH ratio (by weight) of naphtha used in nitrogenous fertiliser making is about (a) 2 () 6 () 13 (d) 20 4, Ammonia synthesis gas is produced from fuel oil by (a) steam reforming (b) hydrocracking (c) partial oxidation (a) hydrogenation 95) Which of the following set of con favourable for the maximum yield of am monia by Haber's process ? (a) high pressure, low reactants conce tion, high temperature high pressure, low reactants tion, low temperature high pressure, high rea centration, low temperature (d) low pressure, hi tion, low temper: 9 Ammonia synthesi natural g: (a) thermal cracking (6) steam reforming (c) partial oxidation (d) hydrogenation | 97)Which one of the following nitrogenous fertiliser, as a wees i onion fields and for correcting acidic soils ? (a) urea () CAN (©) ammonium sulphate (d) calcium cyanamide | | $8, Urea is chemically represe nted as NH2.CO.NH2 H.CO2NH (6) NHsCO.CHs (d) NHs.COzNHs | 8) Color of nitric acid is light yellow due to the |" presence of | @ NO (&) NOz (c) NaHs (a) NHs | 00) The concentration (weight %) of nitric acid produced by the oxidation of ammonia and Pheorption of nitrogen oxides with water is about......-pereent (a) 60 (®) 30 | © 9 (a) 100 | {oi Which of the following nitrogenous fer- | tilisers has highest percentage of nitrogen? (a) caleium nitrate (b) calcium ammonium nitrate (CAN) (c) urea (a) ammonium sulphate102. Formation of ammonium carbamate by | reaction of NHs with COz is a/an .... reaction. (a) catalytic (ec) endothermic (b) exothermic (d) reversible 103) Dehydration of ammonium carbamate (to | produce urea) is a/an (a) reversible (c) exothermic reaction. (b) catalytic (d) endothermic 104 Nitrogen content of a nitrogenous fertiliser is 35%. It could be (a) urea (+) ammonium nitrate (c) calcium ammonium nitrate (CAN) (d) ammonium sulphate 105) Heating a mixture of phosphate rock, coke and sand in an electric furnace produces (a) phosphoric acid (b) ammonium phosphate (c) phosphorous (d) superphosphate 106, Conversion of yellow phosphorous to red OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (d) none of these {1}. In natural gas, C/H ratio (by weight) varies “in the range of (a) 3-4 (©) 15-17 (6) 8-10 (d) 20-25 {12.)Low grade coal is.... to produce ammonia | “ synthesis gas. (a) hydrogenated (b) liquefied | () gasified (d) dehydrogenated 113, Reaction of orthophosphoric acid with soda ash produces (a) sodium tripolyphosphate (STPP) (6) tricresyl phosphate (c) tributyl phosphate (d)_nitrophosphate 114) Reaction of nitric acid and sulphuric acid with phosphate rock produces (a) nitrophosphate (6) diammonium phosphate (c) tricresyl phosphate (d) tributyl phosphate phosphorous is done by heating it in |(115) Reaction of dilute sulphuric acid with phos- covered retorts at. (a) 50-80 (c) 1000-1200 “Cin absence of air. (b) 250-400 (d) 800-900 107), HsPOs is the chemical formula of.... phosphoric acid. (a) pyro (c) meta (b) ortho (d) none of these (108) HPO is the chemical formula of .... phosphoric acid. (a) pyro (c) meta (b) ortho (d) none of these 109} H4P201 is the chemical formula of... phosphoric acid. (a) pyro (c) meta (b) ortho (d)_ none of these 110, Ammonium sulphate can be produced by reacting gypsum with (a) ammonia (b) ammonium carbonate (c) nitric acid phate rock produces (a) phosphoric acid () superphosphate (©) triple superphosphate (d) gypsum 116; Reaction of orthophosphorie acid with phosphate rock produces (a) superphosphate (6) triple superphosphate (c) metaphosphoric acid (d) monoammonium phosphate 117) Heating of orthophosphoric acid to about 900°C produces (a) metaphosphoric acid (b) pyrophosphoric acid (c) nochange (d) none of these 118, Heating of orthophosphoric acid to 250 produces (a) metaphosphoric acid (b) pyrophosphoric acid (©) nochange in it FERTILISER TECHNOLOGY (d) none of these | {i9. CaHa(PO«2 is the chemical formula of “(q) superphosphate (6) triple superphosphate (¢) calcium phosphate (d) none of these fap Phosphorus vapour comprises of (a) P @) P2 te) Ps d) Ps (Bi, Both white phosphorous as well as red =" phosphorous | (a) are soluble in CS2 | (6) burns when heated in air | (@) reacts with hot caustic soda solution to | give phosphine | {d) all (a), (6) and (c) | (422) Main constituent of phosphate rock is. | (a) ammonium phosphate | (6) flourapatite (c) calcium fluoride | (d) calcium phosphate (433) Red phosphorus is changed to white phos: phorus by (a) heating in presence of light (b) melting under pressure (co) vaporisation followed by condensation (d) none of these | (42% Reaction of phosphate rock with 98% | HySOq produces (a) orthophosphoric acid (b) superphosphate (c) white phosphorus (a) none of these (428, Reaction of anhydrous liquid ammonia with orthophosphoric acid produces (a) ammonium phosphate (®) superphosphate (c) triple superphosphate (d) none of these 126, - is not a fertiliser. (a) Calcium ammonium nitrate (b) Ferrous sulphate {c) Liquid ammonia (d) Ammonium sulphate | (22) Which of the following fertiliser for promoting the development of le and stems during early stages of P growth ? (a) nitrogeneous fertiliser (b) potassic fertiliser (c) phosphatic fertiliser (d) none of these 428) Steam reforming of naphtha produces am monia synthesis gas. This is a/an — —— process. (a) autocatalytic (c) exothermic (b) endothermic (d) non-catalyt 429. Catalyst used in steam reforming of naph tha is (a) bauxite (b) cobalt (©) nickel oxide on alumina support (d) chromium £30) Urea (a nitrogeneous fertiliser) is produced from carbon dioxide and (q) nitric acid (6) ammonia () ammonium nitrate (d) nitric oxide 131, Ammonium nitrate (a) contains about 40% No (6) isnot hygroscopic. (©: is not prone to explosive thermal decomposition. (@) is mixed with limestone powder to reduce its explosive nature before using it as fertilizer. (a) Vanadium pentoxide () No (c) Alumina (a) Nickel 193) Raw materials required for the production of CAN (Calcium ammonium nitrate) is ‘NHs, (a) HNO: & limestone(b) CO2 & HaSO« (c) HNOs & NH,CI td) CO» & KNOs 134, Fusion zone in the electric furnace used for the reduction of phosphate rock to elemen- tal phosphorous is maintained at .... °C. we -300 (6) 500-750 ©) 950~ 1050 (d) 1400-1450 135; The most suitable fertiliser for accelerating seeding or fruit formation in later stages of plant growth is ---- fertiliser. a) nitrogenous (b)° phosphatic (c) potassie (d) none of these 136, Catalyticammonia synthesisreaction asin Haber's process is. (a) endothermic (c) irreversible (®) exothermic (d) none of these 137) Maximum stability of white phosphorus is at (a)_very high pressure (b) atmospheric pressure (c) room, temperature id) > 600°C 138) Pick out the correct statement. (a) Reaction of NHs with HNOs to produce (NH5)2NO3 is endothermic. ) With increase in NH3/COz ratio, urea yield decreases for a given temperature, pressure and total feed rate. ) Biuret (an intermediate during urea | manufacture) is toxic to seeds and animals, (d) both (b) and (c), 139.Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Dehydration of ammonium carbamate to produce urea is endothermic. Direct use of liquid ammonia as a fertiliser for a tropical country like India is suitable Gypsum (CaSO,. 2H20) is obtained as @ by-product in the wet process for manufacture of ortho-phosphoric acid, Phosphate rock when reacted with (b) OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 1401 Out of the following, No content is mini mum in (a) urea (6) ammonium nitrate (c) ammonium sulphate (d) ammonium chloride 141) Which is a catalyst promoter used in catalytic ammonia synthesis reaction? (a) Al:Os (b) CrOs (c) K,0 (d) MnO 142. Which of the following fertilisers is re quired for the development of fibrous materials of the plants and of the sugar of vegetable & fruits ? (a) nitrogenous fertilisers (b) phosphatic fertilisers (c) potassic fertiliser | @) none ofthese | 143, Catalyst used in the manufacture of NHs | by Haber’s process is finely divided (a) nickel () iron (c) vanadium pentoxide (d) alumina 144, Action of phosphoric acid on rock phos phate produces (a) superphosphate (b) triple superphosphate | ©) nitrophesphate (d) diammonium phosphate 145. A nitrogenous fertiliser contains 20% No It could be : (a) ammonium nitrate. (b) calcium ammonium nitrate (CAN). (c) urea. (d) ammonium chloride 146. A potassic fertiliser contains 50% K20. It | could be (a) potassium sulphate (6) potassium chloride. (c) a mixture of NaCl + KCL (d) none of these. dilute H2S0j produces. superphos phate, 147, A phosphatic fertiliser contains 16% P25 It could be fERTIUSER TECHNOLOGY (a) dicalcium phosphate | © AkLOs (b) superphosphate {c) triple superphosphate {d) none of these | 156. is the most suitable fert paddy. (a) Urea (b) Ammonium sulphate (a) urea (c) Superphosphate (0) liquid NHs (d) Potassium nitrate (ce) ammonium nitrate (d) none of these (48. A fertiliser contains 82% Nz. It could be 157. Which of the following fertilise: a cattle feed? 149, Which of the following is the costliest (ae method for commercial production of Bo esggp ettpattian nitrate hydrogen for ammonia synthesis ? ic iieureaiional (a) He separation from coke oven gas | @) ammonium sulphate (6) steam reforming of naphtha (c) cracking of natural gas (d) electrolysis of water | 458. Fertiliser produced during manufacture by dual process is ammonium (a) chloride (b) sulphate 150.) During nitric acid manufacture, catalytic Seana id). none of these oxidation of ammonia at 800°C in presence | : of platinum catalyst produces nitrogen | 159 which of the following is not 2 meassrt oxide. Conversion of NHs to NO is about aeeaent necessarily tobe present in Po tilisers? (a) 38 (a) nitrogen the (c) phosphorus () 68 (d) 98 (b) potassium (d) sulphur 151, Ammonium nitrate (a fertiliser) is coated | | 64 wy.ch of the following fertilisers contains with limestone powder to * Teast percentage of nitrogen? (a) increase its nitrogen content. 1h toy Sead annionde (6) cut down its production cost. on (e) avoid the risk of explosion oi: (d) add extra nutrient as fertiliser. (S-crarmeniumroalphate 152. The essential ingradient of all the syn- | ome under 1. Which of the following does not come u1 | ae category of ‘primary nutrient’ for plant growth? (a) potassium (c)_ phosphorus thesis gas is (a) Hy (c) COz (0) Or (d) Nz | (b) nitrogen | (@) sulphur 153, Reaction of........aeid with phosphate rock | « P produces superphosphates. (a) hydrochloric (b) sulphuric | (citnitric acid (d)_phosphorie 162. is the undesirable by- product produced in the manufacture of urea. (a) Ammonium carbonate 154. The main constituent of rock phosphate is ) pase? Se iihglteun saeco ees ae (b) di-calcium phosphate | {c) fuorspar — | x of phosphate rock by strong (d) none of these 163. Leaching of pI acid produces phosphoric acid 185. Catalyst used in ammonia synthesis uses ta) sulphurie (b) hydrochloric oe AB pend ther (a) or (b) (a) Pt (b) KxO | sam190 (d) neither (a) nor (6) 164. Reaction of cresylic acid produces tricresy] phosphate. 2) phosphorus pentoxide ‘6) phosphorus oxychloride (c) ammonium phosphate id) calcium phosphate with 165. = of the following does not come under oe of ‘micro-nutrient’ for plant (a) chlorine (©) boron (6) iron (d) carbon 166. Nitrolime is chemically known as (@) calcium nitrate (®) ammonium nitrate (©) calcium ammonium nitrat (d) none of these seeie 167. Chemical formula of biuret is 168. Chemical on formula of metaphosphoric acid (a) HsPO, ©) HPO; (©) HPOs (d) same as that of pyrophosphoric acid 169. (CH: 2 IsCéHa)s POs is the chemical formula (a) tiple superphosphate (6) trieresyl phosphate (c) flourapatite (d) superphosphate | | | 170. Sodium tri poly ph chemically represented ae? STP) is (a) NasPs0 —(b) NN N P; (c) NasP98 189, pH value of soil is maintained at....-by the addition of fertiliser for optimum growth and health of the plant. (a) 4-5 @) 7-8 (©) 9-10 (@) 12-13 190, A mixture of phosphate rock. eated in an electric furnace to produce phosphorous. (q) salt and coke () sand and coke (c) and coke (d) and sand | 191. Match the catalyst used in various proces: ses used in fertiliser industry | List 1 | (@)_ Production of nitric acid by oxidation of ammonia Haber's process for ammonia manufac: ture Urea manufacture by reaction of ammonia and carbon dioxide ‘Steam reforming of naphtha | ®List I. Finely divided iron II. No catalyst is used TIL. Platinum rhodium alloy IV, Nickel oxide on alumina support 192. Match the type of reaction encountered i fertiliser industry. List I (a) Steam reforming of naphtha (6) Reaction of NH3 and CO to form ammonium carbonate (c) Ammonia synthesis reaction (d) Dehydration of ammonium carbonate to form urea List IT 1. Endothermic reaction Il. Non catalytic reaction IIL. Reversible reaction IV. Exothermie reaction 193. Match the product of chemical reaction ‘when phosphate rock reacts with various acids List 1 (a) HsPO, (6) HySO, (concentrated) (c) H,S0, (dilute) (d) Mixture of HNO, & H»SO, List IT Ca(H2PO4)2 (Triple super phosphate) 3.Ca (H2PO4)2. 7CaS0, (Superphosphate) Nitrophosphate HsPOs (ortho phosphoric acid) i I QBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERIG 194, Match the chemical formula. List 1 (a) Tricresyl phosphate () STPP (c) Biuret (d) Fluorapatite List IT I. NHxCONHCONH: Il, NasPsO10 TIL. Cayo (PO,) F2 IV. (CHs CeHa)s PO. n 195. Match the approximate nitrogen percent age by weight available in various nitrogenous fertilisers. List I (a) Urea (6) Liquid ammonia (©) Ammonium sulphate (d) Ammonium nitrate List Il I 383 IV. 46 1. 205 MI. 80 FERTILISER TEGHMOROGY 4 42 () (c) 51 52 (b) (c) 61 62 (a) (a) n 2 ) (@) 8 82 (e) ©) 91 92 (a) (@) 101 102 © @) wi 112 (a) © 121 122 ) 3) 131 132 (a) @)- 141 142 fe) «) 151 152 ©) (@) 161 162 d) >) 171 172 (a) (d) 181 182 ) 3) 191 (q)-I1I (b)-1 (cI. @)-IV_ (a)-I (6IV 194 1 (@IV (II (¢)-1(@-1I_ (a 43 53 (@) 63 () 73 (b) 83 () 93 ) 103 (d) 113 (@) 123 () 133 (a) 143 ) 153 () 163 © 173 @) 183 0) 192 95 54 64 @ 14 () 84 () 94 © 104 () 114 124 @) 134 @) 144 @) 154 @) 164 ) 174 () 184 @ 45 (a) 55 (a) 65 (b) 5 (a) 85 (a) 95 (©) 105 cc 115 125 @) 135 () 145 () 155 () 165 (d@ 115 © 185 () )-IV @}III (1 (@)-IT 46 d) 56 (a) 66 76 b) 86 ®) 96 @) 106 @) 116 @) 126 () 136 () 146 (@) 156 @) 166 fe) 176 @) 186 ) 193 137 (d) 147 @) 157 (@) 167 ©) 177 © 187 ) 128 @) 138 @) 148 @) 158 () 168 178 (@) 188 ) (IM @y (@)-I HIV (e)-11 @-IIT7 Heat Transfer pipe tothe | 8. Ani lator should have ee low thermal conductivity 1) cdloaion (®) high thermal conductivity y radition . (c) less resistance to heat flow d) all(a), (6) and ic) (d) a porous structure 2. Fourier’s law app to hudet teniladoe by 9. Heat flux through several resistances is series is analogous to the current flowing through several ah -santaoan (a) resistances in parallel (d) all (a), (6) and (c (6) capacitors in series (c) resistances in series of heat conduction applies | (4) none of these b) radiation 4) Fourier's to surf (a) isothermal (b) non-isothermal (c) both (a) and(b) (d) neither (a) nor (6) 10. The overall resistance for heat transfer through a series of flat resistance, is the — of the resistances. (a) average (6) geometric mean (c) product (@) sum 4. Unsteady state heat conduction occurs when (a) temperature distribution is inde. pendent of tim (6) temp on time. 11. Which of the following has the highest thermal conductivity ? (a) brick (c) water () air (d) silver ture distribution is dependent (c) heat flows in one direction only. (d) three dimensional heat flow is con 12] Which area is used in case of heat flow by cerned conduction through a cylinder ? (a) logarithmic mean area (b) arithmetic mean area (c) geometric mean area (d) none of these 5, What is the unit of thermal conductivity ? (a) keaVhr, m*°C (6) keal/hr.m, °C (c) keal/hr.m — (d) keaVnr. °C cylinder, use, (a) arithmetic (c) geometric mean radius. (6) logarithmic (d) either (a) or (c) | (13) For heat gh vei wa (a) BTU/hr. f? °F (b) BTU/hr. °F, fe (©) BTU¢hr."F — (d) BTUMhr. ft 7. Which of the following is correct ? (a) Rate » Driving force (b) Driving force » Rate x Resistance (c) Resis Driving force x Rate (d)_ Rate = Resistance/Driving force ‘ 14) What is the logarithmic mean of ry and ra? sistance HEAT TRANSFER 18) What is Nusselt number ? (ay See ©) k 2 te) BGe a) &: ‘ {@, Prandtl number is given by (a) w 42 2 , rn o Set @ fs 17) Thermal diffusivity is given by =. 2c, ke G in aa @ 46, 2 BO o) 2 (a) 18) Grashhoff number is given by (@) gD*.B. ate? (b) gD*patp/y" (ce) gD*patp’p (d) gD*atp’/a -effici ho = outer 19) If Ay = inner film co-efficient and | film co-efficient, then the overall heat trans fer co-efficient is (a) always less than hi (b) always between hy and he (c) always higher than hz (a) dependent on metal resistance 20, Graetz number is given by ‘a AL (a) aCe ©) aC, mC, AL Vacate a) © OP ine 21. In the equation Q = UAAt; At is a (a) geometric mean temperature di ference oe (6) arithmetic mean temperature di ference aie (c) logarithmic mean temperature ference 195 (d) the difference of average bulk tempera tures of hot and cold fluids neh ag 2) Peclet number (Pe) is given by (a) Pe=RePr (b) Pe=Re/Pr ic) Pe=Pr/Re (d) Pe=NuRe 93, Prandtl number is the reciprocal of (a) Thermal diffusivity/Momentum dif fusivity b) Thermal diffus: (c) Thermal diffusivit (@) Ma: fusivity ity x Momentum Mass dif asivity x Momentum dif 24. Maximum heat transfer rate is ob a) laminar flow (b) turbulent flow (c) creeping flow (d) transition region | 3% Heat flux is the time rate of heat transfer per unit (@) length (c) volume (®) area (d) none of these \G@@) Nusselt number isthe ratioot (q) temperature gradient ofthe wall tothat | across the entire pipe : (b) temperature difference to the tempera: ture gradient at the wall : (@heat flux at the wall to that across the | entire pipe (d)_none of these 27. Fouling factor | (a) isa dimensionless quantity. | @) does not provide a safety design. : | {c) accounts for additional resistances to | heat flow. | (d) none of these. 28, Viscosities of gases ~. temperature. (a) increase very rapidly (®) increase slowly (©) decrease slowly (d) remain unaffected factor for with increase inae OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 29, Heat transfer co-efficient (hi) for liquids in- |(87; At what value of Prandtl number, the creases with hydrodynamicand thermal boundarylayes (a) increasing temperature | ofa fluid flowing over a heated plate wilke (b) decreasing temperature | identical? (c)- decreasing Reynolds number (@) 1 (d) none of these es (o) <1 (d) none of these 38, Reynolds analogy states that £ ( = (a) St=5 30) At what value of Prandtl number, conduction is negligible in the turbulent core of a fluid flowing through a heated pipe ? (a) 05 ) <05 (c) >0.6 (d) <01 =f (b) St=i (co) St=af (d) St=f? where, St = Stanton number f= Fanning friction factor 31, At Pr >1, conduction in an ordinary fluid | flowing through a heated pipe is limited to |(39.)For what value of Pandtl number, St =//2? the (a) 15 (6) 1 (a) buffer zone i >! idaho d (®) turbulent core {c) both (a) and (6) (@) viscous sub-layer 40.)Which has the lowest Prandtl number? | ~ (@) liquid metal (b)” aqueous solution | ©) water (d) lube oil 82, Conduction occurs in the buffer zone for a fluid flowing through a heated pipe, only when Prand!] number is (a) 01 © <1 41) Dietus-Boelter equation for determination of heat transfer co-efficient is valid GIy (a) for fluids in laminar flow. @1 (®) for fluids in turbulent flow. (c)_ when Grashhoff number is very impor tant. for liquid metals. 33) Natural convection is characterised by (a) Grashhoff number (b) Peclet number (c) Reynolds number (d) Prandtl number | @ 42) For what value of Prandt] number, the Gil | ~~ burn analogy is valid ? | @ 0.060120 (b) 0.6 to 120 34, Which of the following is unimportant in fe) 1 to 103 (d) 11050 forced convection ? (a) Reynolds number | (6) Prandtl number () Grashhoff number (d) none of these '43) Pick out the correct equation. (a) jn = (St) (Pr)? (©) j= (St) (Pr) (©) jn = (St)? (Pr) = f/2 35. i In forced convection, the heat transfe (Q) jn = (St)? (Pr) = f/2 depends on "| (a) Re, Pr | () Re,Grashhoff number * | | (c) mainly Grashhoff n (d@) Reonly ae ‘44, Choose the correct equation. (Re) (Pr) (Gz) (Re) (Pr) (St) (c) Nu = (Re) (Pr) (d) Nu = (Pr) (St) 86, The characteristic dimensionless groups for | heat transfer to @ fluid flowing through a |(48, For a liquid in laminar flow through & 9 laminar flow are long tube, when the exit fluid temperatur® (a) Re. Gz (©) Nu, Pr a the equ z proaches the wall temperature, the eq ©) Nu, Pr, Re (d) Nu, Ge tion to be used is 197 NEAT TRANSFER (c)_ increasing viscosity of the film of condensate. (d) increasing temperature drop. (a) Nu = 0.023 Re®* . Pr°* i} 2 (b) Ge==Nu | |52, Dropwise condensation occurs on. faces. (a) clean and dirt free @) Ifaverageheat transfer co-efficientishaand | (b) One teens Atthe end ofthe plateis | (c) contaminated cooling ithe incase of heat transfer to a fuid | (4) plished wing over a flat plate, heated over its enue ength eae |(69) Presence of a non-condensing gas in a con (b) he = 2hi |~~ densing vapour (d) he = 0.75 hu | (a) increases the rate of condensation | (b) decreases thermal resistance. 42) When does the heat generated by fluid fric- | (.)_jg desirable to increase the film co-eff tion becomes appreciable compared to the ae heat transferred between the fluids ? ene gies (a) athigh fluid velocity | ee vee, | 64) Film boiling is usually not desired in com- 12) ahem fluid flows past a smooth surface | 64 Film Sov te on cause oe | (@) the heat transfer rate is low in view of the large temperature drop (6) itis difficult to maintain (c)_ itis not economical (®) lower than (@)_ none of these (d) half smooth clean 5 he 48, The heat transfer co-efficient in film type condensation is .... that for dropwise condensation (a) greater than oe al | (65) In sub-cooled boiling the temperature of the heating surface is lees than the boiling point of the G9) Prandtl number is the ratio of * (a) momentum diffusivity to mass dif- on fusivity. liquic as ‘ffusivity to thermal dif- (b) the temperature of the heating : = ; " (c) thermal diffusivity to mass diffusivity | liquic aa: fr heating surface = (d) ene diffusivity to momentum dif- fe) ea ae beeen ofthe quid. ; ee (d)_ very large vapour space 15 necessary 50. Allanalogy equations connecting friction fac- ‘ eg tor riagendes ear co-efficient apply only | 56) Heat flux increases with temperatul i . to beyond the Leiden frost point in the lo (a) wall of skin friction heat flux vs. temperature drop for a boiling liquid because (b) form friction * Cc) both (a) and (6) (a) convertion beomes important (d) turbulent flow (6) conduction becomes important (c) radiation becomes important 83. The film co-efficient between condensing | () _gub-cooled boiling occurs vapour and metal wall increases with (a) increasing temperature of the vapour. ‘57, Nucleate boiling is promoted (b) decreasing temperature of the vapour. (a) on polished surfacesOBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMECAL EWG (©) on roughened surfaces (c) im the absence of agitation id) none of these (66) Heat sensitive sensitive materials can be centrated in an evaporator employing (@) vacuum rs ©) high pressure (c) high residence time (2) none of these 56, What is the emissivity of a black body ? oe oo P: ic) 090 id) 05 67. The number of kg vaporised per kg of ste Pir fepretpelodas hipaa Larts la (a) capacity (©) economy 5B. What is the absorptivity ofa black body? a4 ®o - ic) 0.78 @) 095 Stes b) rate of evaporation ee (d) rate of vaporisation porta: F cere ee Portant im heat transfer by radiation pb mis eer |e trated in a e a ‘ ‘evaporator. ae (a) long tube () falling film &) 05- (€) 100-1000 +9 ( ic) high pressure (d) none of these (d) 5-30 G1, As per Kirchoffs Ia ww, the ratio of the total | ©% 18 @Single effect eva; ee vidy cf abody () 1 Sore economy is ree © > {g) temperature of the body only gees (2) none of these ) wavelength of 70. 1 to) both) and of monochromatic radiation! °™ (2.3 fFward fed multiple effect evaporate D nature of material of b ‘ errena (@) viscosity of liquid is the highest in first, 62, Kirchoffs law is applicable to 2 effect. ) " () transfer fr ia) monochromatic radiatios + from effect to effect is done b () total radiation ao oo y (2) both (a) and) : ) only volumes and not to surfaces @ ‘Ro pump is required to withdraw the Product from the last effect Pe none of these. ‘Statement that “maxi ‘. | aoe imum” wavelength |(71. The ic seta lovey opialiote | epson cinch eis (a) Stefan-Bol 2 (a) capacity bs ©) Plame | a (6) economy a | (©) Wien's displ s (d) none of these Wimmediea 2) 18's backw one of these , eee ard feed multiple effect @) feed is introduced in the first effect. feed flows fr i | feed flows from low pressure to high 6 i ne Pomps are required between suse is. | (@) none of these. 64, Solid angle subtended 2 a by the fi i the radiating clement is? (a) called view factor ©) called angle of vision (©) proportional to the teach boss teres expressed in terms of rad te @ 73. Economy of an evaporator is influenced by (a) steam pressure (®) temperature of the feed (c) number of effect (€) both () and (c) 95. The energy radiated from a absolute temperature T is rial Qat (2) QaTt © Qa ®) QaT (d) none of these HEATTRANSFER, 199 ‘The purpose of providing expansion bellows in the shell of tubular exchanger is to | (@)_ increase the heating load. (b) impart structural strength |) account for the uneven expansion of | shell and tube bundles. (d) facilitate increase of shell length. if 43) In a multiple effect evaporator, the effect of | mesial ~ ‘oiling point elevation is to (a) reduce the capacity (®) reduce the economy (c) increase the economy (d) none of these | 4a) For a cold viscous feed, backward feed gives | 81- 7 ethan forward feed. (a) abigher capacity {b) a lower capacity (c) lower economy {d) none of these $2) Multipass heat exchangers are used (a) because of simplicity of fabrication. (b) for low heat load. (¢) to obtain higher heat transfer co-eff: i | cient and shorter tube 78, Os is the most suitable for cold viscous | (4) 49 reduce the pressure drop (a) forward feed (b) backward feed »| 83. Double pit heat exchangers are used (c) mixed feed (gd) parallel feed ' ee (a) when heat transfer area required is | very high. 72) Reason for operating an evaporator in mul- | (b) when heat transfer area required is tiple effect is to secure very low, i.e. (100-200 A) (a) increased steam economy (c) because it occupies less floor area. (b) decreased steam consumption (@)_ because it is less costly. (c) both (a) and (b) (d) increased capacity |. Finned tube heat exchangers (a) give larger area pet tube. 7a Inereasingthe liquorlevelinthe evaporator | (b) use metal fins of low thermal ade results in tivity. (a) decreased capacity. |e) facilitate very large temperature drop (b) increase in liquor film co-efficient. through tube wall (c) decreased effect of hydrostatic head. (a) are used for smaller heat load. (d)_ increased true temperature drop. 5. Baffles in the shell side of a shell and tube heat exchanger (a) increase the cross-section side liquid. (@) force the liquid to flow parallel te the bank. (e) increase the shell side heat transfer co-efficient. (q decrease the shell side heat transfer co-efficient. 79,)In evaporators, lowering the feed tempera~ ture (a) increases the heating area required. (b) reduces the economy. (c) both (a) and). (d) decreases the heating area required ef awe shell ‘The actual temperature drop across, the heating surface in an evaporator depends on the 86. Inaheat exchanger, the rate ofheat transfer (a) feed from -he hot fluid to the cold fluid (b) depth of liquid over heating surface (a) varies directly as the area and the (©) pressure difference between steam chest and vapour space (d) alla), () and (c) (0) directly proportional to LMTD and inversely proportional to the area.Wh h 1-4 hens exchany why eoveser tion of fide hy parallel flow of id ba parallel flow of the nailer pressure deo Gehan ip Compared to 1-2 The equivalent diameter for pressure drop s ansfer a) smallerthan (b) greater th: (e) equal to eacriagk id) not related with is.....that for heat Oven es Overall heat transfer co-efficient of a par teular tube is Ui I the same tube with some dirt deposited on ei ficlont Uy posited on either side has Byres (6) Ur>Ui HEAT TRANSFER (e) Uy> Us (d) Ui = dirt factor - U (@ 400) In @ heat exchanger, one transfer unit C means ©) (a) a section of the exchanger in which d) change in temperature of one stream | equals the average driving force in the section, | (b)_ the size of the exchanger in which heat transfer rate is 1 keaV/br. (a) (c) both (a) and (6) te (d) none of these 106. M: 101. Choose the most important factor on which the heat conducted through a wall ina unit time will depend on ? (a)_ thickness of the wall (b) area of the wall perpendicular to heat flow (©) material of the wall (d) temperature difference between the two surfaces of the wall ) G) 102, Water always boils, when its (a () vapour pressure equals 76 cm of Hg. ro) (©) saturated vapour pressure equals the | external pressure on its surface. | @ (d) saturated vapour pressure is less than the atmospheric pressure. 109. Ci increases -apidly with rise is almost independent of te is almost independent of pre: both (b) and (c). laximum water vi tubes of a 1-2 shell and tube heat ex: changer may be around 1 b) 10 20 d) 30 {07) In case of a supercooled solution which is on the verge of stallisation, the free nergy of the solution as compared he solid is more les same ore or less; depends on the nature of 108. Rate of crystallisation does not depend upon the (a) temperature reaches 100°C. | ®) extent of supersaturation. turbulence within the number and active surface area of the lution. crystals. none of these. rystal size in a continuous crystalliser | depends upon the 103, Wavelength corresponding to the maxi-| mum energy is inversely proportional to (o) RG atitinttc uemperabeer This ||) is, Jaw (@) (a) Stefan's (b). Dalton's (c) Wien's (d) Kirchoff's 104. For concentrating an aqueous solution of a | material like anhydrous NazSO«, whose (a) solubility decreases with rise in tempers. () ture, the most suitable evaporator is () a evaporator @ (a) high pressure (c) backward feed (d)_none of these (a) 105) Boiling point elevation of a solution of a NaOH rate of heat transfer degree of turbulence degree of supersaturation all (a), (6), and (c) 110) The absorptivity of a grey body at a given temperature wavelength of radiation. with increasing increases decreases remains constant may increase or decrease ; depends on the material increase in liquor level, the overall heat transfer co-efficient increases decreases | 3 | (b) vacuum. | 411) In case of vertical tube evaporator, withderrease -depentis or DBIZOTIWE TYPE CHEMICAL sawp HEAT TRANSFER 428) In regenerative air preheater (as practised () le i heating of coke ovens),theheatistrans- || (d) either mi than (depending ferred upon the fluid (a) through a metallic wall. (b) by direct contact of hot flur gas with air. | (e) by heating an intermediate material (ike chequor bricks) and then heating the air from this hot material. 132) LMTD for counterflow and parallel f heat exchanger will be the same, when (a) a cold fluid is heated to a certain temperature by condensing steam (d)_ none of these. (isothermal flui the outlet temperature of bo 498, Boiling point elevation of an ideal solution and cold fluid are same. a) increases rapidly with temperature rise, () decreases rapidly with temperature rise} less than the outlet tempe (c) in independent of pressure. cold flu (d) both (b) and (c). id) none of these the outlet temperature of h {2, Which of the following has the lowest | 183: Out of the following four a Prandt! number ? in the derivation of the eq) (a) molten sodium (a coolant used in fast ata breeder reactor) | LMTD =", tO (b) water | rs (c) transformer oil subject to the largest deviation in pra (a) dilute H2SO« (a) constant overall heat tra (b) constant rate of fluid flow (e) constant specific heat (d) no partial phase change i 498° When vaporisation takes place directly at the heating surface, it is called (a) film boiling | na (b) nucleate boiling 134) A BTU/hr.ft "F is equal to (e) vapour binding (a) 1 keal/hr. m*C. (d) none of these (b) 4.88 keaVhr. m7 429) Rate of heat transfer by vaporisation from | (c) 1 keal/hr. m*K pools of water is affected by | (GY agonck them (a) nature of heating surface and distribu: tion of bubbles (b) surface tension of water (c)_ viscosity of water (a) all (a), (b) and (e) 135) 1 BTUMr, ft. ‘F is equal to m’C. (a) 1.49 &) 1 (e) 4.88 (d) none of these | 48 In @ multipass shell and tube heat ex: 430) An equipment which converts the latent oF manger, tube side return pressure loss is An caiipisat of one fluid into the latent | equal to.....the velocity head. heat of vaporisation of another, is called a | (q) twice (b) heat exchanger (B) tour times (¢) the square root of (d) the square of (a) boiler (c) recuperator (d) regenerator 191) In case of parallel flow heat exchanger, the Towest temperature theoretically at- (197) The rate of heat transfer from a vertical dee eit by dhe hot fluid i8....nthe outlet | plate by natural comeeeies depends upon temperature of the cold fluid. | the temperature-differences (7) between (a) equal to | wall and outside bulk ‘The proportionality (b) more than | is given as(OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMECAL ENGINEERING @ an“ st © on @ on* 198 Hest transfer by redistion between two — bodies at T;&Tz and in am ambient C are 30°C and 100°C respectively. temperature Te" a TeC depends on falerface between B aed'C cill S } aC @ 0 & © 70 im = (144, Three materials A B and C of dai ail of Gand condectinae ie keal/hr. m. ‘C respectively are joined together. The temperature outside of Aand 145) For evaporation of viscous solution in a cfiect evaporator, the feeding scheme is aermeti: (c) forward & emi ae () parallel ) dependent ESR PS — ai 146, The maximum beat transfer co-efficient the seme heat load and mass flow rate in s the tube side af shell and tube best eachanger.one may es talhesade! eee ¢) decreases the pressure drop ) decreases the outlet —o et serenses the overall beat transfer co- 2) name sf these. @) saturated (2) mone of these 147. A single pass air heater is connected toa ae Sis nek. Fer Wis ser Bow ee im cite memicing tee ae Be transfer co-efiicent for air will ary in the ratio of ta) 2 e 2 am (@) none of these 148. If a single tube pass best exchanger is ee ene ee we (e) increase by 18 times ) decrease by 2° (©) increase by 2°* (d) remain unchanged i 49. One kilogram of water at 0'C is changed to SS Re . The i The major beat consumption i = heat the water from 0 to 100°C. evaporate the water. (c) to superheat the steam. (d) data insufficient, cant be predicted. 150, In a forward feed annem acne Jel Seashell and tube heat! Pane cr a <) lange temperature differentials (©) series and parallel a santas ee ‘¢) double py S SeBie pears wih os cn ir sie HEAT TRANSFER (a) least at the inlet of the first effect. (8) least at the outlet of the last effect. {c) highest at the inlet of the last effect. (d) highest at the outlet of the last effect. 151. the reduce the tube side pressure drop for the same flow rate, the heat exchanger recommended is. (a) 1-2heat exchanger (b) 1-1 heat exchanger {c) 3-2 heat exchanger {d) 2-4 heat exchanger 152, Multiple effect evaporators are used to (a) increase the steam economy & decrease the capacity. (b) inerease the steam economy & the capacity. (c) decrease the steam economy & the capacity. (d) decrease the steam economy and increase the capacity. 153, With the increase of temperature, the Col- burn jx factor (a) increases () decreases (c) remains unchanged (a) may increase or decrease depending ‘upon temperature 154. The steam ejector is used to (©) vaporisation due to heat loss to air. (d) loosing latent heat. 157. Stefen's black body radiation law can also be derived from......law. (a) Kirchoffs (b) Planck's (c) Fourier’s (d) none of these 158. The rate of heat transfer is the product of overall heat transfer co-efficient, the difference in temperature and the (a) heating volume (b) heat transfer area (c) Nusselt number (d) none of these 159, Steam trap is used to remove.....from steam pipe lines (a) steam (®) condensate (©) non-condensables (d) none of these 160. An ejector is used to (a) increase pressure (@) increase temperature (c) remove condensate (d) none of these 161. In forced circulation, the heating element ei (a) internally (®) externally (a) remove condensate from the steam pipelines (b) create vacuum (c) superheat the steam (d) none of these 155. In, used (a) in low range of temperature differences. (b) in high range of temperature differences. {c) because of its low cost. (d) to prevent corrosion of the tube bundles. ell and tube that heat exchanger, the floating tube bundle heat arrangement is (c) both (a) and (6) (d) neither (a) nor (b) 162. When warm and cold liquids are mixed, the heat transfer is mainly by (a) conduction (6) convection (c) radiation (qd) _both (a) &(e) 163. Small scale evaporation is done in a (a) heat exchanger (b) condenser (c) multiple effect evaporator (d) steam jacketed kettle 164. Multiple effect evaporation accounts for (a) steam economy () lower operating costs 156. In a cooling tower, water becomes cool by k (c) investment economy (a) loosing sensible heat. (d) none of these () heat transfer to surroundings.ja) transient heat conduction (b) natural convection (c) forced convection Len (d) radiation 178. What is the geometric mean of two heat transfer areas Ai and Az? vertical a) Ae ) A random olan 2 Ai Aa 100. Evaporator tibes are gener 1a) horizon (a) 2% 110, Cireulation pump is located below the eat 179. The heat flux in the nucleate boiling regimes is proportional to (a) «an ®) ant (e) (a7) (d) VOT where, AT = excess temperature priming ic) ereate more suction head (d) none of these b) avoid frequi 171, In $1 units, thermal conductivity is ex pressed in (a) Wats. "K () Warm’. "K 180. Radiation heat transfer rates does not depend upon the (b) Watt/m?. "K (a) type of absorbing surface. (6) distance between the heat source and the object receiving the heat. (d) none of these HEAT TRANSFER {c) surface area and temperature of the heat source (d)_ none of these 181. At what value of Prandtl number, the hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers are identical ? ta) 05 1 te) 15 (d) 80 182. The average heat transfer co-efficient for laminar film condensation on vertical sur face is inversely proportional to (a) (aT) (b) aT c) an (a) (an* where, AT'= Temperature drop acro densate film 183. The thermal boundary layer, at Np, > 1 (a) isthickerthan hydrodynamic boundary layer. (}) is thinner than hydrodynamic boundary layer. (c) and the hydrodynamic boundary layer are identical. (d) disappears. 184. The value of Stefan-Boltzman constant in Sl unit is (a) 5.6697 x 10~* Wim? . “K* (b) 0.1714 x 107 § Wim? . KY (c) 5.6697 x 10°" keal/m? . "K* (a) 0.1714 x 10° keal/m?, “K* 185. In a shell and tube heat exchanger, the tube side heat transfer co-efficient just at the entrance of the tube is (a) @ () 0 (c) same as average heat transfer co-efficient for tube side (a) none of these 186. Which is the best tube arrangement (in & shell and tube heat exchanger) ifthe fluids are clean and non-fouling ? (a) square pitch (b) triangular pitch (c) diagonal square pitch (d) none of these 207 187. In a 1-1 cocurrent tube side fluid out! to the shell side then the LMTD is (o) 0 (c) equal to the difference between hot and cold fluids inlet temperature at exchanger, if the e is equal sid outlet temperature. (d) equal to ference between hot fluid inlet temperature and cold fluid outl 188. View fs by transfer @ (c) forced convecti (d) radiation 189. Corrosiveness © to the presence of a) CO2 b) dissolved O2 (e) both (a) an (d) neither (a) nor (b 190, In a liquid-liquid heat exchanger, for the came process temperatures, the ratio of the LMTD in parallel flow to the LMTD in counter flow is always (@) <2 b) >1 (©) 1 id) 191. Absorptivity and reflectivity of a perfect black body are respectively (a) landO (b) Oand1 (c) land= d) Oand05 192. “The ratio of total emissive power to the absorptivity for all bodies is same at thermal equilibrium”. THis 18....1aw (a) Kirchoff's () Planck's (c) Wien’s displacement (d) Stefan-Boltzman 193, If the thermal conductivity of a wall material is independent of temperature, the steady state temperature distribution in the very large thin plane wall having steady, uniform suniace temperature fol Lows .sne-awparabolic logarithmic may increase or decrease depending on the type of gas 196, What is the thermal conductivity of a perfect heat insulator? by 1 id) between 0 and 197. A boy ise emissivity of the body is (a) 0 ¢ monochromatic (b) unity ic) same for all wavelengths (d) different for different wavelengths 198. Which one gives the monochromatic emissive power for black body radiation ? (a) Planck's law (b) Kirchhoff law (c) Wien's law (d) Stefan-Boltzman law 199, Por specified tube outside diameter, higher BWG means higher (a) tube thickness (b) cross-sectional area (c) weight per unit length (d) pone of these 20, Dubring rule is important in solving problems on (a) distillation (€) evaporation (b) crystallisation (d) humidification 202. Nusselt number for fully developed laminar, constant property flow pe ber is equal to fz where, f= Fanning friction factor 204. The Graetz number is concerned with the ransfer between a gas and a lig. 208. The ratio of kinematic viscosity to thermal diffusivity is called the (a) Peclet number (6) Prandtl number (c) Stanton number (d) Nusselt number | 206. (Nar x Np») is called (a) Graetz humber (b) Reyleigh number (c) Nusselt number (@) Stanton number | 707 The equation, is.......analogy (a) Colburn (©) Prandtl (Nise x N¥P) = f72, (b) Reynolds (d) none of these. 208. The equation, Ny = 72, is. (a) Colburn (©) Prandtl analogy. (&) Reynolds (d) none of these 209. Prandtl and Reynolds analogy are the same when Prandtl number is (a) 0.5 () 1 (©) >2 (d@) 15 HEAT TRANSFER 210, Colburn analogy is applicable for the v of Prandtl number from (a) 0.001to1 —(b) 0.6 to 120 (ce) 05to5 (d) 120 t0 400 211. The local surface conductance for laminar film condensation on vertical surface is lal «t (b) «it («st (d) independent of“ where, (= film thickness 212, In a boiling curve, the peak heat flux is called the......point (a) Nusselt (b) Leidentrost (c) boiling (d) burnout 213. The Stefan-Boltzman constant depends on the (a) medium (ce) surface (b) temperature d) none of these 214, Electromagnetic radiations propagate in vacuum with «= a_—Cséveelociity of.....metre/second. (a) 3x 108 (by 3x 108 (c) 3x10 (d) 3x10" 215, Controlling heat transfer film co-efficient is the one which offers.......resistance to heat transfer. (a) no (c) the largest (®) the least (d) lower 216. ...... heat exchanger is used for chilling oil to be dewaxed (a) U-tube (c) Fixed tube (b) Double pipe (d) Floating head 217, ....heat exchanger is the most suitable, when the temperature of shell side fluid is much higher than that of tube side. (a) Single pass, fixed tube sheet (b) U-tube (c) Three pass, fixed tube sheet (d) none of these 218. Ina shell and tube heat exchanger, putting 1 longitudinal baffle across the shell, for ces, the shell side fluid to pass....through the heat exchanger. (a) once (®) twice (c) thrice d) four times 219. Overall heat transfer co-efficient for cool ing of hydrocarbons by water is about (a) 50-100 KeaVhr.m*. © b) 50-100 Wim? . K c) 50- 100 BTUhhr. ft." F d) 1000 - 1500 BTUMhr. ft? F 220, Steam traps are provided in steam carry ing pipelines to (a) condense steam. release excess steam pressure by bleed ing steam. remove condens: d) all (a), (b) and (c and inert gast 221. Which is the most suitable for concentra: tion of highly concentrated solution ? (a) open pan evaporators 'b) long tube vertical evaporator c) agitated film evaporator (d) none of these 222. Which is the most suitable for concentra tion of foamy, frothy liquors ? (a) agitated film evaporator (6) long tube vertical evaporator (c) open pan evaporator (d) none of these 223. Viscous, heat sensitive liquids are concentrated in. evaporators. (a) open pan (0) long tube vertical (c) agitated film (d) none of these 224, Boiling point of a solution according to Duhring's rule is a linear function of......0f water. (a) boiling point (at the same pressure) (b) viscosity (c) density (a) thermal conductivity 25. It is not preferable to use superheated steam in evaporators because of its very (a) high temperature (b) high pressure (c)_ low film co-efficient (d) none of these4 tube heat exchanger is pr atively increases atively decreases remains constant and the surface conductance increase 239. Heat produced when a st rent, J passes through an electrical conduc tor having resistance, 'R’ is (a) IR (6) FR (©) IR? (d) none of these ady state cur transfer area requirem 240. The unit of conductance in SI HEATTRANSFER, (a) Wim bw ) WK d) W 241. Which of the following bi mal conductivity ? (a) iron nitroge 242, Crystallisation homogencous a) exothermic 6) mildly en jc) highly en (d)_ none of these 243, For a multipa changer, the LMTD used in the analysi blem i heat transfer by a) forced c b) natural conv (c) transient c 4) steady state 245. In the fre ing, the heat flux is p aw which deser fer rate, states that 246, Stefan-Boltzm radiation heat tran: s proportional t a) tt vet where, ¢ = temperature in °C T = absolute temperature in K 247, What is t single effect eva (a) 1 () >1 (e) <1 d) 0.1 orator system 248. Which of the following parameters is in creased by use of finned tube in. amultipass shell and tube heat exchanger ? (d)_none of these 255. h.D/K is called the, rin whid h heat is nad i number,HEAT TRANSFER 210, In case of a multipass shell and tube heat exchanger, providing a baffle on the shell side -~---- the heat transfer rate b) deer does not affect d) may increase or decrease, depends on the type of baffle 271. Tube expansion allowances exist in a heat exchanger. (a) multipass fixed tube sheet (b) U-tube (e) single pass fixed tube sheet (d)_ none of these 272, If air (a non-condensing gas) is present in a condensing vapor stream, it will the condensation rate of vapor. (a) () increase decrease not affect (d) increase the condensing film co-effi cient as well as 273. With increase in temperature, the thermal conductivity of fresh lubricating oil (a) iner _ () decreases (c) remains unchanged (d) may increase or decrease; depends its composition 274. Pick out the wrong statement (a) Fluid movement under the influence of | buoyant forces resulting from change in density takes place in case of natural | convection. | ‘The ratio Nwu/NRe. Npr is called the Stanton number: j The Peclet number is a measure of the | ratio of energy transport by convection to that by conduction. ‘The Colburn jx factor for heat transfer | is given by Nut Npr. (d) 275, Which of the following has maximum ther- | mal ture’ (a) steel | (b) petrol conductivity at the same tempera: ) air (d) all have the same conductivity 276. A backward feed multiple effect ev2pot is better tnan forward feed for concent ing cold feed because it provides 1a) higher economy D apacity (c) both (a) and (b) lower economy 277. In Biot nui length the characteristic of the so a) volume to surface area (b) perimeter to surface area ic) surface area to volume (d) surface area to perimeter 278. Nusselt number (fo transfer) is a fune (a) Prandtl (b) Reynolds (c) both (a) and (b) (d) neither (a) nor (6 forced convection heat on of number 279. Extended heat transfer surface like fi are used to increase the heat transfer rai Fin efficiency is defined as the ratio ofheat transferred across the fin surface to theoretical heat transfer across an equal area hc! at the surrounding temperature average temperature of the fin. temperature of the fin end. constant temperature equal the base ) ©) (d) to that of 280, Ina co-current double pipe heat exchanger used for condensing saturated steam over the inner tube, if the entrance and exit conditions of the coolant are interchanged, then the rate of condensation will (a) ® © @ increase decrease remain unchanged either increase or decrease; depends on coolant flow rate 281. Fluid motion in the natural convection heat transfer between a solid surface and a fluid in contact with it results fromOBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 10 kg of dry saturated steam at 8 kgf/cm? flowing through a short length of stainless steel pipe exposed to atmospheric air at 35°C Boiling brine kept in open vessel when the bottom surface temperature of the vessel is maintained constant at 180°C. A sub-cooled refrigerant liquid at the existence of thermal boundary | (6) layer. temperature gradient produced due to density difference buoyancy of the bubbles produced at active nucleation site. none of these. 282. The Nusselt number for fully developed both thermaliy and hydrodynamically laminar flow through a circular pipe where flowing at the rate of 6 ky/minute the wall heat flux is constant, is through a copper pipe exposed to at- a) 2.36 mospheric air at 35°C. b) 4.36 120.36 (d) dependent on Nee only 288. The critical radius of insulation for a spherical shell is (a) Kiko c) hoK where, hermal conductivity of insulating material ho = heat transfer coefficient at the outer surface = b) 2Kihe 283. The ratio of momentum di (d) ho2K mal diffusivity is the a) Prandtl number K 6) Nusselt number c) Stanton number d) Grashoff number sivity to ther- 289. The critical radius of insulation for cylindrical pipe is (a) Kiho (b) 2Kiho (c) AJK (d) 2h/K where, hi = heat transfer coefficient at inside of the pipe 284. The Nusselt number for fully developed (both thermally and hydrodynamically) laminar flow through a circular pipe whose | surface temperature remains constant is a) 1.66 (6) 88.66 (c) 3.66 (d) dependent on Nze only 290. With increase in temperature, the thermal conductivity of most liquids (a) increases 285. For flow over a flat plate, the ratio of ther- (b) decreases mal boundary layer thickness, ‘xs and (c) remains same hydrodynamic boundary layerthickness'x’ | (d)_firs: is equal to (a) Ner (6) Np? tc) Nee? (d) Np? where, Np, = Prandtl number | -ases upto a certain tempera: ture and then becomes constant | 291. With increase in temperature, the thermal conductivity of non-metallic amorphous solids 286, Reynold’s analogy states that | (a) decreases (a) Naof (6) Nu@Nre (6) increases © Nuwaf (d) Neof (e) remains constant (d) first decreases upto certain tempera 287. Which of the following situations can be ture and then increases approximated to a steady state heat transfer system ? 292, (a) A red hot slab (having outside surface temperature as 130°C) exposed to the atmospheric air at 35°C. chart is known as transient heat conduction chart, (a) Dirhing’s (©) Mollier's (6) Heisler’s (d) Cox HEAT TRANSFER 293, Radiator of an automobile engine is a ~~ type of heat exchanger (b) cross-current (c) counter-current (d) direct contact 294, Nusselt number is a function of Prandi number and ------- number of fluid i natural convection heat transfer. (a) Grashoff () Biot tc) Stantan (d) Reynolds 295, The absorptivity of a body is equal to its emissivity (a) ata particular temperature. (8) for circular bodi (c) under thermal equilibrium. (d) none of these. 296. A perfect black body is a perfect of radiation, (a) absorber (b) emitter (c) both (a) and () (d) neither (a) nor (b) 297, Planck's distribution law is valid for ~~ bodies. (a) black (c) coloured (b) white (d) all (a), (b) and (e) 298. Heat flux, as defined in heat flow is analogous to —---- in electricity flow. (a) electric current (b) voltage (c) resistance (d) none of these 299. Film boiling occurs at (a) atmospheric (b) sub-atmospheric {e) negative (d)_-veryhigh pressure, 300. Boiling of milk in an open vessel is an example of ---- boiling. (a) film (b) sub-cooled (c) saturated nucleate (a) none of these 301, In Fouriei’s law, the proportionality constant is called the (a) heat transfer co-efficient (b) thermal diffusivity (c) thermal conductivity (d) Stefan-Boltzman constant 302. Thermal conductivity of a gas ty with increase in temperature decreases b) ineréases (c) remains unchanged (d) may increase or decrease: depends the gas 303. At constant temperature. t ductivities of gases sure (a) decrease (b) increase (c) remain unchanged id) may inerease or decreas the pressure 304. In case of heat transfer by conduction in a hollow cylinder, ‘mean area is used t calculate the heat transfer rate. (a) geometric _(b) arithmetic {c) logarithmic (d) either (a), (b) or (¢) 305. Maximum heat transfer rate is achieved in flow. (a) co-current (c) turbulent (®) counter-current (d) laminar 306. With increase in porosity, the thermal con ductivity of a solid substance (a) increases (b) decreases ()_ remains unchanged (d) may increase or decrease; “ the solid a, ads on 907, Stefan-Boltzman law applies te body: (a) black (c) grey (6) white (@) any colour 308. Kirchoff's law applies to ......--radiation (a) total (6) monochromatic (c) both (a) & (b) (@) neither (a) nor () | 309. The sum of reflectivity and absorptivity for an opaque body is equal to | @ 08 oy 1OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING HEAT TRANSFER 217 te 0 @ 2 | where,d = the distance between the objectemi ting radiation and that receiving it (b) liquid viscosity 329. In case of a multipass shell and tube heat 310. Decal conductivities of most of the liquids ........with rise in temperature. 317. Pick out the co eee se the correct statement. 6) decreases (c) hot surface temperature exchanger. the temperature drop in the ‘ r (d) interfacial tension fluid a) Higher is the temperature ofthe radia elisa taueratiy proper tivoal ceitbe ex ‘c) remains unchanged > ae 328, Removai of .......heat is involved in the tance across which the drop occurs. uh = fea setermation of vapor under saturated | (5) and the wall may increase or decrease; depends on (6) Logarithmic mean area is used for a conditions, OH aaa ae a culating the heat flow rate through a (a) super (b) sensible Fy ek ocil ap eatatadl 311. Temperature profile in st pace eee Suet (c) latent (d) both (b) & tc) fe) and the wall is not relate — le in steady state heat ‘The wavelength corresponding to max (d) none of these. 924. Pick out the wrong statement. imum mono-chromatic emissive power : aang ; (a) Economy ofa multiple effect evaporator a) asymptotic (b). hyperbolic increases with rise in te BE ’ swith rise in temperature, parabolic (di linear, Solid angle subtended by the finitesur is not influenced by the boiling point i face at the radiating elevation 312. Heat transfe adiating element is call 12. Heat transfer rate per unit area is called the stale inesdaneg a ‘Two identical cubes of iron and copper (G1 cama astesteny will have same heat content under ee = 318, Heat transfer in the laminar sublayer in same conditions of temperature. eee case of a liquid flowing through a pipe, is (c) Double pipe heat exchangers are most- fusivity mostly by ly used in the field of refrigeration. (a) eddies current (b) conduction (d) Finned tube heat exchangers are | oe Oe panable Boe heating sins come 331. Heat transfer by conduction in the tur bulent core of a fluid flowing through a heated pipe is negligible if the value of Prandtl number is (a) 0.2 () 04 (ce) 0.6 (d) 08 330. ‘Fouling factor’ used in the design of a multipass shell and tube heat exchanger is a ( non-dimensional factor. (b) factor of safety (c) conversion factor for individual film heat transfer co-efficient to overall heat transfer co-efficient. 313. Pick out the wrong statement haere (a) With change in temperature, the recienteoesey eld Baek by 218. The main purpose of providing Hinson 325. The ratio of velocity head to tube side | iby rdbiaatpeetgati oa ransfer surface is to increase the return loss in case of a multipass shell and | Meet icnatabecyarrwechestiient|_: femnperature gradtent tube heat exchanger is | Absorptivty oa perfec black bd raicnea tae Se us unites YS | (d) heat transfer co-efficient. Value of Stefan-Bolteman constant is $96: If all the conditions and dimensions are | S82. The average heat transfer co-efficient 0 4.876 x 10* KCalim? hr."K* is | 320. Leidentrost point is a term concerned with same, then the ratio of velocity through the the entire length of the plate (he) and the the tubes of a double pass heat exchanger to | local heat transfer co-efficient (hz), in case 314. Electro-magnetis | @) condensatioi n that through the single pass heat ex: ofheat transfer over a flat plate in Laminar --Microns. 7 concentration of a c b (a) 1 (b) 2 | @) he =0.8hL (&) Ay =2he ce ae concentration of corrxv ltt em a4 | © hezhe (d) he = Shi (©) 10t0100 —(d)_ 100 to 1000 (c) heat transfer between two highly vis 827. Mode of heat transfer involved in the cool- | 34 Dropwise condensation is promoted on 315. The ratio of total relfings a fete liquids. ing of air cooled internal combustion en- gerk: parties ert ttl caditing power the oiling of a liquid on a Hot surface. St aaa ae h lepends upon (a) conduction @. Winton Pon | 821. In case of evaporators, liquid entrainment (b) natural convection {ch costes 16) ene (b) nature eee ( haere ee elie 334. For the same heat transfer area and the () Cempetature St the ben ttt oe in the evaporator. (d) none of these | terminal conditions, the ratio of the (d) none of th 7 pee reps Uncen ta ve capacities ofa single effect evaporator to a i se (c) foaming of the solution. 328, Double pipe heat exchangers are) triple effect evaporator is S16 Robleat exsrty sectiiel (d) high heat transfer rate. preferable useful when es eis proportional to eived by a body is err (a) high viscosity liquid is to be cooled ies: (@) 1.33 oa: es + Which ofthe following is the most control (b) requirement of heat transfer area is | © d @) a4 ing factor for the rate of bubble detache oe | 335. Which of the following is not concerned ~ ) di ment from the hot solid surface? (c) overall heat transfer co-efficient is very | with heat transfer? (e)s qu debits high. | (a) Brinkman number (d)_ a corrosive liquid is to be heated. b) Stanton number © (d) s from | (b)ae tc) Schmidt number (d) Peclet number 336. Fora fluid flowing in an annulus space. the | wetted perimeter for heat transfer and | pressure drop are (a) same ©) different (c) never different d) linearly related OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING | 342. Prandtl and Reynold’s anal y logies are ide tical for vende umber vebooit fa) 0 ) 05 fo) 1 a5 | 343. Heat transfer by... may not necessar | ly require the presence of a medium. (a) conduction (®) natural convection {c) forced convection (d) radiation 337. In 2 shell and tube heat exchanger, the height of 25 percent cut baffles is equal to e) 025D b) 075D 050D {d) none of these where, D = inside diameter of shell ot recommended to use a 1-2shell and tube heat exchanger for a particular heat duty whenever the LMTD correction factor is fa) >075 © <050 ) <075 @) <025 339. Pick out the wrong statement. (o) Heat transfer by radiation can not — ©) Sn case of a shell and tube heat ex- hacer. the preasreiop troop te erent ene &. tween bafiles = 7 Propagation velocity for travel of heat (etlehatas Uncught vareeda eeeal ee amount of heat involved in the a of dent, ee 2 fluid is the same. Rote 280, Which ofthe fdllowing Chan (a) Strouhal number ) Serwood number ©) toler number (4) Grashofl number AL. Whieh of the following is concerned wit both heat and mass transfer? Te (a) Lewis relationshij (b) Nusselt number (c) Kutateldlize number (4) Prowde number 344. Agitated film evaporator is suitable for concentrating liquids (a) foaming (@) viscous fe) verythin —(d)- corrosive 345. Sensible heat of hot industrial flue gases can not be recovered by a/an (a) economiser () regenerator ‘c) ceramic recuperator (d) none of these 346. Terminal point temperature differences between fluids in case of a heat exchanger is termed as (a) approach (©) log mean temperature difference {c) arithmetic mean temperature difference (d) geometric mean temperature difference | 347. Thickness of thermal boundary layer is | more compared to that of hydrodynamic | boundary layer, when the value of Prandtl number is fe) 1 | ) >1 @) <1 @) >5 | 348. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Swenson-Walker crystalliser is a batch crystalliser. (©) Super saturation of the solution is the driving potential for a crystal growth. (c) The liquor left after removal of crystals from a solution is called mother liquor. (d) The first stage of crystal formation is called nutleation. Salieeee ts apres Salen formed sul hot surface get absorbe in the mass of the liquid. (a) nucleate (b) pool HEAT TRANSFER (c) low pressure (d) none of these 350, Mechanical recompression evaporation is used in the production of (a) alcohol (b) distilled water | lc) salt (d) fruits jam | 351. Film condensation is promoted on a/an | surface. | (a) oily (b) coated c) clean and smooth (d) dirty 952, Pick out the wrong statement {a) The capacity of an evaporator is reduced by the boiling point elevation. (b) Corrosive liquid is normally passed through the tubes in a shell and tube heat exchanger. Steam jet ejector is used for vapor compression in a thermal recompression evaporator. (d) Heat sensitive materials should be concentrated in high pressure evaporators 353, A wall has two layers of materials and B; each made of a different material, Both the layers have the same thickness. The thermal conductivity of material A is twice that of B. Under the equilibrium, the temperature difference across the wall is 36°C. The temperature difference across the layer A is °C. (a) 6 te) 18 (b) 12 (a) 24 954. A black body when hot, emits heat radia- wavelengths. (b) large (d) one fixed (a) small (c) all ‘855. A hot body will radiate heat most rapidly, if its surface is (a) white and rough (b) black and rough {c) white and polished (d) black and polished 856. If heat transfer rate varies with time, itis termed as (b) steady state conduction (c). monochromatic radiation (d) none of these 357. Baffles are provided in heat exchangers to increase the (a) fouling factor (b) heat transfer area (c) heat transfer co-efficient (d) heat transfer rate 358. Pick out the wrong statement (a) Reciprocal of the resistance to heat flow is called thermal conductance (6) Unit of thermal conductance is W7°K. (©) Thermal conductance of a wall of thick ness ‘L’, thermal conductivity “k’ and heat flow area ‘A’ is RL/A. (d) none of these. 359. Pick out the correct statement. | @) 1 kcaVhr.m.’C is equal to 1 BTU/hr. fF. (b) In steady state heat conduction, the only property of the substance which determines the temperature distribution, is the thermal conductivity. (c)_Inunsteady state heat conduction, heat flows in the direction of temperature rise (d) In heat transfer by forced convection, Grashoff number is very important. ‘960, Minimum recommended baffle spacing in ‘a shell and tube heat exchanger is about () 05D (d) 080D where, D = shell diameter 361. Nusselt number is the ratioofthe temperature gradient at the wall to (a), temperature difference (b) heat flux (c) that across the entire pipe (d) none of these | 962. For....«.Prandtl number values, the heat ‘conduction will be negligible in the buffer zone. (qa) extremely low (b) low (c) high (d) no (a) forced convection220 363. The film co-efficient is decreased due to presence of non-condensing gases in the vapors. The film co-efficient of superheated vapor as compared to that of saturated depends on the 364. Thermal conductivity of a conducting solid material depends upon its a) temperature ) porosity (c) both (a) & (b) d) neither (a) nor (b) 365. The separation of liquid droplets from the vapor is done by a/an. , in the evaporators. (a) steam ejector (®) entrainment separator (©) compressor (d) vacuum pump 366. equation relates the thermal condue- tivity of a solid to its temperature. (a) Antonie () Kopp’s (©) Lee's (d) Kistyakowski 367. Heat transfer co-efficient (h) for a fluid flowing inside a clean pipe is given by (pvp! oa | h = 0.023 mone (Sw This is valid for the value of Nps equal to. (a) < 2100 fe) > 4000 (6) 2100 - 4000 (d) > 10000 368. Heat transfer efficiency leading to energy conservation in a heat exchanger can be achieved by (a) keeping the heat transfer surfaces clean| (b) enhancing the fluid pumping rate c) increasing the tube length d) none of these 469. Radiation heat losses from satisfactorily insulated high preseure boiler may be about........percent. (a) 1 b) 7 (©) 18 (d) 26 OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING \ 370. Harmonic mean temperature difference is given by (a) VST; AT: 371. Pick out the wrong statement (a) The controlling resistance in case of heating of air by condensi the air film. The log mean temperature difference (LMTD) for counter flow and parallel flow can be theoretically same when any one of the fluids (hot or cold fluid) passes through the heat exchanger constant temperature In case of a 1-2 shell and tube heat exchanger, the LMTD correction factor value increases sharply, when a temperature cross occurs. Phase change in case of a pure fluid at a given pressure from liquid to vapor or vice-versa occurs at saturation temperature. ig steam isin 972. The inside heat transfer co-efficient in case of turbulent flow of liquid in the tube side in a 1-2 shell and tube heat exchanger is increased by.........times, when the number of tube passes is increased to 8. (a) 2°* () 48 (c) 4° (d) 2°* 373, In case of surface condensers, a straight line is obtained on plotting 7 on ordinary graph paper. (a) v* ) v* ov @ Ww 874. In a parallel flow heat exchanger, if the outlet temperature of hot and cold fluids are the same, then the log mean tempera ture difference (LMTD) is (@) minimum — (6) maximum (©) zero (d) infinity HEAT TRANSFER ifs 1+ 5 (Np, - 1) vfl2 corrosponds to. analogy (a) Von-Karmann (b) Reynolds tc) Colburn (d) Prandtl 375. the equation, Nu = 976. The thermal radiation emitted by a body is proportional to 7", where Tis its absolute temperature. The value of ‘n’ is exactly 4 for (a) black painted bodies only (b) all bodies (c) polished bodies only (d) ablack body 877. A hot liquid is kept in a big room. The logarithm of the numerical value of the temperature difference between the liquid and the room js plotted against time. The plot will be very nearly a/an (a) ellipse (b) straight line (c) parabola. (qd) circular are 878. A body cools down from 75°C to 70°C in 10 minutes. It will cool down from 70°C to 65°C itnee (a) 10 (b) > 10 : {c) <10 minutes. a). either (b) or (c), depends on the mass of | the body 379. A black body does not........radiation. (a) absorb or emit (b) refract (c) reflect (d) both () & (c) 380. A hollow sphere and a solid sphere of the same material and equal radii are heated to the same temperature, In this case, a) the cooling rate will be the same for the two spheres and hence the two spheres will have equal temperatures at any instant. both the spheres will emit equal amount of radiation per unit time in the beginning, both will absorb equal amount of radiation from the surrounding in the begin ning (d) both (b) & (e). 381. Steam is routed through the tube in case of Bn Vaporator (a) basket type (b) horizontal tube (c) short tube vertical (d) long tube vertical 382. A........evaporator employs an annular downtake (a) basket type b) horizontal (c) long tube vertical (d) none of these 383. The purpose of providing bleed points in the evaporator is to (a) admit the feed (b) remove the product (c) facilitate removal of non-condensable gases (d) create vacuum 384. Forced circulation evaporators are normally used for concentrating liquids having (a) scaling characteristics (®) high viscosity (c) both (a) & (6 (d) neither (a) nor (b) $85, Which of the following accessories is provided in the vapor line of an evaporator for removing the entrained liquid? (a) bleed point (6) vent (©) catchall (d) baffle | sa6. Tubes are held between top and bottom tube sheets in Calenderia type evaporator by keeping (a) both the tube sheets fixed (6) both the tube sheets floating {c) the top tube sheet fleating and bottom tube sheet fixed (d)_ the top tube sheet fixed and the bottom tube-sheet floating. | 387. Which characteristic ofa fluid is not impor tant in deciding its tute ina shell and tube heat exchanger ? (a) corrosiveness (b)_ fouling characteristic e) viscosity {d) none of these‘388. Pick out the wrong statement. 1a) Orifice baffles are never used in a shell and tube heat exchanger. Pressure dropon the shell side of a heat exchanger depends upon tube pitch also Ina horizontal tubeevaporator, surface blanketing by air is avoided. Split ring type and pull through type floating heads are two commonly used floating heads is heat exchangers. . Black liquor generated during paper manufacture is concentrated in ia) single effect evaporator (6) single effect evaporator followed bya crystalliser (c) multiple effect evaporators | (d) ‘multiple effect evaporators followed by | a crystalliser | 390. Forced circulation evaporators are useful for concentration of viscous, salting and scale forming liquors. Which of the following is a forced circulation evaporator ? (a) long vertical evaporator (b) horizontal tube evaporator (c) agitated film evaporator | (d) calenderia vertical tube evaporator | 391. Evaporation of 1 kg of water from a solution in a single effect evaporator requires about.....kg of steam. () 04-06 () 1-13 ©) 18-2 d) 2-24 392. In case of...... boiling, the liquid temperature is below the satutation temperature | and the boiling takes place in the vicinity of the heated surface. (a) nucleate —() local () pool (@) saturated 393. In 2 shell and tube heat , the shell side fluid velocity can not be changed by changing (a) tube layout (b) tube diameter (©) tube pitch (d) number of baffles ‘394, LMITD correction factor which is to be plied for a cross-flow heat exchanger i ereases with increase in the number of OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING shell passes. Its value fora single passcrossflow heat exchanger is (ai O () >1 ® 1 (d) <1 | 395. Overall thermal resistance for conductive heat transfer through a series of flat resis: tances is equal to the (a) maximum resistance in the series 6) sum of all resistances (c)_ average of all resistances (d) minimum resistance presents in the series | 396. Pick out the wrong statement. (a) Superheated steam is preferably not used for process heating because of its low heat transfer film co-efficient () Ina shell and tube heat exchanger, the shell pressure drop is maximum for orifice baffles. () SI. unit Watm?"K. (d) Longitudinal fins are used in extended surface heat exchangers, when the direction of fluid flow is parallel to the axis of the tube of fouling factor is ‘997. Steady state one dimensional heat flow by conduction as given by Fourier’s law does not assume that (a) there is no internal heat generation (8) boundaty surfaces are isothermal (©) material is anisotropic \(4 constant temperature gradient exists 398. Open pan evaporators are preferred to be used, when the solution to be concentrated is (a) scaling (©) highly viscous () corrosive (d) salty 399. Steam consumption in kg/hr in case of an evaporator is given by (@) C/E ) B/C 1 © CE ae © @ oe where, C & E are capacity and economy of the evaporator respectively 400, Pick out the wrong statement. HEAT TRANSFER (a) By increasing the number of elle ses, the temperature cross ina shell and tube heat exchanger can be prevente ib) An underdesigned steam trap will back up the condensate instead of discharg- ng it out te), cea condensate is corrosive because ofthe presence of dissolved oxsgenin it Fi e: le in commercial (d)_ Film boiling is desirabl 7 : equipments due to high heat transfe fate at low temperature drop. latch the expression for the dimension- jess number used in heat transfer. List 1 (a) Stanton number tb) Reyleigh number (c) Graetz number (d) Peclet number List I 1. Nor. Nev IL. (Nie New) (DIL) TIL. NyulNee . Nov IV. nw Npr ch formula of the dimensionless num | ieee psed in heat transfer problems | List'T (a) Nusselt number (6) Biot number (c) Grashoff number (d) Prandtl number List II 1, DS.p?.g BATH UL. ADik IIL. Cy. wh WV. hLik 403, Match the characteristics of the following dimensionless number used in heat transfer. List1 (a) Stanton number (b) Biot number (c) Prandtl number (d) Grashoff number List I 1, Used in transient heat conduction. IL. Ratio of viscous forces to thermal forces | Heat transfer in natural convection | 404, Match the range of individual heat t 223 ransfer 5 caret - film co-cfficients in WatUm?. K fo: various fliuds List I (a) Air heating or cooling (b) Steam, dropwise condensation {c) Steam, filmwise condensation (d) Organic vapor condensation List I 100.000 15000 2000 1. 25000 II. 5000 II. 1000 IV. 1-50 sllowing equations en 405. Match the following equat countered in heat transfer proble List 1 (a) Colburn analogy (b) Equation for turbulent flow late (@)_Dittus-Boelter equation for fluid heating Laminar flow through pipe over flat List IT 1. Nww = 0.037 (Ne)?* Wry Th. Nyu= 1.86 (Nag'2 (Ne TIL, Nww = 0.023 (Nie)?* (Nee) IV. Ns .NfP = 2 | 406. Match the symbols: of following heat transfer equipments. List I (a) Pipestill heater (B) Cooling coil (c) Condenser ) Heat exchanger a List Used in forced convection heat transfer problems |HEAT TRANSFER nous est tra 409, Match the symbols of various heat transfer equipments used in che ical process plants Column A Column B (a) Forced draft cooling tower (b) Heating/cooling coil \c) Evaporative condenser Humidifier/dehumidifier ANSWERS 3 4 6 o (a 13 14 16 orubetet ® @ (a pate of rac 2 23 «(24 26 Column h ) re 3384 36 val drafe coo : @ © @ a 4 4 46 i @ © ®) V) Barometric condenser 5384 56 @ @ ©) 6364 SCG © © @) 73 (14 76 @ @ () ae 8384 86 4) Water cooled hea @ @ ©) @ —e 9 93 (94 96 @ @ ® © 103104105106 @ & @ @ is 1456 @ @ tw) @ 123 124 «125126 @ °@ © @ 133 134-135 «136 ® © @ & 4314445146 oe &® & 153154155186 @ @) @ @ Ais cones varface condenserOBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL © 4) The unit of volumetric diffusivity is (b) emisec (d) em’Isec* (a) em*/sec (c) em*/sec $) The diffusivity (D) in a binary gas mixture is related to the temperature (7) (a) D«T b) D« Te? c) D« T d) D«T? @) The diffusivity (D) in a binary gas mixture is related to the pressure (P) as (a) D= P** ) Daze (d) De De} ms 4) Molecular diffusion is caused by (a) transfer of molecules from low concentration tohigh concentration region. (b)_ thermal energy of the molecules (c)_ activation energy of the molecules (d)_ potential energy ofthe molecules 5. Pick out the correct statement (a) Diffusivity decreases with inerease in temperature (b) Diffusivity increases with increase in | molecular weight. (c) Diffusivity increases with the size individual molecule. none of these. ofthe Cc) 6. Mass transfer co-efficient is defined as (a) Flux = Co-efficientlconcentration difference. {b) Coefficient = Flux/concentration difference. (c) Floxeconcentration difference/co-eff cient. (d) none of these. | | @) Penetration theory relates the average m jcient (K) with diffusivity (D) as b) K«.D to Prandtl number in heat 9,) Corresponding transfer, the dimensionless group in mas transfer is Schmidt number ‘Sherwood aumber Peclet number Stanton number (a (e) @ {10} Sehi mber is given by ce JD ‘in physical terms, Schmidt number means thermal diffusivity/mass diffusivity. thermal diffusivity/momentum aif- fusivity «@) ®) Tomentur> diffusivity/mass dif fusivity. mass diffusivitythermal diffusivity. C) @ Nusselt number in heat group in mass 12) Corresponding to transfer, the dimensionless transfer is. number, (a) Sherwood (0) Schmidt (e) Peclet (d) Stanton 13) Mass transfer co-efficient of liquid is 1A). affected more by temperature than thst for gases affected much less by temperature than that for gases, not affected by temperature () ©nate yatt a ©) pretties pres fuse De lower prespure tothe (a) ant b) n towers packed wi towers packed r in dummped packing A regular at very highs liquid flow rate DI wring revsits in (a) bigs tray efficiency ) Som tray Bicency 0) bigh ops vebacity A) yooh contact between the fluids 27. For an abs MIR ENGI ber, both operating line will be st mncentrated solution and ni mal operation dilute solution and non-isot operation i dilute solut tion, ASS TRANSFER (d) concentrated solution and isothermal operation. 98,)In case of a desorber (stripper! (a) the operating line always lies equilibrium curve 'b) the operating line always lies below the equilibrium curve (c} temperature remains unaffected. d)_ temperature always increases ®) The minimum liquid rate to be used in an absorber corresponds to an operating line (a) of slope = 1 (b) of slope = 0.1 (c) tangential to the equilibrium curve (d)_ none of these 30) Absorption factors de! (a) SYS; ) Sus (c) S1-S: (d) Six where, S1 = slope of the operating line Sy = slope of the equilibrium curve 31. HoS present in naphtha reformed gas is removed by absorbing with (a) ethanolamine (b) KyCO3s () HCI d) vacuum gas oil $2) If G = insoluble gas in gas stream and L non-volatile solvent in liquid stream, then the slope of the operating line for the absorber is (a) LG (c) always <1 (6) GIL (d) none of these Raschig ring made of porcelain cannot be used for treating concentrated (a) hydrochloric acid (b) nitric acid (c) alkalis (a) sulphuric acid 84) For absorbers, high pressure drop results in (a) increased efficiency. (b) decreased efficiency. (c) high operating cost. (d)_ better gas liquid contact. 35, Which of the following property for ai (c) low freezing point id) none of 36.) Out of the foll for absorpt: wing propertic II. low viscosity III. high vaps IV. lows pressure V__ high gas solubil VI. high freeziny VII. low freezit Choose from the followi (a) IIV,V, VII (c) WIV.V.VI $7, When both the fluids absorber, the slope « () 1 r ) Ammonia present in the coke removed by washing with (a) caustic solution (®) diluve ammoniacal liquor (©) dilute HCl (@) ethanolamine 39, Which of the following is not fixed by proce requirements, in the design of - -sorbers ? (a) flow rate of the entering gas (6) composition of the entering liquid. (c) terminal concentrations of gas stream (d) none of these. 40) Inan absorber, HETP does not vary with the (a) flow rate of liquid (8) flow rate of gas (c) type and size of packing (a) none of these 41. Which of the following is an undesirable property in a tower packing? (a). large surface per unit volume230 (6) large free cross-section. (e) low weight per unit volume. id) large weight of liquid retained. 42) Very tall packed towers are divided into series of beds to (a) reduce the overall pressure drop () avoid channelling fc) reduce liquid hold-up (d) avoid flooding 43. For the same system, ifthe same liquid used isersbei ts areas are wil (a) increase (b) decrease (c) remain unaffected {d) decrease or increase ; depends on the type of liquid 44) HETP is numerically equal to HTU only when operating line (a) lies below the equilibrium line. (b) lies above the equilibrium line {c) and equilibrium lines are parallel. (d) is far from the equilibrium line. 45. Desirable value of absorptivn factor in an absorber is (a) 1 () 1 d) 05 46) Absorption accompanied by heat evolution results in (a) increased capacity of the absorber. (b). increase in equilibrium solubility. (c) decrease in equilibrium solubility. (d)_none of these 47) Co-current absorbers are usually used when the gas to be dissolved in the liquid is (a) sparingly soluble (b)_ highly soluble (c) a pure substance (d) a mixture 48) Humidification involves mass transfer between a pure liquid phase and a fixed gas which is (a) insoluble in the liquid OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEE! “(b) soluble in the liquid {c) non-ideal in nature (d) ata fixed temperature | 49, At a fixed total pressure, humidity dey | enly on the (a)_ partial pressure of vapour in the ture (6) heat capacity of the vapour |e). density of the vapour | (d)_ none of these \(50) In saturated gas. the (a) vapour isin equilibrium with the ig at the gas temperature (b) vapour isin equilibrium with the lig at the room temperature. (c) partial pressure of vapour equals vapour pressure of the liquid at n temperature | _ (d)_ none of these 61) Relative humidity is the ratio of the (a) partial pressure of the vapour to vapour pressure of the liquid at temperature (b) partial pressure of the vapour to} vapour pressure of the liquid at} temperature. () actual humidity to saturatt humidity. (d)_ none of these | 2) The percentage humidity is less than} relative hu....dity at... pereent hum (a) zero (b) hundred (c) both zero and hundred (d) none of these 3) Heat in BTU necessary to increase temperature of 1 Ib of gas and its acd panying vapour by 1'F is called the (a) latentheat —(b) humid heat (c) specificheat (d) sensible heat 54. Humid volume is the total volume in ft Llbof (a) vapour laden gas at 1 atm. and « temperature. MASS TRANSFER (b) gas plus its accompanying vapour at 1 | ‘atm, and room temperature. (c) gas plus its accompanying vapour at 1 atm. and gas temperature. (d) vapour laden gas at 1 atm. and gas temperature. 55. The temperature to which a vapour gas (b) induced draft cooling tower (c) spray chamber (d) none of these 62.) The most efficient cooling tower out of the following is (a) induced draft (b) forced draft (c) natural draft (d) atmospheric mixture must be cooled (at varying | 63) tn distillation, overhead product contains humidity) to become saturated is (a) dew point (b) wet bulb temperature (c) dry bulb temperature (d)_ none of these 56. The dew point of a saturated gas phase equals the.......temperature. (a) gas (®) room (c) wet bulb (d) none of these $7) Steady state temperature reached by a ‘small amount of liquid evaporating into a large amount of unsaturated vapour-gas mixture is called the.......temperature, (a) dry-bulb (b) wet-bulb (ec) dew point (d) adiabatic saturation 58) Dry bulb temperature of the gas is the wet bulb temperature. (a) lessthan (6) more than (c) equal to (d) none of these 459. The difference of wet bulb temperature and adiabatic saturation temperature of unsaturated mixture of any system is (a) +ve () -ve (c) 2er0 (a) none of these When the temperature and humidity of air is low we usually use ...... draft cooling tower. (a) natural (e) induced (b) forced (d) none of these ‘The equipment frequently used for adiabatic humidification-cooling operation with recirculating liquid is (a) natural draft cooling tower (a) only one component (b) two components (c) any number of components (d) only saturated liquid 64. Boiling point diagram is (q) not affected by pressure (b) affected by pressure (©) aplotoftemperaturevs. liquid composition (d) a plot of temperature vs. vapour com | position | 65. Raoult’s law is applicable to | (@) idea} solutions (®) real solutions (c) the mixture of water and alcohol (d) non-ideal gases (66) Raoult's law applies to {a) all liquid solutions (®) only non-ideal solution (€) non-volatile salute (d) the solvents 9 67. Henry’s law states that the (a) partial pressure of a component over & Colution is proportional to its mole fraction in the liquid. (b) partial pressure of a component over Solution is proportional tothe mole frac tion in the vapour. (©). vapour pressure is equal to the product ‘of the mole fraction and total pressure. (a)_ partial pressure is equal to the product Of the mole fraction and total pressure. 68 Flash distillation is (a) same as differential distillation. (@). used for multicomponent systems like crude oil refining.preciably with cha (a) temperature b) vapour pressure of either com ) total pressure 4) none of these ‘74; In a binary system, separation is cient when relative volatility is to ) >1 del @) 05 very effi i fas and a2 arethe relative volati the pressure in th and 2 atm respective] distillation column is 1 ly. Pick out the correct (a) a; =a, Deine fc) ay 2c 0542 — (d) none of these 74, Positive deviation from Raoult’s law # mixture whose total pressure is (a) greater than that computed for ide means ality, ilities when | id) - 3! che syste 78, In rectifying sect tion column (a). vapour is enriched with ) () (d) none of these 79, For Pure products will require (a) low reflux ratio (6) less number of trays (c) small cross-section column (d) high reflux ratio depends on tion of a continuous distlla vapour is enriched with high boilers. liquid is stripped of high boilers. : binary mixture with low relative tility, continuous rectification to get MASS TRANSFER (90) Azeotropic distillation separate (a) constant boiling (6) high boiling mixture (c) mixture with very high re olatility 4) heat sensitive ma 8i) For a binary mixture wi volatility use steam distillation tillation distillation n azeotrope may be formed during dis ation use high pressure Entrainer used in azeotropic should 7 (a) form a low boiling azeotrope with one of the constituents of the mixture. (b) form a new azeotrope of low relative volatility with one of the constituents of the mixture (c) have high latent heat of vaps (d) have high viscosity to provide high t efficien 83, Alcohol is dehydrated using ---—-—~ distil: lation (a) extractive (b) azeotropic (c) steam (d) molecular (84) Rose oil is extracted from rose leaves using distillation (a) high pressure (b) low pressure (c) extractive (d) steam 5) In extractive distillation, solvent is (a) added to alter the relative volatility of the mixture (b) of high volatility (c)_ present in overhead stream (d) of high viscosity to give high tray ef: ficiency 6.) Molecular distillation is (a) high temperature distillation (0). for heat-sensitive materials (c)_ very low pressure distillation (d) both (b) and (c) }) High pres: am distillation, the depei fa distillation tower han results in (a) thermal decomposition of b b) increased relative volatility very efficient operation Components, having widely different boil ing point in a binary mixture, can be separated using. distillation a) molecular b) extractive (c) steam simple Which of the following assumes constant molal vaporisation and overflow ? McCabe-Thiele method (b) Ponchan-Savarit method (e) Enthalpy concentration method d) Plate absorption column , McCabe-Thiele method (a) uses molal units for material and energy balance (b) uses weight fractions to express liquid and vapour composition (c) can use any type of units (d)_ ismore accurate than Ponchan-Savarit method7 94) In stripping section of continuous distilla- | tion column, the (a) liquid is stripped of high boiler. | (b) liquid is enriched with high boiler. (c)_ vapour is strippetl of low boiler. (d) none of these. . Which of the following same diameter columns gives lowest pressure drop per unit height ? (a) bubble-cap column {b) sieve-plate columa {c)_ packed column (stacked) (d) randomly packed column (0s, ‘The reflux to a distillation column is 100 moles/hr, when the overhead product rate is 50 moleshhr. The reflux ratio is (a) 2 @) 05 (c) 50 (d) 150 (92, If f = moles of vapour present per mole of feed then the slope of feed line is (Mcabe- Thiele method) | | | EP Ele @ { () "> oF @ “5 7 (98) If fis defined as above, then which of the following applies to a feed at dew point ? (a) f=1 () f<1 (4 fr (d) 0 point efficiency. (6) Murphree efficiency < point efficiency. (ce). Murphree efficiency = point efficiency. (a). Murphree efficiency # point efficiency. 118) Tower diameter may be decreased by (a) using higher reflux ratio. (b) use of increased tray spacing. (c)_inereasing the liquid flow rate. librium, (d) increasing the vapour flow rate.238 (b) a reversible phenomenon. (©) accompanied by evolution of heat. (d) both (6) and (c) 146) Chemisorption (chemical adsorption) is (a) same as “Van der Waals” adsorption (®) characterised by adsorption of heat. (©) anirreversible phenomenon. (d) a reversible phenomenon {147, Rate of adsorption increases as the (a) temperature increases (6) temperature decreases (c) pressure decreases | (d) size of adsorbent increases [148.When adsorption hysteresis is observed, [the desorption equilibrium pressure is that obtained by adsorption. (a) always lower than (b) always higher than (c) sameas (d) dependent on the system; can be either lower or higher than 149, Which of the following adsorbent is used to | decolourise yellow glycerine ? (a) silica gel () alumina (©) Fuller's earth (d) activated carbon ‘150; Freundlich equation applies to adsorption i of solute from (a) dilute solutions, over a small concentration range. (©) gaseous solutions at high pressure. (©) concentrated solutions. none of these. 151. The caking of crystals can be prevented by og) maintaining high critical humidity. (6) maintaining low critical humidity. ?) coating the product with inert material. both (a) and (c). dery materials can be guarded against ing tendency on storage by providing irregular grain size. ) providing minimum percentage of voids, OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (©) having maximum possible points of contact. | I |) none of these. | 153. Critical humidity of a solid salt means the humidity | (a) above which it will always become damp. () below which it will always stay dry. (ce) both (a) and (b). | (d) above which it will always become dry and below which it will always stay | damp. | 154. Swenson-Walker Aerooe Rit (a) continuous | @) bateh 1 (c) semi-batch | @) cooling adiabatic)-cum-evaporation crystalliser is 155. The vapour pressure exerted by the mois- | ture contained in a wet solid depends upon the (a) nature of the moisture (®) temperature (©) nature of the solid (d) all (a), () and (c) 156. To remove all the moisture from a wet solid, it requires exposure to........air. (a) perfectly dry (®) highly humid (c) high temperature (d) none of these 157. Milk is dried usually in a. (a) freeze (6) spray (c) tray (d) rotary dryer, 158. Equilibrium-moisture curves of different solids (a) are different (b) are same (e) depend on the humidity of the gas (d) none of these 159. Detergent solution is dried to a powder in a (a) spray dryer (&) spouted bed dryer (c) tunnel dryer iS TAANSFER (4) pan open to atmosphere ¥, then the same on wet basis is =x ) 7x | 1 -Xx “ @ 1 | | fp. ifmoisture content of solid on dry basis is fi. In paper industry, paper is dried in | Bacoondtyer. (a) tunnel (co) conveyor (b) heated cylinder (d) festoon 2. Moisture content of a substance when = equilibrium with a given partial pressure | of the vapour is called. moisture. (@) unbound (a) free ae (o) equilibrium | 8. Calcium ammonium nitrate a fertiliser) is | dried in a.......dryer. (a) rotary (b) vacuum | () tunnel (d) tray 64, Moisture in a substance exerting an equi. | librium vapour pressure less than that o! pure liquid at the same temperature is | called.......moisture. . fi (®) unbound ei ere (d) none of these | (c) critical 65. Rotary dryers cannot handle materials. } (a) free flowing (c) sticky (b) ary (d) granular Moisture in a solid exerting an equilibrium vapour pressure equal to that of the pure liquid at the same temperature is | | called......moisture } (a) unbound (b) critical (c) free (d) bound | 67, Refractory bricks are usually dried in | A. dryer | (a) tray (d) tunnel (©) conveyor (d)_festoon 168, ive materials like certain phar- iuctutieals nnd food stuffs ean be dried in aan... dryer (a) indirect tray (b) spray | 169. Moisture contained 170. Below | 172, Flights in a rota (c) freeze (d) none of these by a substance in ex: cess of the equilibrium moisture is called (a) unbound (c) critical moisture (b) free (d) bound is given an equilibrium moisture fs State as to which curve of a substance. ; regions represent free moisture and bound moisture respectively 0.0 Time —> (a) 1,11 () IV te) 1,1 @) V0 ry dryer are provided to hus exposing lift and shower the solids c it thoroughly to the drying action of th by Reduce the residence time of solid (b) reduce {c) increase the residence time of the solid (d)_ none of these (@) ‘onstant rate period of the rate of yen rig curve for batch drying ee (a) cracks develop ¢> the surface of the solid (a) sate of drying decreases abruptly {c)_ surface evaporation of abound mois: ture occurs. {d)_ none of these 173. The falling rate period in the drying of a solid is characterised by (a) increase in rate «f ‘rying a (b) increasing temperatures both on hi surface and withir the solimolecular ve materials with very high ¥aporisation may be ly separated using d extraction ation poration bsorption onal solvent extraction employs only one solvent lore two solvents rults in | in low interfac none of these oe e should be very low 130. When the és sol res very litle of solute (2) solvent of low latent heat of vaporiss tion should be used. solvent of low used large quantity extract the solut very small quired, reezing point should be f solvent is required t quantity of solute is re 131. Which of the following is the most suitable for extraction in a system having very low density difference ? ol mixer-settler extractor ) centrifugal extractor (c) pulsed extractor (d) packed extraction tower 132, In e: Im extraction, as the temperature is Greases, the area of hetrogencity (ret ‘ered by binodal curve) MASS TRANSFER, ) decreases b) increases id) none of these 133) The apex of an equilateral-triangular ¢ ordinate (in ternary liquid system) repre nts a/an pure component binary mixture ©) ternary mixture ld) insoluble binary system 194. Ina counter-current extrat mixing increases, the extractior b) decreases (c) remains unchanged (d) depends on the pressure of the system 138) The solvent used in liquid extraction should not have high latent heat of vaporisation, because a) the pressure drop and hence the pump: ing cost will be very high. it cannot be recovered by distillation ic) its recovery cost by distillation may be prohibitatively high. id) it will dec distillation mpose while recovering by 136) In a counter-current liquid extractor, 2) both liquids flow at fixed rate ‘can have any desired flow ) both liqui rate (c) only one of the liquids may be pumped any desired rate. liquid’s flow rate depends upon the temperature and pressure. 197, Sides of equilateral-triangular ¢ dinates (on which ternary liquid system plotted) represent a (a) pure component (b) binary mixture, (c) ternary mixture. partially miscible ternary system, 138, Asthe reflux ratio, in a continuous counter current extraction, is increased, the number of stages a) increase b) deere d) can either in depends on the system 141, Which 1a) dissolving gold fr b) di from bark dissolving suga be (d)_remov' tion by kerosene ving pharmaceutical produ 1g nicotine from its water solu 142; Tea percolation employs a) liquid-liquid extraction (d) none of these 4143) Rate of leaching increases with increasing (b) viscosity of solvent (a) temperature (d) size of the solid (ec) pressure | 444) Stage efficiency in a leaching process depends on the (@ time of contact between the solid and the solution (p) rate of diffusion of the solute through the solid and into the liquid (c) both (a) and (b) (d) vapour pressure of the s0! 145) Physical absorption is (a) an irreversible phene(6) a reversible phenomenon. (c) accompanied by evolution of heat. (d) both (b) and (ec) 146) Chemisorption (chemical adsorption) is (a) same as “Van der Waals” adsorption (6) characterised by adsorption of heat. (c) an irreversible phenomenon. (d) a reversible phenomenon. 4147; Rate of adsorption increases as the (a) temperature increases (6) temperature decreases (c) pressure decreases | _ (2) size of adsorbent increases 148.When adsorption hysteresis is observed, [~~ the desorption equilibrium pressure is that obtained by adsorption. (a) always lower than (®) always higher than (c) same as (d) dependent on the system; can be either lower or higher than } 149, Which of the following adsorbent is used to decolourise yellow glycerine? (a) silica gel (®) alumina | () Fuller’searth (d) activated carbon I 150, Freundlich equation applies to adsorption of solute from (a) dilute solutions, over a small concentration range. (6) gaseous solutions at high pressure. (©) concentrated solutions. (d) none of these. 151. The caking of crystals can be prevented by (a) ‘maintaining high critical humidity. || ©) maintaining low critical humidity. i (c) coating the product with inert material. (d) both (a) and (c). |152. Powdery materials can be guarded against caking tendency on storage by (a) providing irregular grain size. () providing minimum percentage of voids. OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING () having maximum possible points of contact, (d) none of these | i 153. Critical humidity ofa solid salt means the humidity | (a) above which it will always become damp. below which it will always stay dry. both (a) and (6). | above which it will always become dry and below which it will always stay damp. 154. Swenson-Walker Bonn ttMit (a) continuous (6) batch (c) semi-batch (d) cooling (adiabatic)-cum-evaporation crystalliser is | 155. The vapour pressure exerted by the mois- | ture contained in a wet solid depends upon | the (a) nature of the moisture (b) temperature (c) nature of the solid (d) all (a), (b) and (c) 156. To remove all the moisture from a wet solid, it requires exposure to.......air. (a) perfectly dry (®) highly hamid (c) high temperature (d) none of these 157. Milk is dried usually in ........dryer. (a) freeze (b) spray (©) tray (d) rotary 158, Equilibrium-moisture curves of different solids (a) are different (®) are same (©) depend on the humidity of the gas, (d) none of these 159, Detergent solution is dried to a powder in a (a) spray dryer (8) spouted bed dryer (©) tunnel dryer ss TRANSFER (c) freeze (d) pan open to atmosphere (d) none of these fp. ifmoisture content of solid on dry basis is J, then the same on wet basis is () 169. Moisture contained by 2 s cess of the equilibriu i called (a) unbou: y te) eritical bound er is dried in | 170. Bel : eo : ae curve of a substance (d) ffi. In paper industry, V anocudryer. (a) tunnel le) conveyor regions represent free moistur (b) heated cylinder Ieeind moisture respect (d) festoon 2. Moisture content ‘of a substance when at quilibrium with a given partial pressure | ofthe vapour is called........moisture | ta) free (b) unbound te) equilibrium = (d) bound 59. Calcium ammonium nitrate (a fertiliser) is | dried in a.......dryer. | (a) rotary () vacuum (c) tunnel (d) tray oi in a substance exerting an equi 0.0 pure liquid at the same temperature 1S ia called........moisture. : ‘ {a) bound (6) unbound {e) critical (d) none of these (b) 1,1V (d) IV, 0 | 171. Flights in a rotary dryer are provided to (a) liftand shower the solids thus expose 465. Rotary dryers cannot handle ~ it thoroughly to the drying ac! . Rotar gas : et c dence time of solid y (b) reduce the resi 5 ‘oar (a) grannlar (c)._inerease the residence time of the sol (d)_ none of these 166. Moisture in a solid exerting an equilibrium | of the rate of vapour pressure equal to that of the PUre | 179. Tn the constant rate period of the ra liquid at the same temperature is drying curve for batch drying ey called.,....moisture, (a) cracks develop ¢> the surface of tht (a) unbound (b) critical | solid i LE (c) free (d) bound oy rate of drying decreases abrUPt)y 4 in | (@) surface evaporation of >P c) p
2106 (c) between 100 and 210 (d) none of these | 266. For a distillation column operating at minimum reflux, the concentration of liquid and vapour leav ing a plate will be the same (0). reflux ratio will be maximum (c)_ number of plates required will be max imum. (d) none of these. | 267. Ion exchange process is similar to () adsorption (@) absorption (d) leaching (c) extraction 268. In a packed bed absorption column, the channelling will be noted by (a) increase in flow rate (®) sharp drop in pressure drop (c) sharp rise in pressure drop (d) none of these 269. The efficiency of a plate column will be maximum when the flow is ideal.......the plate. (@) across (®) above (c) both (a) and (6) (d) neither (a) nor (6) 270. When the mixture to be distilled has a very ‘high boiling point and the product material is heat sensitive, the separation technique to be used is...... distillation (a) continuous —_(@) steam (©) azeotropic __(@)_none of these 271. The suitable evaporator for concentration of foaming liquids is a.......- evaporator. (@) longtube (6) short tube (©) vacuum (@) falling film 272, Extraction of coffee from its seed is done by (a) liquid-liquid extraction (b) leaching (c) extractive distillation (@) steam distillation 273, Which of the following is used for concentration of rubber latex ? (a) at< 100a) agitated film evaporator ’b)” long tube vertical evaporator c) short.tube evaporator d) calendria 274. Steam distillation is used for the separa ion of high boiling bstances from non-volatile impurities ‘volatile impurity from still higher boil ing substances nd (bY neither (a) nor (6) 275. An azeotropic a) binary ixture is a mixture (8) ternary constant boiling point id) none of these 276. Diameter to height ratio for a rashig ring (6) 05 id) 8 277. Which of the following is considered equivalent to one theoretical stage in Mc Cabe Thiele’s method ? partial condenser ) total condenser (c) reboiler (d) both (6) and (c) 278. For continuous drying of grannular orerys talline material, the dryer used is the........dryer. (a) tunnel (b) tray (c) rotary (d) none of these 279. Small dia distillation column ean be a (a) packed column (b) sieve tray c) bubble cap —(d) any of these 280. Agitator is provided in a crystalliser for ‘a) avoiding deposition on cooler surfaces (6) formation of nuclei (c) crystal growth (d) all (a), (6) and (c) 281. The binary diffusivity in gases does not depend upon the (a) pressure (b) temperature OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING (c)_nature of the components (d) none of these 282. The binary diffusivity in gases at atmos pheric conditions is about (a) 10° cm/sec (6) 10°'em*/see c) 10° seciem (d) 10% em*/ 283, The diffusivity, Das (for component A dit fusing in B) is equal to the diffusivity Day (for component B diffusing in A) for abi nary mixture of (a) Newtonion liquids b)_non-Newtonion liquids (c) ideal gases (d) real gases 284. The Knudsen diffusivity is proportional to (a) \T (b) T? () T (d) T4 where, T = absolute temperature 285. In a solution containing 0.30 kg mole of solute and 600 kg of solvent, the molality (2) 0.50 © 2 (6) 0.60 (d)_ none of these 286. The dimension of diffusi of (a) density (6) molal concentration (c). kinematic viscosity (d) velocity head is sameasthat 287. The:. -¥ diffusivity in gases and liquids vary respectively as (a) T??andT —(b) TandT*?_ (c) WF and T?* (ad) T%* and \T 288. The mass diffusivity, the thermal dit fusivity and the eddy momentum dif fusivity are same for, Np, = Vs (a) 1 (6) 0.5 () 10 (d) 0 289. The cooling effect in a cooling tower can not be increased by (a) increasing the air velocity over the wet surfaces (6) reducing the humidity of entering ait 209 MASS TRANSFER, 297. Flooding in a distillation column is detected by a sharp “ (a) increase in Murphree plate efficiency (b) decrease in pressure drop (c) decrease in liquid hold up in the column (d) increase in pressure drop (c). lowering the barometric pressure (d) none of these mass diffusivity in a mixture is equal to = hs ‘thermal diffusivity, then the Lewis | number is 1 | © Land (d) Oand=1 292. The adiabatic saturation curve for @ | 999 The Hatta number is important in vapour-gas mixture is j (a) straight line (8) slightly concave upward _ (e) slightly carfeave downward = ee (d) gas absorption with chemical reaction (a) multicomponent distillation (b) binary distillation (c) gas absorption without chemical reac: 293. At the boiling point of the liquid at the prevailing enti, the saturated ab- | 399, Coffee is prepared from coffee beans by solutanumidity becomes leaching with (a) 1 (6) 0 (a) cold water () © (d) none of these iB). hot water: (c) dilute hot caustic solution 294. The wet and dry bulb temperature for a ay apena vapour-gas mixture are 25°C and 30°C : : Feapectively. If the mixture is heated to | 301, qhe value of Na/(Na + Na) for steady state 45°C at constant pressure, the wet bulb |" ” jaclecular diffusion of gas‘A’ through non- temperature will be... C. diffusing gas'B is (a) 25 * (6) >25 | te) < 25 (a) - 25 | @ 05 ) = @) 2 296, In continuous distillation, the internal | gop, thevalue of VW Na-t Na) forstady state eflux ratio (Ri) and the external rellu equimolal counter diffusion of two gases ratio (Re) are related as and Bis (a) 1 | ©) 05 ) = «) R (2 @ R | 903. In case of gases, the binary diffusivity is | proportional to (a) P T+R 296. In a distillation column, with increase in | the reflux ratio, the heat removed in the | fe) cooler \ where, P= (a) increases | (b) decreases (c) remains unaffected (d) and the heat required in reboiler decreases * (®) UP WP , (a) NP ressure ‘le’s law, the per- 304. According to Poiseuille’s . meability for gas flow through a capillary is proportional toupplied during cooling compensate for water ¢ humidity of air increase in the 2b- ratio Jnterwurd equation used for eal wm number uf theoreti on column is valid for lal vverfiow relative volat and tc OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING better flow characteris low pumping press: rapid absorpt: increase in gas ri transfer units, Nis ebsorption a) increases b) decreases ©) decreases @) remains unaffected 316. To increase the absorption factor. (@) increase ‘G' and decrease where, G = gas flow rate, S = rate : 317. Acetic acid wi separated f acid in water by hexane MASS TRANSFER, 519, Leachingof coffee from coffeebeansisdone | (d) neither (a) nor b) by (a) hot water (b) hexane | 308. Which is the controlling factor for a drum (ce) limewater (d) dilute HaSO« (hot) drier? (a) diffusion 4320, Withincreasein temperature.theleaching | (4) heat transfer rate increases due to i ketav and @) (a) decreased liquid viscosity (d) neither (a) nor (b) (6) increased diffusivity (ec) both (a) and (b) 329. Leaching rate is independent of the td) neither (a) nor (b) (a) agitation _—(b) temperature 321, Molecular seives are regenerated by heat (c) particle size (d)_none of these ing to... C. 330. Paper industry employs .... driers (a) < 150 (b) 200-330 cnaase Ey ey (e) > 500 (d) > 1000 | @) spray d) fluidised bed = =" the molecular seive 54 | 555, sand is dried in foundaries in a... drier ta) 8 (@) 05 (a) rotary (b) fluidised bed (c) 0.05 (d) 50 cA, (d) spray | gg2. Free flowing granular materials can be | best dried in a.......drier | (q) rotary (b) cylinder (©) drum (d) freeze 328. CO2 can be absorbed by (a) hot cupric oxide () heated charcoal (e) cold Ca(OH): dd) alumina | 383. On addition of solute in the solvent, the 924, Molecular seives are porous \ of solution decreases. (a) alumina (a) boiling point | «®) freezing point (c) vapour pressure (d) both (a) and (c) (b) silica (c) synthetic zeolites crystals/metal | alumino-silicates (a) none of these ewes ee | 984. Which ofthe following isa suitable absorb | for removal of H2S from natural gas? 825. The process employing desorption of the | rad : Sell ee absorbed solute by a solvent is called o > Soe or asd (MEA) (a) elution (e) dilute Hz SOx (b) osmosis (ay woewatar (e) reverse osmosis | 2 gy Soren, | 95. The most economical range of absorption factor is 326. stu ; material ‘All moisture in a non-hygroscopic material |) gig 0.5 (0003 is... moisture. | te) 1.25 a) 5 (a) free (b) equilibrium | eae ara (e) unbound —_(d)_ bound | g36. The ratio of Murphree plate efficiency to oi y sn flow model 827. During constant rate period, the rate of a aes is 1 ina... flow mod (a) plu drying rying decreases with {BY perfectly mixed (a) decrease in air temperature ‘e)_ both (a) and () () increased air humidity (a) neither (a) nor (b) (e) both (a) and ()nigral componen s, the res is near the feed (a), (b) and (e). de the distillation column, the driving force for the vapour flow is the rop. liquids are not alwa ei Met ¥y8 at their bubble Pressure increases gradually from bo tom to the top ofthe column id) none of these. 342, The of The ommpating cost of a distillation column at minimum reflux ratio is (a) minimum (b) maxi (©) infinite on (d) zero 3 separation having ver which which azeotrope 348. The relative saturation of an unsaturated mixture of gas and vapor is independent of (a) @) (c) (d) nature of the vapor. temperature of the mixture composition of the mixture. none of these. 349. With increase in the absolute humidity, the dew point of an unsaturated mixture of it and water vapor (at constant pressure and temperature) (a) increases (b) remains unchanged (c) decreases |) decreases linearly 443, The fixed cost of a distillati | of @ distillation minimum reflux ratio’ me (a) minimum (6) infinite (©) optimum — (d) none of these ‘350. Prandt] number for water at 20°C is about (a) 7 (6) 70 ©) 0.7 (d) 150. MASS TRANSFER, 351. Separation of two volatile liquids by distil lation makes use of thei (a) selectivity (b) relative volatility (c) solubility (d) density difference 852, Pick out the wrong stat The binary dif order of 10° Molecular diffusion in solid is m faster than that in liquids. Particles movement from higher co centration to lower concentration takes place in diffusion process. According to Poiseuille’s law, the per- meability decreases with increase in temperature for flow of a gas through given capillary vity in liquids is of th cm?/sec, 353, Mass transfer co-efficient is directly proportional to Dag according to theory, film (®) penetration (c) surface-renewal id) none of these 354. Mas Dag®® according to | (a) film | (6) surface re (c) penetration (a) none of these transfer co-efficient vari .-- theory ewal important in neous heat and problems involving simult: mass transfer, is the ratio of | 955. Lewis number, which is | | @ mass diffusivity to momentum dif fusivity (b) thermal diffusivity to mass diffusivity (c) momentum diffusivity to thermal dif fusivity none of these (d) 356. Separation of a mixture of two gases by absorption in the liquid solvent depends upon the difference in their (a) viscosity (b) density (c) solubility (d) relative volatility 357. Wit 253 crease in temperature, the mutual solubility of two liquids increases (b) decreases s unchanged d s exponent the follow 359. Ata gi adsorbed gas on s rem increases exponent arity is defined of solver 360. M of solute per ~ gm 361, Molality is defi of solute per (a) litre c) kg 362. Pick out the wre In solvent extraction, the distribution co-efficient should be as large as pos sible for solvent econ With increase solubility of gase ata fixed temperature Decrease in Murphree plate efficiency is an indication of entrainment in dis ) the in pressure, in solvent increases tillation col ‘The capacity of maximum at total reflux. a distillation column is 363, Pick out the correct statement Ponchan-Savarit method is more ac curate than McCabe-Thicle method to Getermine the nomber of theoretical stages required for the separation of non-ideal binary zystem by distillation ‘Asharp decrease in pressure drop is an indication of flocding in a distillation column (a) ()ic) Solvent used in extractive distillation should be of high volatility Flash distillation is suitable for separating components which have very close boiling temperature. 364. The dew point of an unsaturated gas-vapor mixture does not depend upon the-—--of the mixture. a) composition (b) temperature total pressure (d) all (a), (6) and (c Sherwood nu! hermal di fusivit Pick out the a) The ass diffusivity, the thermal dif nd the eddy mom the same 1Nm? of dry 1 Nm? of hun The Lewis number of a mixture is unity when thermal diffusivity is equal tot mass diffusivity An azeotropie mixture of two liquids has boiling point higher than either of them when it shows negative deviation from Raoult’s Law air is lighter than id air. he 368. According to Chilton-Colburn analogy for mass transfer, Ns:.Ns:*’* is equal a) f b) fi (c) (d) uf 369. With increase in the liquid flow rate at a fixed gas velocity in a randomly packed counter current gas-liq absorption co lumn, the gas pressure drop OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING decreases remains unchanged increases decreases exponentially 370. With increase in temperature, the rate of extraction in leaching (solid-liquid e tion system) (a) increases (6) decreases te id) increases linearly 371, With the lowering of equilibrium pressure at a given temperature, the amount of ad: sorbate on the adsorbent a) increases. 'b) decreases (d) either (a) or (b), depends on the system. 372. (Nsh/NRe. Nsc) is termed in mass transfer operation as (a) Stanton number « () Peclet number (c) thermal diffusivity d) momentum diffusivity 373. With increase in pressure, volatility for a binary system (a) increases, (b) decreases. c) remaing same d) either (a) or (b), depends on the system. the relative 374. With increase in temperature, the solubility of gases in liquids, at fixed pres: (a) increases (b) decreases (c) remains same (d) either (a) or (b), depends on the system 375. With increase in the mass velocity of the gas, the rate of drying during the constant rate period------, if the conduction and radiation through the solid are negligible. (a) increases (b) decreases (©) remains same (d) increases linearly 3876. Pick out the correct statement. MASS TRANSFER, Higher hold up of the solid in the rotary dryer results in better exposure of the solids to the gas. The ‘Hatta number’ is important in problems involving gas absorpti without chemical reaction For a non-reacting binary mixture of ideal gases, the partial pressure dis tribution of both components is linear in the case of steady state equimolal counter-diffusion. Total reflux in case of distillation operation requires infinite number of plates for a binary system separation 377. The minimum number of theoretical plates isrequired for achieving a given separation in distillation column with (a) no reflux (6) total reflux ic). zero reflux ratio (d)_ minimum reflux ratio 378. In case of an unsaturated mixture of gas and vapor, the percentage saturation is ~ its relative saturation (a) lower than (b) higher than (c) equal to (d) either (a) or(b), depends on the mixture composition 379, (0 operation as Nge) is termed in mass transfer (a) Stanton number (6) Sherwood number (c) Peclet number (d) none of the: 380. The partial pressure distribution of an ideal gas diffusing through another stagnant ideal gas at steady state follows a/an =~ law (a) exponential (b) parabolic (d) none of these 381. For the flow of gases through a capillary, with increase in temperature, the per meability ~~~ as per Knudsen law (a) incre (b) decreases (c) remains same (d) either (a) or (b) ; depends on the gas 382. I n, the ti pressure vai expressed on linear case of an i with the composition (a) inversely c) exponentially (c 383. Pick out the wrong statement ‘The mole frac proportional to t solution, unimolal unidirectional dif Azeotropes obey Raoult’s temperature. ‘The relative vol: ture at the azeotropic com the flooding 384. In an absorption column velocity for random packing is for stacked/regular packing (a) greater than (6) smaller than (c) equal to (d) either (a) or (b) ; depends on the type of packing 385. Pressure drop through plate tower as com: pared to that through packed tower, for the same duty will be la) less (b) more (©) equal (d) eit height er(a)or(b); depends on the packing 386, is the steady state temperature at tained by a small amount of liquid evaporating into a large quantity of unsaturated gas-vapor mixture Dry b Wet bulb temperatur Dew point 1) none of these ¢ volatility for separation of a binary mixture by: distillation 387. The-re non-ideal should becontact wii (a) Dew point 6) Bubble point (c) Dry bulb temperat: id) none ofthese OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERING wid extr 0 fc, if the selectivity ature, the in solvent sed in sol equal tc either (a: eee depends on the solid t rate drying period per unit drying surface time increases with time. does not change with time. does not affect th the ear aiiac the moletare content ef MASS TRANSFER 398. Which of the following can be calculated theoretically using steam table and Dalton’s law of partial pressure; ifthe rela tive humidity and dry bulb tempera moist air is known ? (a) dew point (b) humidity ratio {c) wet bulb temperature d) none of these 399. The relative humidity of air decrease spite of an increase in the abso humidity when the (a) temperature rises (b) pressure rises (c) temperature falls (d) pressure falls 400. The temperature of water cooled in cooling tower is always ..... temperature of enter ing air. (a) more than the wet bulb (b) less than the wet bulb (c) equal to the wet bulb (d) equal to the dry bulb 401. Sodium bicarbonate is produced during soda ash manufacture using @ tower. (a) plate (b) baffle (c) packed (d) none of these 402, Which is not concerned directly with mass transfer? (a) Schmidt number (b) Sherwood number (c) Lewis relationship (d) Froude number 403. Which of the following is directly concerned with psychrometry (a) Lewis relationship (b) Galileo number (c) Weber number (d) Dean number 404, A minimum boiling azeotrope is ex: emplified by (a) toluene-benzene 'b)_acetone-carbon disulphide (c) water-isobuty! alcohol (d) none of these Sibb’s equation Freundlich equation 1) none of these Separation of the i ntific invest thermal d leaching nt extraction a) 0.01 10 to 10° is the separati Jination of sea water. (a) Thermal diffusion (b) Reverse osmosis (c) Adsorption (d) Absorption 410. Large scale drying of sugar is done in dryer: (a) spouted bed (6) tray (c) rotary (d) truck 411. At reflux, theoretical plates in a distill tion column iscaleulated using Fenske-Underwood equat (a) operating (b) total () minimum (d) maximum permissible 412. Gaseous diffusivity at atmospheric pres sure is of the order of cem?/second. @ 1 (b) 1t05 (c) 5t010 (d) >10 | 413, During the constant rate period of drying of a solid (a) increased air humidity decreases the rate of drying.n co-efficient incre tower, the al tower, the value of HETP equilibrium and c) both (a) and (b id). neither (a) nor (b Je use of solvent rature at its boiling poi 423. Which of the follow Pin ithe lente ee for a pai grid tra neurs the least pressure drop tray tower wetted wall tower bubble cap tower 424. Which of the following 1 tacting dev surface area id-vapor eon: provides maximum contact : a particular duty? (a) sieve plate column (®) bubble cap column acked column MASS TRANSFER 425. Steady state equimolal counter diffusion occurs in (a) leaching (b) absorption (c) binary phase di (d) liquid-liquid extraction 426. extractor is used for the concentra tion of radioactive nuclear waste. (a) Pulsed column (b) Seive plate (c) Mixer-settler (d) Ballman 427. Separation of fusion process, (a) Nz and O2 from air (8) isotopes of uranium (c) isotopes of helium (d) SO2 and air employs gaseous dif 428. Hypersorption refers to a (a) fixed bed absorption (b) moving bed absorption (c) fixed bed adsorption (d) moving bed adsorption process. 429, Deairation (removal of O2) of waver is done by (a) rectification (b) absorption (c) ion-exchange (d) adsorption 430, columns are used for liquid dispersion in a continuous gas phase. (a) Packed () Pulse (c) Bubble cap" (d) Sieve plate 431. Pick out the wrong statement (a) Reboiler is not used in open steam dis: tillation (b) The separation of solutes of different molecular sizes in a liquid solution by use of a suitable membrane is called dialysis Freeze drying is used for the drying of fish Fenske-Underwood equation is used for calculating theoretical number of plates in a distillation column at normal operating reflux condition. 482. Which one of the following devices is not used for both the absorption as well as the liquid-liquid extraction processes ? (a) packed towers b) plate towers ic) spray towers id) wetted wall columns 433. Desulphurisation of petrol is don 2) Bollman extractor (6) rotating disc extractor packed extraction column plate type extraction colum 434, Leaching of uranium ore and done i uka tanks n extractor ‘Absorption with chemical react volved in the removal of 2) carbon dioxide from gaseous 5 using alkaline solution (&) benzol from coke oven gas v oilfwash oil ammonia from coke oven &' refrigerated water tar from coke oven gas in primary 835 coolers using chilled water. 436. A binary mixture of benzene and cyclohexane is separated by (a) flash vaporisation (b) extractive distillation (©) solvent extraction d) ordinary distillation 437. Which of the folowing equipme used for gas dispersion ? (a) agitated vessels (b) bubble cap tray towers (¢) perforated sieve tray towers (d) spray towers 438, Which of the following equipments is not used for liquid dispersion ? (a) wetted wall towers (b) packed towers (c). venturi scrubbers (d) agitated vessels 439. is used as an ‘entrainer’ for the Separation of acetic acid-water inixture Py distillationMASS TRANSFER 454. ction of penci The expression, In (F/W) = | ction column. centrifugal plate d) (a) differential distillation equation (B) for Nec in absorption for dilute mixture (c) slope of g-line in McCabe-Thiele method (d) for relative volatility 462. Large quantity of sil dried ina ....... dryer (a) freeze 455. Removal of........exemplifies an adsorp tion unit operation. (a) uranium from its ore (b) water from petrol (c) ammonia from coke oven gas by absorp: tion in H2SO« (d) mustard oil from mustard seed 463. In triangular co- composition poin int ers inside on the sides none of these. 464. An ideal tower have low weight p have large surfac 456. In liquid-liquid extraction, the number of zi phases at plait point is 6 @) 1 (o) 2 * (©) 3 @) 4 (c)_ have large free (d) hold up large am 457. developed the film theory packing. (a) Higbie (®) Fick (c) Ergun (d) Levenspeil 458, The equilibrium liquid composition com pared to the vapor composition in case of azeotropic mixture is (a) more (b) less (c) same (d) either more or less; depends on the sys- c) slope of operating line tem slope of operating 459, With lapse of time, the overhead composi- | 467. The equation. tion of light component in case of batch De op distillation with constant reflux NAT RYE Paeet (a) increases 1c) Ficks second law of diffusion (b) decreases b) stready state (c) remains same case (d) may increase or decrease ; depends on wid M.T.C system heory none of these 460, Design calculation for multiple component oa distillation is done by (a) Ponchon-Savarit method (b) McCabe-Thiele method (©) enthalpy concentration method b) benzol present in (d) tray to tray calculations aMASS TRANSFER 263 (b) Fick's first law of diffusion (c) ‘Cascade’ means a group of stages inter (c) steady state diffusion for stagnant case connected so that various streams flow {d) liquid M-T.C. by penetration theory from one to another. (a) Zi obe is used for the humidity 484, Flooding in a vapor-liquid contacting ices = equipment occurs in a tray when the pres- : sure drop through a tray is... he liquid bP aches peiere head available in the downcomer 491. A good solvent used for absorption shovld not have very high (a) less than en eee (b) more than B) vapor press (d) very much less Oran i ani 485. Minimum possible diameter of a packed column is decided mainly by (a) flooding (b) gas viscosity (c) liquid density (d) liquid hold up, 492. Which of the follow used in liquid-liquid extraction (a) Pachuka tank (6) agitated vesse! {c) centrifugal extractors 486, In a vapor-liquid contacting equipment, aoa Soar (d) packed towers the overall gas phase mass transfer co-efficient (M.T.C.), Ko is related to individual : 493. Penetration model (theory) for mas: co-efficients (Kg and Ki) as eer fer was enunciated by (a) Danckwerts () Toor and Marchello 1 ) Ko m 1 + @) Ko=g (c) Higbie mS LS | (@) Kissinevski 487. For experimental determination of mass | 494. Surface renewal model of mass tran transfer co-efficient by wetted wall tower, | was enunciated by the mass transfer area is (a) Toor and Marchello (a) calculated (6) unknown | @) Fick (©) known (d) not required poe Danckwerts 488, diffusion is used for separating the (ay Satan isotopes of methane. s | 495. The fil enetration model of mass trans- (a) Thermal (b) Pressure ee eat {c) Concentration (d) Force (@) Gilliland (6) Toor and Marchello (c) Stefan (d) Fick 489. The assumption made in Elis method in distillation is that enthalpy concentration lines of vapor and liquid are (a) parallel (b) straight (c) both parallel and straight {d) neither parallel nor straight 496. Thesolvent used in liquid-liquid extraction should have less than one. (a) selectivity (b) distribution co-efficient 490, Pick out the wrong statement. (c) both (a) and (6) {a) Cellulose acetate membranes are used | (d) neither (a) nor (b), in dialysis process. (6). Elutriation pefeess refers to when the | 407. A packed tower compared to a plate tower soluble material is largely concentrated for a particular mass transfer operation on the surface of an insoluble solid and (a) incurs smaller pressure drop. is simply washed off by the solvent. (8) allows installation of cooling coilsDESECTVE TYPE CHEMICAL! 5072. = reciprocal of stripping factor is termed a) selectivity index MASS TRANSFER {b) relative volatility (c) absorption factor (d) Murphree efficiency 509. The slope of q-line is determined by the (a) reflux ratio (b) plate efficiency to be achieved (c)_ thermal condition of the feed (d) relative volatility 504, Pick out the correct statement. (a) The slope of the stripping line is always less than unity (b) For a given separation in a binary dis: tillation colufn, with increase in reflux ratio (above the minimum reflux ratio), the fixed cost of the distillation column first increases and then decreases In Ponchon-Savarit method of No. of theoretical plate determination, the stripping and rectifying operating lines are vertical at total reflux. Kremsor-Brown-Souders equation is used to calculate the efficiency ofa plate tower. 505. Leaching of coarse solid lumps is also termed as (a) decoction (6) dissolution (c) percolation (d) agitation and settling 506. On moving the feed line (g-line) from saturated liquid feed (vertical position) to saturated vapor feed (horizoi.i*! feed), if the slope of both the operating liitts are to be increased, then it will result in (a) greater degree of separation with a fixed number of trays (b) increased reboiler load (c) increased reflux ratio (d)_ None of these. 507. For drying, the effects of velocity temperature and humidity of the gas and the thickness of the solid are the same (a) unsaturated surface (b) constant rate {c) both (a) and (b) (d) neither (a) nor (6). 265 508. During drying of a solid, the critical mois ture content increases with (a) decreased drying rate (b) increased thickness of the solid c) increased drying rate (d) both (6) 509. Pick out the wrong statement (a) Critical moisture content is not 2 property of the material itscl A sharp increase in pressure d an indication of the flooding lation column Separation of components sible in liquid extract is unity Dehydration of ethyl economically done by molecular dis lation at very high vacuum 510, The velocity, concentration and tempers ture boundary, for the bout r development on a flat plate during conv tive mass transfer, Nse=1 ) @) N be same if 511. What is the degree of freedom of an absorp. tion process in which only one component is transferred between phases ? (a) 3 b) 2 © 4 @) 1 512. column is used in gas absorption process, (a) Wetted wall (b) Seive/perforated tray (c) Bubble cap (d) Packed 513. In a moderately sized packed absorption tower, channeling (which is most severe with stacked packings) can be minimised by taking the ratio of tower diameter to packing diameter ta 452 we ter >8:1 Ww 514, Pick out the correct statement (a) Bound moisture is removed during con stant rate drying period.samme maze Se ape roms a prema 2 Same = tea rom soluble curwes culiec the pint paist the discitumon curve whet #2 Pt Detweer + cncetone Sansersrecian ot phnse) and > cacetame consertracia® 8 cher phase) st amaliogous w= cot beet op Gaim mnt aberpoon ot mimes on he = =» dingumal at Oe roncermecine af the plat pat ale, amd t MASS TRANSFER 405, As the reflux ratio in a distillation column | js increased from the minimum, the | a) slope of the operating line in stripping section decreases. b) number of plates decreases very slowly | first and then more and more rapidly. | {e) total cost first decreases and then in- | creases | (a) liquid flow inereases while the vapor flow decreases for a system. 526. Match the following dimensionlessnumber used in mass transfer operations. List 1 (a) Peclet number (b) Stanton number (c) Lewis number {d) Schmidt number » List I 1. NulNne-Noe UW. NelNev TIL. Npe- Nse Tv. wo. Das 527. Match the following dimensionless number | used in mass transfer operations. | List I | (a) Lewis number (b) Schimdt number (¢) Sherwood number | (d) Reynold’s number List 1. Ke. diDas Il. Thermal diffusivity/Mass diffusivity. Momentum diffusivity/Mass diffusivity | =wp . Dap | IV. Inertial forcelviscous force | 528, Match the following equations used in | mass transfer operation | List 1 (a) Gilliland equation for diffusion co-effi- | cient of gases (b) Chilton-Colburn analogy | (c) Bosanquet formula (d) Gilliland equation for forced mass con- | vection through a tube List 11 Nu = 0.23 NRE Ne 1 vad ‘ 1 Dr Dan” Dra Nu Ni = fi - IV. D=000483 — ae 0.0083 yy, vi N | 529, Match the following parameters pertain ing to opeartion of a distillation column. List I {a) Slope of the feed line if the feed is a saturated liquid (b) Slope ofthe operating line for r¢ section (©) Slope of the operating line for s section Slope of the operating line in rec section if reflux ratio is -° List II gcd I. >1 Ml. 1 IV. = 580. Match the dryers used for various in dustrial applications. List I (a) Drying of CAN fertiliser (b) Milk drying (©) Drying of sand in foundaries (d) Drying of refractory bricks List IT 1. Spray dryer Il. Tunnel dryer II]. Rotary dryer IV, Fluidised bed dryer 581. Match the symbols of the following mass transfer equipments. List I (a) Distillation column (b) Reboiler (©) Absorber (d) Settler List IT268 532. Match the sy Column A (a) Batch tray dryer () Continuous tunnel dryer (©) Fluidised bed dryer (d) Rotary dryer 583. Match the symbols of v: mbols of various dryers as used in ch OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGie: remical engineering drawing. Column B v[=]) rious equipmen amie “auipments/auxiliaries used in mass transfer operations (a) Fluidised bed (®) Valve tray (©) Sectioned packed bed (4) Sparger Column B I IL i a MASS TRANSFER 4. @ 51 () 61 © a (a) 81 (d) 91 (d) 101 (a) 111 (c) 121 (d@) 131 (b) 141 @ 151 (d) 161 () 171 (a) 181 ©) 191 (@) 201 (a) aun (a) 221 d) 231 (a) 241 (c) 251 (b) 261 (a) 271 (@) 281 (d@) 291 (a) 301 (a) 244 d@) 254 (d) 264 (a) 274 0) 284 (@) 294 ) 304 () 285 (a) 295 @ 305 (a) 128 ® 138 @ 148 158 (@) 168 () 178 ©) 188 @ 198 ) 208 (@) 218 (@) 228 (a) 238 (a) 248 59 69 ad 89 6) 99 109 0) 119 129 ® 139 149 (d) 159 (a 169 @) 179 (a) 139 (@) 199 @ 209 219 @ 229 @ 239 249 TH) 259 (a) 269 279 rc) 289 id) 299 @ 309 (a)OBJECTIVE TYPE CHEMICAL ENGINEERN 311 a hg ee 315 316 317 318 fe on os = 326 ba & oT (a) te) fe) = hove = 335 336 337 = °. tc) (b) is bd “4 345 346 ie g o (a) (6) ) 3 Bs ie : So es Soy oe (a) (o) (a) an 373 374 375 376 on a ne = (6) (a) (ec) ) (a) a _ = 385, 386 387 388 oui ic! () (b) a 393 394 395, 396 a 3 pri te) (c) (d) (a) fe) te) ® a o 405, 406 407 408 “a ) te) (o) a ot at = 416 a S “a (a) @) (a) 5 423 424 425, 426 = s a i (d) ) (a) (b) (d@) a iD 3. 434 435 436 437 438 a 5 () (b) (a) ) (d) (d) @ oe 443 444 445 446 447 aS “1 Me rd (b) (@) (d) ) (d) @ b 4 454 455 456 457 458 ‘1 on (a) (a) (b) (a) (a) ( (a) ® oe 464 465 466 467 a a os @) @ (a) (a) (b) é © ay 473 474 475, 476 477 a ‘a1 te ) (ec) (ce) (by) (0b) eS a) 2 483, 484 485, 486 oF a 1 a (a) (b) (a) (b) (e) ¢ @ ey 493 494 495, 496 497 oe 501 ke (c) (b) (d) (a) ¢ - @ oO is 504 505, 506 507 ms 611 ae (c) (ec) (ec) te) @) @ on 514 515, 516 Be a 521 @ 522 523° a ce Ss 2 " (a 5) d) id) (c) 1 (b)-1 (c)-I1 (d)-1V @ | (a)-II1 (b)-1 (c) oY1T (6-11 e)-1 (A)-IV(a)-IV (6) TN e}IE(d)-1 (a)-IV (b)-1 (¢)-11 (a (a). ( I : ) (a)-IV (b)-1 (e)-11 ( OYIIT (b)-1 (e)-IV (d)-I1 (a)-1 (6)-1V (MTL (d)-I1 (a)-IV ()-I11 (e)-1T (d) ee (@)-IV ()-111 ( 319 (a) 329 @ 339 (a) 349 (a) 359 @) 369 te) 379 (c) 389 © 399 (a) 409 () 419 7) 429 ) 439 449 ) 320 a) 330 (a) 340 ®) 350 e) 360 @) 370 (a) 380 (@) 390 @ 400 (a) 410 ch 4) What is the Laplace transform of sin ¢? 1 @ 34 ® 3 8) For two connected in serie tions the (a) product (e) sum @)?he transfer function of a first order system is 1 1 (a) ie 1) Teri ® ay Cet (d) none of these 3. Pick out the first order system from among | the following. (a) damped vibrator. (6) mercury in glass thermometer kept in | boiling water. | interacting system af two tanks in © series. | (9) The transfer function of @ second 9 Process Control and Instrumentation (b) same as transportation lag. (c) same as dead time. d) time required by the measured variable to reach 63.2% of its ultimate change. non-interacting first order systems s, the overall transfer func- of individual transfer functions. (b) ratio (d) none of these order sys tem is ate (O Fars er. +1 1 ©) sete i 1 © Wes T+) (d) none of these (d) non-interacting system of two tanks in : | 10, When the damping co-efficient (6) is unity series. Response of a system to a sinusoidal input is called.......response. (a) impulse (c) frequency (®) unit step (d) none of these 5. What is the ratio of output amplitude to input amplitude for a sinusoidal forcing function in a first order system ? (a) 1 ) <1 () >1 (d) none of these 6, Phase Jag of the sinusoidal response of a first | order system is | (a) 120° (b) < 30° | (ec) 180° (d) 90° | 7, Time constant is the | (a) time taken by the controlled variable to | reach 63.2% of its full change. | \ (i>Phase lag of the system is (a) overdamped (b) critically damped (c) underdamped (a) highly fluctuating the frequency response of & second order system to a sinusoidal forcing function (a) is 30° (b) is 90° at the most (c) approaches 180° asymptotically (d) is 120° 12. Dead zone is the (a) same as time constant {) same as transportation lag. {¢) maximum change in the variable that does not change the reading of the in- strument.

Gupta Chemical Engineering Mcqs

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gupta Chemical Engineering Mcqs

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

You might also like